JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

JAC Board Class 10th English Grammar Discursive Passages

JAC Class 10th English Grammar Discursive Passages Textbook Questions and Answers

Discursive Passages

1. Read the passage carefully.

Philosophy of Education is a label applied to the study of the purpose, process, nature and ideals of education. It can be considered a branch of both philosophy and education. Education can be defined as the teaching and learning of specific skills, and the imparting of knowledge, judgment and wisdom, and is something broader than the societal institution of education we often speak of.

Many educationists consider it a weak and woolly field, too far removed from the practical applications of the real world to be useful. But philosophers dating back to Plato and the Ancient Greeks have given the area much thought and emphasis, and there is little doubt that their work has helped shape the practice of education over the millennia.

Plato is the earliest important educational thinker, and education is an essential element in “The Republic” (his most important work on philosophy and political theory, written around 360 B.C.). In it, he advocates some rather extreme methods: removing children from their mothers’ care and raising them as wards of the state, and differentiating children suitable to the various castes, the highest receiving the most education, so that they could act as guardians of the city and care for the less able.

He believed that education should be holistic, including facts, skills, physical discipline, music and art. Plato believed that talent and intelligence is not distributed genetically and thus is be found in children bom to all classes, although his proposed system of selective public education for an educated minority of the population does not really follow a democratic model.

Aristotle considered human nature, habit and reason to be equally important forces to be cultivated in education, the ultimate aim of which should be to produce good and virtuous citizens. He proposed that teachers lead their students systematically, and that repetition be used as a key tool to develop good habits, unlike Socrates’ emphasis on questioning his listeners to bring out their own ideas. He emphasized the balancing of the theoretical and practical aspects of subjects taught, among which he explicitly mentions reading, writing, mathematics, music, physical education, literature, history, and a wide range of sciences, as well as play, which he also considered important.

During the Medieval period, the idea of Perennialism was first formulated by St. Thomas Aquinas in his work “De Magistro”. Perennialism holds that one should teach those things deemed to be of everlasting importance to all people everywhere, namely principles and reasoning, not just facts (which are apt to change over time), and that one should teach first . about people, not machines or techniques. It was originally religious in nature, and it was only much later that a theory of secular perennialism developed.

During the Renaissance, the French skeptic Michel de Montaigne (1533 – 1592) was one of the first to critically look at education. Unusually for his time, Montaigne was willing to question the conventional wisdom of the period, calling into question the whole edifice of the educational system, and the implicit assumption that university-educated philosophers were necessarily wiser than uneducated farm workers.

Word-Meaning: Holistic = comprehensive, Genetically = relating to genes or genetics, Ultimate = eventual, final

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. Philosophy of education is considered a branch of
(i) education and history
(ii) political science and sociology
(iii) philosophy and education
(iv) history and economy
Answer:
(iii) philosophy and education

b. Who believed that education should be holistic, including facts, skills, physical discipline, music and art?
(i) Aristotle
(ii) St. Thomas Aquinas
(iii) Michel de Montaigne
(iv) Plato
Answer:
(iv) Plato

c. Why do many educationists consider education a weak and woolly field?
(i) As they are not good in studies.
(ii) They found it irrelevant to every field.
(iii) Lack of practical approach and far from real world.
(iv) It can be understood by everyone.
Answer:
(iii) Lack of practical approach and far from real world.

d. What is an essential element in ‘The Republic’?
(i) Business
(ii) Education
(iii) Economy
(iv) Society
Answer:
(ii) Education

e. The term ‘Perennialism’ refers that
(i) one should teach those things which is of everlasting importance to all people.
(ii) one should teach according to the students’ interests.
(iii) one should point out the unnecessary approaches.
(iv) all of the above
Answer:
(i) one should teach those things which is of everlasting importance to all people.

f. What should be found in children born to all classes?
(i) Talent and intelligence
(ii) Habit and culture
(iii) Thought and approach
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(i) Talent and intelligence

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

g. Who proposed that teachers lead their students systematically?
(i) Plato
(ii) Michel de Montaigne
(iii) Aristotle
(iv) Thomas Aquinas
Answer:
(iii) Aristotle

h. What is the most important work on philosophy and political theory, written by Plato?
(i) Apology
(ii) The Republic
(iii) Phaedrus
(iv) The Symposium
Answer:
(ii) The Republic

i. Who emphasized the balancing of the theoretical and practical aspects of subjects taught?
(i) Aristotle
(ii) Plato
(iii) Socrates
(iv) St. Thomas Aquinas
Answer:
(iii) Socrates

j. Who coined the idea of Perennialism?
(i) Plato
(ii) St. Thomas Aquinas
(iii) Aristotle
(iv) Socrates
Answer:
(ii) St. Thomas Aquinas

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘rebirth’.
(i) inaction
(ii) decrease
(iii) renaissance
(iv) edifice
Answer:
(iii) renaissance

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘undevelop’.
(i) relevant
(ii) doubt
(iii) develop
(iv) malign
Answer:
(iii) develop

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

2. Read the passage carefully.

Sportsmanship can be conceptualized as an enduring and relatively stable characteristic or disposition such that individuals differ in the way they are generally expected to behave in sports situations. In general, sportsmanship refers to virtues such as fairness, self-control, courage, and persistence, and has been associated with interpersonal concepts of treating others and being treated fairly, maintaining self-control if dealing with others, and respect for both authority and opponents. Sportsmanship is also looked at as being the way one reacts to a sport/ game/player.

The four elements of sportsmanship are often shown being good form, the will to win, equity and fairness. All four elements are critical and a balance must be found among all four for true sportsmanship to be illustrated. These elements may also cause conflict, as a person may desire to win more than play in equity and fairness and thus resulting in a clash within the aspects of sportsmanship. This will cause problems as the person believes they are being a good sportsman, but they are defeating the purpose of this idea as they are ignoring two key components of being sportsman like. When athletes become too self-centred, the idea of sportsmanship is dismissed.

Today’s sporting culture, in particular the base of elite sport, places great importance on the idea of competition and winning and thus sportsmanship takes a back seat as a result. In most, if not all sports, sportsmen at the elite level make the standards on sportsmanship and no matter whether they like it or not, they are seen as leaders and role models in society.

Since every sport is rule driven, the most common offence of bad sportsmanship is the act of cheating or breaking the rules to gain an unfair advantage. A competitor who exhibits poor sportsmanship after losing a game or contest is often called a “sore loser”, while a competitor who exhibits poor sportsmanship after winning is typically called a “bad winner”. Sore loser’s behaviour includes blaming others for the loss, not accepting responsibility for personal actions that contributed to the defeat, reacting to the loss in an immature or improper fashion, making excuses for the defeat, and citing unfavourable conditions or other petty issues as reasons for the defeat.

A bad winner acts in a shallow fashion after his or her victory, such as by gloating about his or her win, rubbing the win in the face(s) of the opponent(s), and lowering the opponent(s)’s self-esteem by constantly reminding the opponent(s) of “poor” performance in comparison (even if the opponent(s) competed well).

Not showing respect to the other team is considered to being a bad sportsman and could lead to demoralizing effects; as Leslie Howe describes: “If a pitcher in baseball decides to pitch not to his maximum ability suggest that the batter is not at an adequate level, (it) could lead to the batter to have low self-confidence or worth.

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

Word-Meaning: Enduring = durable, Disposition aspects, Petty = small, minor, Batter = cripple

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. When is the idea of sportsmanship dismissed?
(i) When the team does not win.
(ii) When each athlete is not self-centred.
(iii) When the team wins because of one athlete.
(iv) When the athlete becomes too self-centred.
Answer:
(iv) When the athlete becomes too self-centred.

b. The elements of sportsmanship are
(i) good form
(ii) willingness to win
(iii) equity and fairness
(iv) all of these
Answer:
(iv) all of these

c. What does sportsmanship refer to in general?
(i) Fairness
(ii) Self-control
(iii) Courage and persistence
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iv) All of these

d. What is the most common offence of bad sportsmanship?
(i) Act of cheating and follow rules
(ii) Cheating or breaking rules to gain an unfair advantage
(iii) Winning the hearts of people
(iV) All of the above
Answer:
(ii) Cheating or breaking rules to gain an unfair advantage

e. Who is a ‘sore loser’?
(i) One who loses the game, but wins the hearts.
(ii) One who punishes the athlete for showing the poor sportsmanship.
(iii) One who shows the poor sportsmanship after losing a game or contest.
(iv) One who is self-centred but wins the game.
Answer:
(iii) One who shows the poor sportsmanship after losing a game or contest.

f. What are the similarities between ‘sore loser’ and ‘bad winner’?
(i) Both want to win the game fairly.
(ii) Both are not self-obsessed.
(iii) Both win but lose the hearts of audience but win sportsmanship.
(iv) Both lose the sportsmanship, one after losing the match and the other after winning the match.
Answer:
(iv) Both lose the sportsmanship, one after losing the match and the other after winning the match.

g. If one does not take the responsibility for one’s defeat, is called .
(i) sore loser
(ii) bad winner
(iii) true player
(iv) leader
Answer:
(i) sore loser

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

h. What happens when athletes become too self-centred?
(i) The idea of sportsmanship is dismissed.
(ii) The importance of games increases.
(iii) They only believe in making money.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) The idea of sportsmanship is dismissed.

i. Who acts in a shallow fashion after his/her victory?
(i) Sore loser
(ii) Bad winner
(iii) Self-centred player
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Bad winner

j. Which of the following doesn’t belong to ‘sportsmanship’?
(i) Self-control and respect for others
(ii) Fairness and willingness
(iii) Courage and persistence
(iv) Winning by hook or by crook
Answer:
(iv) Winning by hook or by crook

k. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘disbelieve’.
(i) courage
(ii) determination
(iii) believe
(iv) lethargy
Answer:
(iii) believe

l. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘general’.
(i) opinion
(ii) imaginary
(iii) uncommon
(iv) common
Answer:
(iv) common

3.Read the passage carefully.

The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) is the space agency of the Government of India headquartered in the city of Bengaluru. Its vision is to “harness space technology for national development while pursuing space science research and planetary exploration.”

Formed in 1969, ISRO superseded the erstwhile Indian National Committee for Space Research (INCOSPAR) established in 1962 by the efforts of independent India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, and his close aide and scientist Vikram Sarabhai. The establishment of ISRO thus institutionalised space activities in India. It is managed by the Department of Space, which reports to the Prime Minister of India.

ISRO built India’s first satellite, Aryabhata, which was launched by the Soviet Union on 19 April, 1975. It was named after the Mathematician Aryabhata. In 1980, Rohini became the first satellite to be placed in orbit by an Indian-made launch vehicle, SLV-3. ISRO subsequently developed two other rockets: the Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) for launching satellites into polar orbits and the Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV) for placing satellites into geostationary orbits. These rockets have launched numerous communications satellites and earth observation satellites. Satellite navigation systems like GAGAN and IRNSS have been deployed. In January 2014, ISRO successfully used an indigenous cryogenic engine in a GSLV-D5 launch of the GSAT-14.

ISRO sent a lunar orbiter, Chandrayaan-1, on 22 October, 2008 and a Mars orbiter, Mars Orbiter Mission, on 5 November 2013, which successfully entered Mars orbit on 24 September 2014, making India the first nation to succeed on its first attempt to Mars, and ISRO the fourth space agency in the world as well as the first space agency in Asia to successfully reach Mars orbit. On 18 June, 2016 ISRO successfully set a record with a launch of 20 satellites in a single payload, one being a satellite from Google. On 15 February 2017, ISRO launched 104 satellites in a single rocket (PSLV-C37) and created a world record. ISRO launched its heaviest rocket, Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle-Mark III (GSLV-Mk III), on 5 June 2017 and placed a communications satellite GSAT-19 in orbit. With this launch, ISRO became capable of launching 4 ton heavy satellites.

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

Word-Meaning: Exploration = inspection, Erstwhile = former, Subsequently = afterwards

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. What is the vision of ISRO?
(i) To harness space technology for national development
(ii) To give training to scientists only
(iii) To give information on science
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) To harness space technology for national development

b. Which of the following satellites was launched after the name of the great mathematician Aryabhata?
(i) Rohini
(ii) Aryabhata
(iii) Chandrayaan
(iv) PSLV
Answer:
(ii) Aryabhata

c. Where is the headquarter of ISRO located?
(i) New Delhi
(ii) Udaipur
(iii) Gandhinagar
(iv) Bengaluru
Answer:
(iv) Bengaluru

d. Who played an instrumental role in the establishment of ISRO?
(i) Aryabhata
(ii) Jawaharlal Nehru and Aryabhata
(iii) Jawaharlal Nehru and Vikram Sarabhai
(iv) Jawaharlal Nehru, Vikram Sarabai, and Aryabhata
Answer:
(iii) Jawaharlal Nehru and Vikram Sarabhai

e. Name the indigenous cryogenic engine launched by ISRO.
(i) GSTD-13
(ii) GSAT-14
(iii) GAGAN
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) GSAT-14

f. ISRO is managed by and reports to .
(i) Scientists, President
(ii) Ministry of Defence, Prime Minister
(iii) Department of Space, Prime Minister of India
(iv) Soviet Union, NASA
Answer:
(iii) Department of Space, Prime Minister of India

g. When did ISRO send a lunar orbiter, Chandrayaan-1?
(i) On 22 October, 2009
(ii) On 24 September, 2013
(iii) On 22 October, 2008
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(iii) On 22 October, 2008

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

h. What is the name of the first satellite to be placed in orbit by SLV-3?
(i) Aryabhat
(ii) Rohini
(iii) PSLV
(iv) ASLV
Answer:
(iii) PSLV

i. Which of the following is India’s heaviest rocket?
(i) Scout
(ii) Saturn
(iii) GSLV-Mk III
(iv) Rehbar-I
Answer:
(iii) GSLV-Mk III

j. When did ISRO launch 104 satellites in a single rocket (PSLV-C37) and created a world record?
(i) On 26 February, 2017
(ii) On 15 January, 2019
(iii) On 15 February, 2017
(iv) On 20 December, 2008
Answer:
(iii) On 15 February, 2017

k. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘unsuccessfully’.
(i) exceedingly
(ii) well
(iii) renowned
(iv) successfully
Answer:
(iv) successfully

l. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘aboriginal’.
(i) planetary
(ii) indigenous
(iii) familiar
(iv) institutionalized
Answer:
(ii) indigenous

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

4. Read the passage carefully.

The art of academic writing is not easy to master. It is a formal skill, which requires precision and accuracy, and is perfected by continuous and dedicated practice. Academic writing is the skilful exposition and explanation of an argument, which the writer has carefully researched and developed over a sustained period of time. It is a time-consuming activity and demands patience and perseverance. But the joy of reading and sharing with others, one’s succinctly composed piece of argument, is incomparable.

Before beginning to write, the writer must ask himself a few questions – Why am I writing? What is it that I intend to share with others? What purpose will my writing serve? Have I read enough about the topic or theme about which I am going to write? If one is hesitant to answer even one of the aforementioned questions, one better not write at all! Because academic writing is a serious activity – it makes one part of a shared community of readers and writers who wish to disseminate and learn from well-argued pieces of writing.

The structure of an argumentative essay should take the form of – Introduction (which should be around ten per cent of the entire essay), Body (it should constitute eighty per cent of the piece) and the Conclusion (again, ten per cent of the essay). The introduction should function as the hook which draws the reader in and holds his attention, the body should include cogent and coherently linked paragraphs and the conclusion should re-state the argument and offer a substantial ending to the piece.

Word-Meaning: Accuracy – carefulness, Perseverance – persistence, Succinctly – shortly, in brief, Disseminate – propagate, publicise, Cogent – convincing

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. What is an ideal form of an argumentative essay?
(i) Introduction and conclusion
(ii) Overview, introduction, and rest ten per cent of the essay
(iii) Introduction, body, and conclusion
(iv) Introduction, concise essay and conclusion
Answer:
(iii) Introduction, body, and conclusion

b. Which of the following statements about academic writing is not true?
(i) One’s succinctly composed piece of argument is comparable.
(ii) It is a formal skill, which requires precision, accuracy and continuous and dedicated practice.
(iii) It is not a quick and short term activity.
(iv) Art of academic writing is not easy to master.
Answer:
(i) One’s succinctly composed piece of argument is comparable.

c. What is a serious activity?
(i) Writing on sports
(ii) Academic writing
(iii) Writing on entertainment
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Academic writing

d. The ending or conclusion of paragraphs should be
(i) convincing
(ii) considerable and substantial
(iii) good
(iv) none of the above
Answer:
(ii) considerable and substantial

e. How does the art of academic writing become perfect?
(i) By itself
(ii) By regular and continuous practice as well as dedication
(iii) When the writer hesitates while writing
(iv) When the writer does not research but writes everything by his own knowledge.
Answer:
(ii) By regular and continuous practice as well as dedication

f. What is academic writing?
(i) The skilful exposition and explanation of an argument
(ii) It is a formal skill which requires precision and accuracy.
(iii) Structure of an argumentative essay
(iv) Both (i) and (ii)
Answer:
(iv) Both (i) and (ii)

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

g. Which of the following is the most joyful part of writing?
(i) Carefully researched and developed over a sustained period of time
(ii) Reading and sharing with others
(iii) Introduction, body and conclusion
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(ii) Reading and sharing with others

h. Why an academic writer doesn’t write, if he hesitates to answer his own questions?
(i) Because it is a serious activity.
(ii) Because he can’t complete his writing.
(iii) Because he will not follow the correct format of writing.
(iv) Because he need to research more and more.
Answer:
(i) Because it is a serious activity.

i. How does introduction function?
(i) As a hook
(ii) As a catalyst
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) As a hook

j. The art of writing is and demands patience and
(i) perfect / incomparable
(ii) comparable / research
(iii) time consuming / perseverance
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(iii) time consuming / perseverance

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘concisely’.
(i) cogent
(ii) substantial
(iii) aforementioned
(iv) succinctly
Answer:
(iv) succinctly

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘abstract’.
(i) substantial
(ii) beginning
(iii) cogent
(iv) incomparable
Answer:
(i) substantial

5. Read the passage carefully.

On August 3, 1492, Christopher Columbus set sail from Palos, Spain, with less than a hundred crew members to discover a new route to Asia. After spending a difficult time at sea, the party sighted land early on the morning of October 12, 1492. They set foot on an island in the Bahamas which they named A1 Salvador. Columbus presumed that the indigenous people were . Native Indians as he was under the mistaken belief that he had set foot on Indian soil. Probably some 10 million American Indians were natives to the land before the large-scale inhabitation by Europeans and subsequent annihilation of Native Americans started.

However, it took more than a hundred years after Columbus discovered America for the Europeans to finally take the momentous decision to make the New World their home.

The Native Americans actually welcomed the pale-skinned visitors primarily out of curiosity than anything else. They were fascinated by the steel knives and swords, fire spewing cannons, brass and copper utensils, etc. that these visitors brought with them. Eventually, cultural differences erupted. The natives could not stomach the arrogance of the newcomers and the scant respect they paid to nature. The European settlers viewed every resource — plants, animals, and people as something to be commercially exploited.

The native Indians were vastly outnumbered in the wars that ensued. The resistance they put up never proved enough to stop the European settlers. The nomadic lifestyle of the Indians, the relatively unsophisticated weapons at their disposal, the unwillingness of some of their own people to defend themselves, and the diseases of the white men — all contributed to the virtual elimination of their race. Some of the diseases brought by Europeans from their overcrowded cities that decimated the natives were: small pox, plague, measles, cholera, typhoid, and malaria. These deadly diseases, to which most natives had developed no resistance, devastated many tribes between 1775 and 1850.

America was named after an Italian navigator, Amerigo Vespucci, who explored the Northern parts of South America in 1499 and 1500 and later announced to the world about the discovery of a new continent.

Word-Meaning: Presumed = guessed, Indigenous = primitive, Probably = perhaps, Inhabitation = ownership, Momentous = transitory, Ensued = occurred

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. Who was Amerigo Vespucci?
(i) An Italian navigator
(ii) A German navigator
(iii) A French artist
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) A French artist

b. After reaching on an island in the Bahamas, what was presumed by Christopher Columbus?
(i) He found a new route to Asia.
(ii) He assumed that the indigenous people were Native Indians.
(iii) Native Indians were vastly outnumbered in the wars.
(iv) He assumed that America was named after an Italian navigator.
Answer:
(i) He found a new route to Asia.

c. How did America get its name?
(i) After Christopher Columbus, while finding a route from A1 Salvador to Asia.
(ii) The Native Americans referred its name.
(iii) After the name of Amerigo Vespucci, who explored the northern parts of South America.
(iv) After the name of Amerigo Vespucci, who explored the southern parts of South America.
Answer:
(ii) The Native Americans referred its name.

d. Did the Native Americans welcome the pale-skinned visitors?
(i) Yes
(ii) considerable and substantial
(iii) Only few were welcomed.
(iv) none of the above
Answer:
(ii) considerable and substantial

e. Why did the Native Americans welcome the pale-skinned visitors?
(i) They were fascinated by the steel knives and swords, fire spewing cannons, brass and copper utensils etc., which visitors brought with them.
(ii) They were fascinated by their surroundings and culture.
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(ii) They were fascinated by their surroundings and culture.

f. From the passage we can infer that in comparison to the Europeans, Native Americans
(i) did not pay respect to their nature
(ii) paid respect to their nature
(iii) did nothing
(iv) none of the above
Answer:
(iv) none of the above

g. Diseases like small pox, plague, measles, cholera, typhoid, and malaria were brought by whom?
(i) The Native Americans
(ii) The pale-skinned visitors
(iii) The Europeans
(iv) Amerigo Vespucci
Answer:
(ii) The pale-skinned visitors

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

h. How many crew members were there with Christopher Columbus, while discovering a new route to Asia?
(i) Almost hundred
(ii) More than hundred
(iii) Less than hundred
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Almost hundred

i. When did Christopher Columbus set sail from Palos to discover a new route to Asia?
(i) Between 1755 to 1850
(ii) On August 3, 1492
(iii) In 1499 and 1500
(iv) On 2 October, 1492
Answer:
(i) Between 1755 to 1850

j. Who were devastated by the deadly disease between 1775 and 1850?
(i) Indians
(ii) Tribes
(iii) Americans
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Americans

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘traveling’.
(i) presumed
(ii) nomadic
(iii) inhabitation
(iv) sail
Answer:
(iv) sail

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘undeveloped’.
(i) nomadic
(ii) developed
(iii) resistance
(iv) erupted
Answer:
(i) nomadic

6. Read the passage carefully.

Artificial intelligence (AI), sometimes called machine intelligence, is intelligence demonstrated by machines, in contrast to the natural intelligence displayed by humans and other animals. In computer science, AI research is defined as the study of “intelligent agents”: any device that perceives its environment and takes actions that maximize its chance of successfully achieving its goals. Colloquially, the term “artificial intelligence” is applied when a machine mimics “cognitive” functions that humans associate with other human minds, such as “learning” and “problem solving.”

The scope of AI is disputed: as machines become increasingly capable, tasks considered as requiring “intelligence” are often removed from the definition, a phenomenon known as the AI effect, leading to the quip, “AI is whatever hasn’t been done yet.” For instance, optical character recognition is frequently excluded from “artificial intelligence”, having become as routine technology. Capabilities generally classified as AI as of 2017 include successfully understanding human speech, competing at the highest level in strategic game systems (such as chess and Go), autonomous cars, intelligent routing in content delivery network and military simulations.

Artificial intelligence was founded as an academic discipline in 1956, and in the years since has experienced several waves of optimism, followed by disappointment and the loss of funding (known as an “AI winter”), followed by new approaches, success and renewed funding. For most of its history, AI research has been divided into subfields that often fail to communicate with each other. These sub-fields are based on technical considerations, such as particular goals (e.g. “robotics” or “machine learning”), the use of particular tools (“logic” or artificial neural networks), or deep philosophical differences. Subfields have also been based on social factors (particular institutions or the work of particular researchers).

The traditional problems (or goals) of AI research include reasoning, knowledge representation, planning, learning, natural language processing, perception and the ability to move and manipulate objects. General intelligence is among the field’s long-term goals. Approaches include statistical methods, computational intelligence, and traditional symbolic AI. Many tools are used in AI, including versions of search and mathematical optimization, artificial neural networks, and methods based on statistics, probability and economics. The AI field draws upon computer science, mathematics, psychology, linguistics, philosophy and many others.

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

Word-Meaning: Colloquial = conversational, Mimic = caricature, Cognitive = experimental, phenomenon = aspect

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. Artificial Intelligence is demonstrated by
(i) human beings
(ii) animals
(iii) machines
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) human beings

b. AI research is defined as
(i) the study of devices
(ii) the study of artificial intelligence
(iii) the study of intelligent agents
(iv) all of the above.
Answer:
(ii) the study of artificial intelligence

c. When is the term ‘artificial intelligence’ applied?
(i) When humans mimic cognitive functions
(ii) When machines mimic cognitive functions
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)

d. AI capabilities include successfully competing at the
(i) Yes
(ii) No
(iii) Only few were welcomed
(iv) All of the above
Answer:
(i) Yes

e. Why did the Native Americans welcome the pale-skinned visitors?
(i) They were fascinated by the steel knives and swords, fire spewing cannons, brass and copper utensils etc., which visitors brought with them.
(ii) They were fascinated by their surroundings and culture.
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(i) They were fascinated by the steel knives and swords, fire spewing cannons, brass and copper utensils etc., which visitors brought with them.

f. From the passage we can infer that in comparison to the Europeans, Native Americans
(i) did not pay respect to their nature
(ii) paid respect to their nature
(iii) did nothing
(iv) none of the above
Answer:
(ii) paid respect to their nature

g. Diseases like small pox, plague, measles, cholera, typhoid, and malaria were brought by whom?
(i) The Native Americans
(ii) The pale-skinned visitors
(iii) The Europeans
(iv) Amerigo Vespucci
Answer:
(iii) The Europeans

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

h. The subfields of AI are based on
(i) the use of particular tools
(ii) More than hundred
(iii) both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) both (i) and (ii)

j. When did Christopher Columbus set sail from Palos to discover a new route to Asia?
(i) Between 1755 to 1850
(ii) OnAugust3, 1492
(iii) In 1499 and 1500
(iv) On 2 October, 1492
Answer:
(ii) OnAugust3, 1492

j. Who were devastated by the deadly disease between 1775 and 1850?
(i) Indians
(ii) Tribes
(iii) Americans
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Tribes

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘traveling’.
(i) presumed
(ii) nomadic
(iii) inhabitation
(iv) sail
Answer:
(iv) sail

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to bundeveloped.
(i) nomadic
(ii) deveLoped
(iii) resistance
(iv) erupted
Answer:
(ii) deveLoped

7. Read the passage carefully.

Like their ancient toga-wearing counterparts, modem philosophers continue to disagree on the nature of freewill. Do we really have any control over the choices we make and the things we desire, and if so, to what degree? Theories of freewill vary, but the ancient words of Plato still line up with our modem perceptions of temptation and willpower. The revered Greek philosopher argued that the human experience is one of constant stmggle between the intellect and the body, between rationality and desire. Along these lines, true freedom is only achievable when willpower unchains us from bodily, emotional, instinctual slavery.

You can find similar sentiments throughout world religions, most of which offer a particular and often difficult path to rise above our darker natures And science? Well, science mostly agrees with all of this. Willpower is all about overcoming your natural impulses to eat cupcakes, skip your morning workout, flirt with the waiter, hit the snooze alarm and check your e-mail during a funeral. Your willpower, however, is limited. If life were a video game, you’d see a glowing “willpower” or “ego” meter at the top of the screen next to your “life” meter. Successfully resist one temptation, and the meter depletes a little. The next temptation depletes the “willpower” meter even more, until there’s nothing left at all.

Our modern scientific understanding of willpower in large part stems from a 1996 research experiment involving chocolate and radishes. Psychologist Roy Baumeister led a study in which 67 test subjects were presented with tempting chocolate, chip cookies and other chocolate- flavored treats before a persistence-testing puzzle. Here’s the catch: The researchers asked some of the participants to abstain from sweets and snack on radishes instead.

Baumeister’s results told a fascinating story. The test subjects who resisted the sweet stuff in favor of radishes performed poorly on the persistence test. They simply didn’t have the willpower left to resist slacking off The resulting paper, “Ego Depletion: Is the Active Self a Limited Resource?” inspired more than a thousand additional studies discussing everything from the influence of positive messages to the ego-sapping power of daily decisions.

Studies also show that cognitive capacity also affects our ability to hold out against temptation. Cognitive capacity is essentially your working memory, which you employ when resisting a temptation or holding a string of numbers in your head. A 1999 study from the University of Iowa professor Baba Shiv found that people tasked with remembering a two-digit number held out better than people remembering a seven-digit number when tempted with chocolate cake.

Word-Meaning:
Counterparts – complement, Perception – understanding, Instinctual – accustomed to, Snooze – nap, Temptation – allurement

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. What is willpower, according to the author?
(i) Overcoming our basic instincts
(ii) Wanting for something that we cannot achieve
(iii) Overcoming our natural impulses
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iii) Overcoming our natural impulses

b. Cognitive capacity is the ability to
(i) resist a temptation
(ii) maintain balance between intellect and body
(iii) maintain balance between rationality and desire
(iv) all of the above
Answer:
(i) resist a temptation

c. When the author imagines life as a video game, there would be two types of metres to judge willpower
(i) Ego meter and Life meter
(ii) Temptation meter and Life meter
(iii) Willpower meter and Life meter
(iv) Ego meter and Willpower meter
Answer:
(iv) Ego meter and Willpower meter

d. What is cognitive capacity?
(i) Working memory that resists temptation
(ii) Working memory that aggravates temptation
(iii) It only soothes our mind.
(iv) Does nothing
Answer:
(i) Working memory that resists temptation

e. Who is Roy Baumeister?
(i) A philosopher
(ii) A psychologist
(iii) A scientist
(iv) A mathematician
Answer:
(ii) A psychologist

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

f. According to Plato, human experience is one of constant struggle between
(i) the intellect and the body
(ii) rationality and desire
(iii) both (i) and (ii)
(iv) temptation and repulsion
Answer:
(iii) both (i) and (ii)

g. Plato’s ancient words line up with our and willpower.
(i) old perceptions of temptation
(ii) modem perceptions of temptation
(iii) new perceptions
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) modem perceptions of temptation

h. Most religions in the world recommend
(i) to rise above our dark nature
(ii) to understand the theory of freewill
(iii) to strengthen willpower
(iv) to disagree on the nature of freewill
Answer:
(i) to rise above our dark nature

i. What reference did the author give to the disagreement on the nature of freewill?
(i) Ancient toga-wearing counterparts
(ii) Theory of freewill
(iii) Religious sentiments
(iv) All of the above
Answer:
(i) Ancient toga-wearing counterparts

j. What employs working memory to resist temptation?
(i) Freewill
(ii) Cognitive capacity
(iii) Ego
(iv) Willpower
Answer:
(ii) Cognitive capacity

k. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘dissimilar’.
(i) similar
(ii) discharge
(iii) detach
(iv) release
Answer:
(i) similar

l. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘equal’.
(i) rival
(ii) counterpart
(iii) might
(iv) unparallel
Answer:
(ii) counterpart

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

8. Read the passage carefully.

The Indian Army is the land-based branch and the largest component of the Indian Armed Forces. The President of India is the Supreme Commander of the Indian Army, and it is commanded by the Chief of Army Staff (COAS), who is a four-star general. Two officers have been conferred with the rank of field marshal, a five-star rank, which is a ceremonial position of great honour. The Indian Army originated from the armies of the East India Company, which eventually became the British Indian Army, and the armies of the princely states, which finally became the national army after independence. The units and regiments of the Indian Army have diverse histories and have participated in a number of battles and campaigns across the world, earning a large number of battle and theatre honours before and after Independence.

The primary mission of the Indian Army is to ensure national security and national unity, defending the nation from external aggression and internal threats”, and maintaining peace and security within its borders. It conducts humanitarian rescue operations during natural calamities and other disturbances, like Operation Surya Hope, and can also be requisitioned by the government to cope with internal threats. It is a major component of national power alongside the Indian Navy and the Indian Air Force. The army has been involved in four wars with neighbouring Pakistan and one with China. Other major operations undertaken by the army include: Operation Vijay, Operation Meghdoot and Operation Cactus.

Apart from conflicts, the army has conducted large peace time exercises like Operation Brasstacks and Exercise Shoorveer, and it has also been an active participant in numerous United Nations peacekeeping missions including those in: Cyprus, Lebanon, Congo, Angola, Cambodia, Vietnam, Namibia, El Salvador, Liberia, Mozambique and Somalia. The Indian Army has a regimental system, but is operationally and geographically divided into seven commands, with the basic field formation being a division. It is an all-volunteer force and comprises more than 80% of the country’s active defence personnel.

It is the 2nd largest standing army in the world, with 1,237,117 active troops and 960,000 reserve troops. The army has embarked on an infantry modernisation program known as Futuristic Infantry Soldier As a System (F-INSAS), and is also upgrading and acquiring new assets for its armoured, artillery and aviation branches.

Word-Meaning:
Eventually – finally
Component – constituent
Calamities – disasters

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. What is Operation Surya Hope?
(i) Ensures national security
(ii) Humanitarian rescue operations
(iii) Maintains peace and security within its borders
(iv) All of the above
Answer:
(ii) Humanitarian rescue operations

b. The number of reserve troops in Indian Army is
(i) 9,60,000
(ii) 9,70,000
(iii) 9,65,000
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(i) 9,60,000

c. What is the infantry modernisation program known as?
(i) Futuristic Infantry Soldier As a System (F-INSAS)
(ii) Future Infantry Soldier System
(iii) Futuristic Soldier Infant System
(iv) Futuristic Infant Soldier As a System
Answer:
(i) Futuristic Infantry Soldier As a System (F-INSAS)

d. The Chief of Army Staff (COAS) is a
(i) Five-star general
(ii) Four-star general
(iii) Three-star general
(iv) Two-star general
Answer:
(ii) Four-star general

e. The Indian army is operationally and geographically divided into
(i) six commands
(ii) four commands
(iii) five commands
(iv) seven commands
Answer:
(iv) seven commands

f. Two large peace time exercises conducted by Indian Army are
(i) Operation Vijay and Operation Brasstacks
(ii) Exercise Shoorveer and Operation Cactus
(iii) Operation Brasstacks and Exercise Shoorveer
(iv) Operation Meghdoot and Operation Vijay
Answer:
(iii) Operation Brasstacks and Exercise Shoorveer

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

g. The Indian Army originated from the armies of
(i) British Indian Army
(ii) East India Company
(iii) British Army
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(ii) East India Company

h. ………….. of the country’s active defence personnel are in the Indian
Army.
(i) 70%
(ii) 65%
(iii) 80%
(iv) 75%
Answer:
(iii) 80%

i. Field Marshall (FM) is a
(i) Four-star rank
(ii) Five-star rank
(iii) Three-star rank
(iv) Six-star rank
Answer:
(ii) Five-star rank

j. The primary mission of Indian Army is
(i) National security, unity and maintaining peace within its borders.
(ii) To conduct humanitarian rescue operations
(iii) To participate in UN peacekeeping missions
(iv) All of the above
Answer:
(iv) All of the above

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘civilized’.
(i) noble
(ii) uncivilised
(iii) selfish
(iv) humanitarian
Answer:
(iv) humanitarian

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘external’.
(i) internal
(ii) essential
(iii) innate
(iv) artificial
Answer:
(i) internal

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

9. Read the passage carefully.

During our growing up years we as children were taught – both at home and school – to worship the photos and idols of the gods of our respective religions. When we grew a little older, we were to read holy books like The Bhagwad Gita, Bible and Quran; we were told that there are a lot of life lessons to be learnt from these holy books. We were then introduced to stories from our mythologies which taught us about ethics and morality – what is good and what is bad. I also learnt to be respectful towards my parents who made my life comfortable with their hard work and love and care, and my teachers who guided me to become a good student and a responsible citizen.

Much later in life, I realised that though we learn much from our respective holy books, there is a lot to learn from our surroundings. This realisation dawned upon me when I learnt to enquire and explore. Everything around us – the sun, the moon, the stars, rain, rivers, stones, rocks, birds, plants and animals – teach us many valuable life’s lessons. No wonder that besides the scriptures in many cultures nature is also worshiped. The message that we get is to save our environment and maintain ecological balance. People are taught to live in harmony with nature and recognise that there is God in all aspects of nature.

Nature is a great teacher. A river never stops flowing. If it finds an obstacle in its way in the form of a heavy rock, the river water fights to remove it from its path or finds an alternative path to move ahead. This teaches us to be progressive in life, and keep the fighting spirit alive. Snakes are worshiped as they eat insects in the field that can hurt our crops, thus protecting the grains for us. In fact, whatever we worship is our helper and makes our lives easy for us. There are many such examples in nature, but we are not ready to learn a lesson. Overcome with greed, we are destroying nature. As a result, we face natural disasters like drought, flood and landslides. We don’t know that nature is angry with us. However, it is never too late to learn. If we learn to respect nature the quality of our life will improve.

Word-Meaning:
Respective – particular, Mythologies – legends, folklores, Ethics – morality, Surroundings – particular place,
Scriptures – sacred text, Obstacle – hurdle, barrier, Progressive developing, growing

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. What are we taught in our growing up years as children at home and school, according to the passage?
(i) To lead the life of simplicity
(ii) Only to learn with friends
(iii) To worship the photos and idols of the gods of our respective religions
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) To worship the photos and idols of the gods of our respective religions

b. What did the stories from our mythologies teach us?
(i) Etiquettes and manners
(ii) Ethics and morality
(iii) Style of living
(iv) Way of talking
Answer:
(ii) Ethics and morality

c. Besides scriptures is also worshiped in many cultures.
(i) man
(ii) nature
(iii) woman
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) nature

d. What message does nature give to us?
(i) To save over environment
(ii) To maintain ecological balance
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)

e. Who made our lives comfortable with their hard work, love and care?
(i) Friends
(ii) Parents
(iii) Relatives
(iv) None of the above
Answer:
(ii) Parents

f. What are people taught?
(i) People are taught to live in harmony with nature.
(ii) People are taught to live in disharmony.
(iii) People are taught to lead the life of loneliness.
(iv) People are taught nothing.
Answer:
(i) People are taught to live in harmony with nature

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

g. What does the river teach us?
(i) Not to do anything
(ii) To be progressive in life
(iii) To keep the fighting spirit alive
(iv) Both (ii) and (iii)
Answer:
(iv) Both (ii) and (iii)

h. Why are snakes worshiped?
(i) They bite us.
(ii) They eat insects in the field and protect our grains for us.
(iii) They only eat milk.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) They eat insects in the field and protect our grains for us.

i. What is destroying our nature?
(i) Greed
(ii) Dishonesty
(iii) Indiscipline
(iv) Behaviour
Answer:
(i) Greed

j. If we learn to respect nature the quality of our life will .
(i) deteriorate
(ii) improve
(iii) glow
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) improve

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘integrity’.
(i) sin
(ii) immorality
(iii) morality
(iv) evil
Answer:
(iii) morality

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘irresponsible’.
(i) maintain
(ii) responsible
(iii) untrustworthy
(iv) unaccountabLe
Answer:
(ii) responsible

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

10. Read the passage carefully.

I. Summer vacation offers families dilemmas and opportunities. For too many kids it becomes a period of intellectual passivity and stalled personal growth. For others — and their parents — it’s a time of overload and frantic scheduling.

2. “Summer is a great time for parents to build a relationship with their children,” says a renowned child psychologist. And it’s an opportunity both for the kids to learn and for the family to grow together. To make this a reality, educators and psychologists point to several simple strategies that parents can start planning before summer gets under way.

3. “Summer’s a perfect time for kids to take skills they’ve learnt in a classroom and use them in new ways.” notes a well-known educator. Comparing prices in a grocery shop can sharpen children’s mental maths skills. Taking measurements to build a new tree house or design a simple plaything teaches geometry. Car trips provide opportunities to study maps and learn geography. Some libraries offer free summer reading programmes for children.

4. Sometimes kids will need a small push in the right direction. Victoria encouraged her seven-year old son, Philip. to take part in their local library’s summer reading club. For every book report a child wrote, he received a raffle ticket. At the end of the summer sports prizes were raffled off. Philip, who’d painstakingly produced seven book reports won an autographed picture of a hockey star and had his name in one of his reports printed in the local newspäper. (If that’s not possible, encourage children to write letters to editors on current affairs, or about school-related issues.) “Philip moaned and groaned about writing the reports, but in the end, he was happy he put the effort in,” notes his mother. “And his ability to express himself really improved.”

5. It’s the daily practice of stimulation — intellectual, creative, esteem-building— that parents can give their children that have the greatest impact,” says an eminent researcher. In an informal study conducted in 1998 other researches surveyed successful college students about how they spent their free time from ages five to 12, then compared their activities with those of troubled youngsters. They found that the successful ones were more likely to play spontaneous games, more involved in household chores and more likely to engage in playful activities with their parents. Troubled youngsters spent far less time on chores or family games and more time on their own, planted in front of the TV or a video game.

6. Often, when parents are drawing up their summer plans, their focus is on entertaining and enriching their children. But experts agree that a summer built completely around a child’s self-fulfillment won’t help a youngster mature into a high thinking, caring member of his family or community.

Truly successful kids, say educators, are those who’ve learnt to budget time to help others — whether it’s helping an invalid neighbour or preparing their own family’s meals a couple of nights a week. Where parents fail, say experts, is in the way such responsibilities are presented. Too often, they’re trotted out as punishments instead of challenges. To make matters worse, parents often nag the child about the task, rather than simply setting a completion deadline and allowing the youngster to decide when and how he will meet it.

7. For most parents of school-age kids, the largest block of time they’ll have with their children is in the summer. With a little advance preparation, parents can use the summer to help develop their youngsters into smarter, more creative, more caring human beings.

Word-Meaning: Dilemmas – predicament, Opportunities – chances, Frantic – panic-stricken, Raffle – a means of raising money, Painstakingly – meticulously, attentively, Autographed – signed, Moaned – sobbed, cried, Stimulation – incite, provocation, Spontaneous – natural, voluntary, Trot out – to provide an explanation, excuse

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. What does summer vacation offer to families?
(i) Only fortune
(ii) Only misfortune
(iii) Dilemmas and opportunities
(iv) Only leisure time
Answer:
(iii) Dilemmas and opportunities

b. Summer is a great time for parents to build a with their children.
(i) relationship
(ii) new equation
(iii) proximity
(iv) all of these
Answer:
(i) relationship

c. What can children do by comparing prices in a grocery shop?
(i) Sharpen their intellect
(ii) Sharpen their mental maths skills
(iii) Sharpen their memory
(iv) Can do nothing
Answer:
(ii) Sharpen their mental maths skills

d. What sort of opportunities do car trips provide?
(i) To learn car driving
(ii) To read novel
(iii) To study maps and learn geography
(iv) Only merry-making
Answer:
(iii) To study maps and learn geography

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

e. What did Philip get for every book?
(i) Raffle ticket
(ii) Panal ticket
(iii) Lottery ticket
(iv) Nothing
Answer:
(i) Raffle ticket

f. Philip had won an autographed picture of a
(i) soccer
(ii) cricket
(iii) hockey
(iv) film
Answer:
(iii) hockey

g. Who are truly successful kids, according to educators?
(i) Those who always remain busy in their studies.
(ii) Those who only spend their time in playing.
(iii) Those who have learnt to budget time to help others.
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iii) Those who have learnt to budget time to help others.

h. Who played spontaneous games?
(i) The successful youngsters
(ii) The troubled youngsters
(iii) The stupid youngsters
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) The successful youngsters

i. On which aspects do parents focus on during summer plans?
(i) Only on journey of hill stations
(ii) Only on entertaining and enriching their children
(iii) Only on giving moral education to their children
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) Only on entertaining and enriching their children

j. What can parents do to their children with a little advance preparation during summer?
(i) They can become smarter, creative and caring human beings.
(ii) They can become lethargic.
(iii) They spend their time only on studies.
(iv) They can do nothing.
Answer:
(i) They can become smarter, creative and caring human beings.

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘chance’.
(i) event
(ii) reality
(iii) misfortune
(iv) opportunity
Answer:
(iv) opportunity

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘ignoramus’.
(i) dilemma
(ii) failure
(iii) success
(iv) intellectual
Answer:
(iv) intellectual

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

11. Read the passage carefully.

1. In the summer of 1967, when I was 10 years old, my father caved into my persistent pleas and took me to get my own dog. Together we drove in the family station wagon far into the Michigan countryside to a farm run by a rough-hewn woman and her ancient mother. The farm produced just one commodity – dogs. Dogs of every imaginable size and shape and age and temperament. They had only two things in common: each was a mongrel of unknown and distinct ancestry and each was free to a good home.

2. I quickly decided the older dogs were somebody else’s charity case. I immediately raced to the puppy cage. “You want to pick one that’s not timid,” my father coached. “Try rattling the cage and see which ones aren’t afraid.”

3. I grabbed the chain-link gate and yanked on it with a loud clang. The dozen or so puppies reeled backward, collapsing on top of one another in a squiggling heap of fur. Just one remained. He was gold with a white blaze on his chest, and he charged at the gate, yapping fearlessly. He jumped up and excitedly licked my fingers through the fencing. It was love at first sight.

4. I brought him home in a cardboard box and named him Shaun. He was one of those dogs that gives dogs a good name. He effortlessly mastered every command I taught him and was naturally well behaved. I could drop a crust on the floor and he would not touch it until I gave the okay.

5. Relatives would visit for the weekend and returned home determined to buy a dog of their own, so impressed were they with Shaun – or “Saint Shaun,” as I came to call him. Bom with the curse of an uncertain lineage, he was one of the tens of thousands of unwanted dogs in America. Yet by some stroke of almost providential good fortune, he became wanted. He came into my life and I into his – and in the process, he gave me the childhood every kid deserves.

6. The love affair lasted fourteen years and by the time he died I was no longer the little boy who had brought him along on that summer day. I was a man, out of college and working across the state in my first real job. Saint Shaun had stayed behind when I moved on. It was where he belonged. My parents, by then retired, called to break the news to me. My mother would later tell me, “In fifty years of marriage, I’ve only seen your father cry twice. The first time was when we lost Mary Ann” – my sister, who was stillborn. “The second time was the day Shaun died.”

7. Saint Shaun was the companion of my childhood. He was a perfect dog. At least that’s how I will always remember him. It was Shaun who set the standard by which I would judge all other dogs to come.

Word-Meaning: Persistent – constant, Pleas – appeal, Mongrel – a breed of dog, Ancestry – forebears, Rattling – knocking sound, Grabbed – grasped, snatched, Reeled – staggered, Determined – resolute, resolved, Lineage – ancestry, parentage, Providential – favourable, Stillborn – born dead

On the basis of your understanding of the above passage, answer any ten of the questions given below by choosing the most appropriate option: [10 x 1 = 10]

a. What did the farm only produce?
(i) Cat
(ii) Rabbit
(iii) Sheep
(iv) Dog
Answer:
(iv) Dog

b. What type of dogs were present there?
(i) Imaginable size and shape
(ii) Age
(iii) Temperament
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iv) All of these

c. The narrator brought a dog home and named him
(i) Buddy
(ii) Bailey
(iii) Shaun
(iv) Charlie
Answer:
(iii) Shaun

d. How was Shaun?
(i) Well-behaved
(ii) Ill-mannered
(iii) Discourteous
(iv) None of the these
Answer:
(i) Well-behaved

e. For how many years did their love affair continue?
(i) Ten years
(ii) Eleven years
(iii) Twelve years
(iv) Fourteen years
Answer:

f. Who was Saint Shaun?
(i) The narrator’s relative
(ii) The narrator’s componion
(iii) The narrator’s childhood friend
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) The narrator’s componion

g. When did the narrator’s father cry for the first time?
(i) When Mary Ann, the narrator’s sister died.
(ii) When the narrator failed in his annual exam.
(iii) When the narrator misbehaved with his teacher.
(iv) When the narrator’s one leg got fractured in a car accident.
Answer:
(i) When Mary Ann, the narrator’s sister died.

JAC Class 10 English Grammar Discursive Passages

h. When did the narrator’s father cry for the second time?
(i) When Shaun came into his home.
(ii) When Shaun died.
(iii) When the narrator was slapped by one of his classmates.
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) When Shaun died.

i. Write the name of a countryside which has been mentioned in the passage.
(i) Michigan
(ii) Dorset
(iii) Essex
(iv) Cheshire
Answer:
(i) Michigan

j. Who ran the farm where the narrator had gone?
(i) An orphan child
(ii) Rough-hewn woman and her mother
(iii) The narrator’s father
(iv) The narrator’s cousin
Answer:
(ii) Rough-hewn woman and her mother

k. Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘continuous’.
(i) inconstant
(ii) weak
(iii) unstable
(iv) persistent
Answer:
(iv) persistent

l. Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘irresolute’.
(i) tenacious
(ii) determined
(iii) unstable
(iv) timid
Answer:
(ii) determined

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

JAC Class 10th English A Triumph of Surgery Textbook Questions and Answers

Read and Find Out (Pages 1 & 3)

Question 1.
Why is Mrs Pumphrey worried about Tricki?
(श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ट्रिकी के बारे में चिंतित क्यों है?)
Answer:
Tricki is Mrs. Pumphrey’s dog. She is worried about him because he has become unhealthy. He has become very fat. His eyes are blood red and rheumy.
(ट्रिकी श्रीमती पम्फ्रे का कुत्ता है। वह उसके बारे में चिंतित है क्योंकि वह बीमार हो गया है। वह बहुत मोटा हो गया है। उसकी आँखें खूनी लाल और लकवाग्रस्त हैं।)

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 2.
What does she do to help him? Is she wise in this?
(वह उसकी सहायता करने के लिए क्या करती है? क्या ऐसा करने में उसकी बुद्धिमता है?) ।
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey is worried about Tricki. She thinks that the dog is suffering from malnutrition. So she gives him too much to eat. She is not wise in this. All this worsened the dog’s condition.
(श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ट्रिकी के बारे में चिन्तित है। वह सोचती है कि कुत्ता कुपोषण का शिकार है। इसलिए वह उसको खाने के लिए बहुत ज्यादा देती है। ऐसा करने में वह बुद्धिमान नहीं दिखती है। इससे कुत्ते की हालत और अधिक बिगड़ गई।)

Question 3.
Who does ‘I’ refer to in this story?.
(इस कहानी में ‘I’ (मैं) शब्द किसके लिए प्रयोग किया गया है?)
Answer:
The I’ in this story is James Herriot. He is a veterinary surgeon.
(इस कहानी में ‘I’ (मैं) शब्द जेम्स हीरियट के लिए प्रयोग किया गया है। वह एक पशु-चिकित्सक है।)

Question 4.
Is the narrator as rich as Tricki’s mistress?
(क्या वर्णनकर्ता ट्रिकी की मालकिन जितना अमीर है?)
Answer:
No, the narrator is not as rich as Tricki’s mistress.
(नहीं, वर्णनकर्ता ट्रिकी की मालकिन जितना अमीर नहीं है।)

Question 5.
How does he treat the dog?
(वह ट्रिकी का इलाज कैसे करता है?)
Answer:
He takes the dog to his hospital. There he controls his diet. There he does not give much food to him. At the end of the second day Tricki starts taking some interest in the surroundings. After two weeks, Tricki was completely recovered.
(वह कुत्ते को अपने हस्पताल ले जाता है। वहाँ वह उसके आहार को नियंत्रित करता है। वहाँ वह उसे खाने के लिए अधिक भोजन नहीं देता है। दूसरे दिन की समाप्ति पर ट्रिकी ने अपने आस-पास में रुचि लेना शुरू कर दिया। दो सप्ताह के पश्चात्, ट्रिकी पूर्णतया स्वस्थ हो गया।)

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 6.
Why is he tempted to keep Tricki on as a permanent guest?
(वह ट्रिकी को एक स्थायी मेहमान के रूप में रखने का लालच क्यों कर रहा है ?)
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey sent daily two dozen of fresh round eggs and bottles of wine and brandy for Tricki. But Tricki did not really need these things to be given again. So these things were consumed by the doctor and his partners. Thus it was a temptation to keep Tricki on as a permanent guest.
(श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ट्रिकी के लिए प्रतिदिन दो दर्जन ताजे गोल अंडे और शराब तथा ब्रांडी की बोतलें भेजती थी। लेकिन ट्रिकी को वास्तव में इन चीजों की आवश्यकता नहीं थी। इसलिए इन सभी चीज़ों का उपयोग डॉक्टर और उसके सांझीदारों के द्वारा किया जा रहा था। अतः ट्रिकी को स्थायी मेहमान के रूप में रखा जाना एक लालच था।)

Question 7.
Why does Mrs Pumphrey think the dog’s recovery is “a triumph of surgery”? (श्रीमती पम्फ्रे क्यों सोचती है कि कुत्ते का उपचार शल्य चिकित्सा की विजय है?)
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey found Tricki totally transformed. He had been very lazy and flabby. But now he was transformed into a lithe and hard-muscled animal. All this made her say, “This is a triumph of surgery.” No, Mrs Pumphrey did not know about Tricki’s ailment. She also did not know how he was cured.
(श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने ट्रिकी को पूर्णतया बदला हुआ पाया। वह बहुत सुस्त और मोटा था। लेकिन अब वह एक लचीले अंगों और कठोर मांसपेशियों वाला पशु बन गया था। इसलिए श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने कहा, “यह शल्य-चिकित्सा की विजय है।” नहीं, श्रीमती पम्फे ट्रिकी की बीमारी के बारे में कुछ भी नहीं जानती थी और न ही उसे यह पता था कि उसका इलाज कैसे हुआ था।)

Think about it (Page 6)

Question 1.
What kind of a person do you think the narrator, a veterinary surgeon, is? Would you say he is tactful as well as full of common sense?
(आपके विचार में वर्णनकर्ता, पशु-चिकित्सक, किस प्रकार का व्यक्ति है? क्या आप कहोगे कि वह व्यवहार कुशल और सामान्य समझ से भरपूर है )
Answer:
The narrator is a veterinary surgeon. He is a very practical man. He is tactful also and has a lot of common sense. As soon as he sees Tricki, he understands his illness. He persuades Mrs Pumphrey to send the dog to his hospital. There he keeps a watch on his diet and brings improvement in his condition.
(वर्णनकर्ता एक पशु-चिकित्सक है। वह एक बहुत ही व्यवहारिक आदमी है। वह व्यवहार-कुशल होने के साथ-साथ सामान्य बुद्धि से भी भरपूर है। जैसे ही वह ट्रिकी को देखता है तो उसकी बीमारी समझ जाता है। वह श्रीमती पम्फ्रे पर दबाव बनाता है कि वह ट्रिकी को हस्पताल में भेज दे। वहाँ वह उसके आहार पर निगरानी रखता है और उसकी हालत में सुधार लाता है।)

Question 2.
Do you think Tricki was happy to go home? What do you think will happen now?
(आपके विचार में क्या ट्रिकी अब घर जाकर प्रसन्न चा? आपके विचार में अब क्या होगा?)
Answer:
Yes, Tricki is happy to go home. He remains in the hospital for fifteen days. After that his mistress comes to take him. As soon as he sees Mrs Pumphrey, he runs and jumps into her lap. This shows that he is happy to go home. Mrs Pumphrey is a loving mistress. I think she will again give Tricki a lot of food and make him ill again.
(हाँ, ट्रिकी घर जाकर खुश है। वह अस्पताल में पंद्रह दिन रहता है। इसके बाद उसकी मालकिन उसे लेने आती है। जैसे ही वह श्रीमती पम्फे को देखता है तो वह उछलकर उसकी गोद में चला जाता है। इससे पता चलता है कि वह घर जाकर बहुत प्रसन्न था। श्रीमती पम्फे एक प्यार करने वाली मालकिन है। मैं मानता हूँ कि वह एक बार फिर से ट्रिकी को ढेर सारा भोजन देगी और फिर से बीमार कर देगी।)

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 3.
Do you think this is a real-life episode, or mere fiction? Or is it a mixture of both?
(क्या आप सोचते हो कि यह एक सच्ची घटना है या केवल-मात्र एक मिथ्या कल्पना? अथवा क्या यह दोनों का एक मिश्रण है?)
Answer:
I think it is a real-life episode. Mr Herriot was a veterinary surgeon. He had done many experiences of this kind in his career. He has described most of such incidents in his books.
(मेरे विचार में यह एक सच्ची घटना है। श्रीमान हीरियट एक पशु-चिकित्सक था। उसने अपने जीवन में इस तरह के अनेकों अनुभव किए थे। उसने अपनी इस तरह की अधिकतर घटनाओं को अपनी पुस्तकों में लिख रखा है।)

Talk about it (Page 7)

Question 1.
This episode describes the silly behaviour of a rich woman who is foolishly indulgent, perhaps because she is lonely. Do you think such people are merely silly, or can their actions cause harm to others?
(यह घटना एक अमीर महिला के मूर्खतापूर्ण व्यवहार के बारे में बताती है जोकि अकेली होने के कारण यह मूर्खतापूर्ण कार्य करती है? क्या आप मानते हो कि ऐसे लोग केवल मूर्ख होते हैं, अथवा उनके काम दूसरों को हानि पहुँचा सकते हैं?)
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey is over indulgent because she is lonely. She can be called silly also because she lacks common sense. She is very rich and thinks that giving a lot of things to Tricki to eat is proper. She does not know that overeating and lack of physical exercise can make anyone ill. .
(श्रीमती पम्फे अत्यधिक कोमल है क्योंकि वह अकेली रहती है। उसे मूर्ख भी कहा जा सकता है क्योंकि उसमें सामान्य समझ की कमी है। वह बहुत अमीर है और सोचती है कि ट्रिकी को खाने के लिए ढेर सारी चीजें दिए जाना सही है। वह यह नहीं जानती है कि अत्यधिक भोजन खाना और व्यायाम की कमी किसी को भी बीमार कर देती है।)

Question 2.
Do you think there are also parents like Mrs Pumphrey?
(क्या आपके विचार में कुछ अभिभावक भी श्रीमती पम्फ्रे की तरह होते हैं?)
Answer:
Yes, there are some parents like Mrs Pumphrey. They are over indulgent about their children. They make their children unhealthy and fat by their foolish love. But later when things get out of their control, they repent.
(हाँ, कुछ अभिभावक श्रीमती पम्फ्रे की तरह होते हैं। वे अपने बच्चों के प्रति अत्यधिक कोमल होते हैं। वे अपने मूर्खतापूर्ण प्यार के कारण अपने बच्चों को अस्वस्थ और मोटा बना देते हैं। लेकिन बाद में जब स्थितियाँ उनके हाथों से निकल जाती हैं तो वे पछताते हैं।)

Question 3.
What would you have done if you were:
(i) a member of the staff in Mrs Pumphrey’s household,
(ii) a neighbour?
What would your life have been like, in general?
(ऐसी स्थिति में आप क्या करते यदि आप होते
(i) श्रीमती पम्फ्रे के घरेलू स्टॉफ (नौकर) के एक सदस्य,
(ii) श्रीमती पम्के के पड़ोसी?
सामान्य रूप से आपका जीवन कैसा होता?)
Answer:
(i) If I were a member of the staff in Mrs Pumphrey’s household. I would have told her not to make the dog unhealthy by her foolish behaviour. I would have advised her to cut down Tricki’s food and give him light food.
(यदि मैं श्रीमती पम्फ्रे के घरेलू स्टॉफ का सदस्य होता तो मैं उसे बताता कि वह अपने मूर्खतापूर्ण व्यवहार से कुत्ते को अस्वस्थ न करें। मैं उसे ट्रिकी का भोजन कम करने की सलाह देता और उसे कहता कि वह ट्रिकी को हल्का भोजन दें।

(ii) If I had been her neighbour, I could have advised her more emphatically. Tricki was not ill. But it was the effect of rich food given to him. I think there would have been no adverse effect on me for being Mrs Pumphrey’s neighbour.
(यदि मैं श्रीमती पम्फ्रे का पड़ोसी होता तो मैं उसे अधिक बलपूर्वक सलाह दे सकता था। ट्रिकी बीमार नहीं था। लेकिन उस पर अधिक पौष्टिक आहार खाने का प्रभाव हो रहा था। मेरे विचार में श्रीमती पम्फ्रे का पड़ोसी होने का मुझ पर कोई विपरीत प्रभाव नहीं पड़ने जा रहा था।)

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 4.
What would you have done if you were in the narrator’s place?
(यदि आप वर्णनकर्ता के स्थान पर होते तो आप क्या करते ?)
Answer:
If I had been in the narrator’s place, I would have done the same thing that he did. He used his common sense. I would have done the same. I would not have kept the dog at the hospital more than it was necessary.
(यदि मैं वर्णनकर्ता के स्थान पर होता तो मैं भी बिल्कुल वही करता जो उसने किया। उसने अपनी सामान्य समझ का प्रयोग किया। मैं भी ऐसा ही करता। मैं भी कुत्ते को आवश्यकता से अधिक समय तक अस्पताल में नहीं रखता।)

JAC Class 10th English A Triumph of Surgery Important Questions and Answers

Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Who does ‘T’ refer to in the story A Triumph of Surgery’?
Answer:
In this story ‘l’ refers to the narrator, James Herriot.

Question 2.
Is the narrator as rich as Tricki’s mistress?
Answer:
No, the narrator is not as rich as Tricki’s mistress.

Question 3.
Who was Mrs Pumphrey worried about?
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey was worried about Tricki, her dog.

Question 4.
What was the name of the veterinary surgeon?
Answer:
The name of the veterinary surgeon was James Herriot.

Question 5.
Where did Mr Herriot take Tricki?
Answer:
He took him to his hospital.

Question 6.
“I think I know a cure for you.” What is the “cure”?
Answer:
It was controlling of Tricki’s diet.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 7.
What was Tricki’s main fault?
Answer:
Greed for food was Tricki’s main fault.

Question 8.
What was Tricki suffering from?
Answer:
He had bouts of vomitting and refused food.

Question 9.
What did Mrs. Pumphrey think her dog is suffering from?
Answer:
She thought that he was suffering from malnutrition.

Question 10.
Who said, “It was a triumph of surgery”?
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey said so.

Question 11.
When Tricki was seriously ill, whom did Mrs Pumphrey make a frantic call?
Answer:
When Tricki was seriously ill, Mrs Pumphrey make a frantic call to James Herriot, a Veternary Surgeon.

Question 12.
What was Tricki’s real disease?
Answer:
Tricki’s real disease was of over-eating.

Question 13.
Where did James Herriot take Tricki to?
Answer:
James Herriot took Tricki to his surgery.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 14.
Who was Tricki?
Answer:
Tricki was Mrs Pumphrey’s pet dog.

Question 15.
What did Mrs Pumphrey rema
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey remained anxious about Tricki’s poor health

Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1.
Why was Mr Herriot shocked at Tricki’s appearance?
(श्रीमान हीरियट को ट्रिकी को देखकर आघात क्यों पहुँचा ?)
Answer:
Tricki had become hugely fat. He looked like a bloated sausage. His eyes were bloodshot and rheumy. His tongue lolled from his jaws. So Mr Herriot was shocked at Tricki’s appearance.
(ट्रिकी बहुत मोटा हो गया था। वह एक फूले हुए कबाब की भाँति दिखाई देता था। उसकी आँखें लाल और गठियाग्रस्त थीं। उसकी जीभ जबड़ों से बाहर लपलपा रही थी। इसलिए श्रीमान हीरियट को ट्रिकी को देखकर आघात पहुँचा।)

Question 2.
What was Mrs Pumphrey’s reaction when Tricki showed little enthusiasm for exertion?
(जब ट्रिकी ने परिश्रम करने में जरा-सा भी उत्साह दिखाना बंद कर दिया तो श्रीमती पम्फे की क्या प्रतिक्रिया हुई ?)
Answer:
She was shocked and worried. She thought that Tricki was seriously ill. She thought that he had been suffering from malnutrition.
(वह दुखी और चिंतित थी। उसने सोचा कि ट्रिकी गंभीर रूप से बीमार था। उसने सोचा कि वह कुपोषण से पीड़ित हो रहा था।)

Question 3.
What did she do to bring him back to normal health? Was she successful?
(उसने ट्रिकी को पुनः सामान्य स्वास्थ्य पा लाने के लिए क्या किया ? क्या वह सफल रही ?)
Answer:
To bring Tricki to normal health she started giving him beer and cod-liver oil. She also gave him bowl of horlicks at night to make him sleep. But she was not successful because all these things put adverse effect on the little dog.
(ट्रिकी को सामान्य स्वास्थ्य में लाने के लिए उसने उसे बीयर और कॉड मछली के जिगर का तेल देना आरंभ कर दिया। वह रात्रि के समय उसे एक कटोरा हॉरलिक्स देती थी ताकि वह ठीक से सो सके लेकिन वह सफल नहीं हो सकी क्योंकि इन सभी चीज़ों का उसके स्वास्थ्य पर विपरीत असर पड़ा।)

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 4.
What was Mr Herriot’s strict advice? Did Mrs Pumphrey heed his advice? What excuses did she make?
(श्रीमान हीरियट का कठोर परामर्श क्या था? क्या श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने उस परामर्श की ओर ध्यान दिया? उसने क्या बहाने बनाए?)
Answer:
Mr Herriot’s strict advice was to cut down on the sweet things, and to give him a plenty of exercise. But Mrs Pumphrey did not heed this advice. She thought Tricki was weak. So she was giving him cream cakes and chocolates. Tricki had very little exercise because the gardener was unwell.
(श्रीमान हीरियट ने कठोर परामर्श दिया था कि मीठी चीज़ों में कमी कर दी जाए और उसे बहुत अधिक व्यायाम करवाया जाए। लेकिन श्रीमती पम्फे ने इस परामर्श की ओर ध्यान नहीं दिया। उसने सोचा कि ट्रिकी कमजोर हो रहा था। इसलिए वह उसे क्रीम वाले बिस्कुट और चॉकलेट दे रही थी। ट्रिकी व्यायाम भी नहीं कर पा रहा था क्योंकि माली बीमार था।)

Question 5.
Why did Mrs Pumphrey make a frantic call to Mr Herriot?
(श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने श्रीमान हीरियट को घबराहट में जल्दबाजी से फोन क्यों किया ?)
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey made a frantic call to Mr Herriot because Tricki was seriously ill. He ate no food. He refused even his favourite dishes. He had bouts of vomiting. He liked to do nothing.
(श्रीमती पम्फे ने श्रीमान हीरियट को घबराहट में जल्दबाजी से फोन किया क्योंकि ट्रिकी गंभीर रूप से बीमार था। वह भोजन नहीं खा रहा था। उसने अपने मनपसंद भोजन को खाने से भी इंकार कर दिया था। उसे बार-बार उल्टियाँ हो रही थीं। वह कुछ भी नहीं करना चाहता था।)

Question 6.
Describe the ‘parting scene’ between Tricki and Mrs Pumphrey’s household.
(ट्रिकी और श्रीमती पक्रे के परिवार के बीच विदाई के दृश्य का वर्णन कीजिए।)
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey was wailing. The entire staff was roused. The maids rushed in and out bringing his beds and bowls to the doctor’s car. When the doctor drove the car away everybody in the house was in tears.
(श्रीमती पम्फ्रे रो रही थी। सारे घर को जगा दिया गया। नौकरानियाँ अंदर-बाहर दौड़ रही थीं और ट्रिकी के बिस्तरों और कटोरों को डॉक्टर की गाड़ी में डाल रही थीं। जब डॉक्टर गाड़ी लेकर चला तो घर के सभी लोगों की आँखों में आँसू थे।)

Question 7.
“I think I know a cure for you.” What was the ‘cure’?
(“मैं सोचता हूँ मैं तुम्हारा उपचार जानता हूँ” वह ‘उपचार’ क्या था ?)
Answer:
It was the cure to control Tricki’s diet. He did not give any food to Tricki for two days. He gave him a lot of water to drink. He gave him no medicine. He gave him a lot of exercise and this all made Tricki very active.
(यह इलाज ट्रिकी की खुराक को नियंत्रित करना था। उसने दो दिन तक ट्रिकी को कोई भोजन नहीं दिया। उसने उसे पीने के लिए खूब पानी दिया। उसने उसे दवाई नहीं दी। उसने उसे खूब व्यायाम करवाया और इस सबसे ट्रिकी बहुत चुस्त हो गया।)

Question 8.
The household dogs at the surgery rejected Tricki as “uninteresting objects.” Why?
(शल्य-कक्ष में घरेलू कुत्तों ने ट्रिकी को “अरुचिकर पदार्थ” कहकर छोड़ दिया। क्यों ?)
Answer:
At the surgery the household dogs surrounded Tricki. He looked at them with dull eyes. The other dogs sniffed him but he did not give any response. So they found him as an uninteresting object and rejected him.
(चिकित्सा घर में घरेलू कुत्तों ने ट्रिकी को घेर लिया। उसने उनकी ओर नीरस नजरों के साथ देखा। दूसरे कुत्तों ने उसे सूंघा परंतु उसने कोई उत्तर नहीं दिया। इसलिए उन्होंने उसे एक अरुचिकर पदार्थ पाया और उसका त्याग कर दिया।)

Question 9.
How did he become an accepted member of the gang and start enjoying the company of the other dogs?
(वह कुत्तों के दल का स्वीकृत सदस्य कैसे बन गया और उसने दूसरे कुत्तों की संगति का आनंद लेना कैसे आरंभ कर दिया ?)
Answer:
After two or three days Tricki’s health began to improve rapidly. He started mixing-up with other dogs. He enjoyed playing different games with the other dogs. In this way, he became an accepted member of the gang. He enjoyed their company.
(दो-तीन दिनों के पश्चात् ट्रिकी के स्वास्थ्य में तेजी से सुधार होना शुरू हो गया। उसने दूसरे कुत्तों के साथ घुलना-मिलना आरंभ कर दिया। वह दूसरे कुत्तों के साथ विभिन्न प्रकार के खेल खेलने का मजा लेता था। इस प्रकार वह उनके दल का स्वीकृत सदस्य बन गया। वह उनकी संगति का आनंद उठाता था।)

Question 10.
Describe the small dog Tricki.
(छोटे कुत्ते ट्रिकी का वर्णन कीजिए।)
Answer:
Tricki was a small dog of a rich lady Mrs Pumphrey. She loved him too much. Because of overfeeding, he looked like a bloated sausage. He had become hugely fat. He had bloodshot and rheumy eyes.
(ट्रिकी एक धनवान महिला श्रीमती पम्फ्रे का छोटा कुत्ता था। वह उसे अत्यधिक प्यार करती थी। अधिक भोजन खाने के कारण वह फूले हुए कबाब की भाँति दिखाई देता था। वह बहुत अधिक मोटा हो गया था। उसकी आँखें लाल और गठियाग्रस्त थीं।)

Question 11.
What did Mrs Pumphrey think her dog suffer from? How did she try to help him?
(श्रीमती पम के अनुसार उसके कुत्ते को क्या बीमारी थी? उसने उसे ठीक करने के लिए क्या प्रयास किए ?)
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey’s dog Tricki was dull and listless. She thought that he suffered from malnutrition. So she gave him malt and cod-liver oil between meals. She gave him a bowl of Horlicks at night. .
(श्रीमती पम्फे का कुत्ता ट्रिकी सुस्त और असावधान सा नजर आ रहा था। उसने सोचा कि वह कुपोषण के कारण था। इसलिए उसने उसे भोजन के बीच में जौ का रस (बीयर) और कॉड मछली के जिगर के तेल देना शुरू कर दिया। वह उसे रात को एक कटोरा हॉरलिक्स भी देती थी।)

Question 12.
What was the real disease that Tricki was suffering from?
(ट्रिकी वास्तव में किस बीमारी से पीड़ित था ?)
Answer:
Actually Tricki had not any physical disease. He had vomiting problem because of over-feeding. He was lazy because he did not have any physical exercise
(वास्तव में ट्रिकी को कोई शारीरिक बीमारी नहीं थी। उसे अधिक भोजन खाने के कारण उल्टियाँ आ रही थीं। वह सुस्त इसलिए था क्योंकि वह कोई शारीरिक व्यायाम नहीं करता था।)

Question 13.
What was Mrs Pumphrey’s reaction when the doctor said that Tricki must be taken to the hospital for a fortnight?
(जब डॉक्टर ने ट्रिकी को एक पखवाड़े तक अस्पताल में ले जाने की बात कही तो इस पर श्रीमती पम्फे की क्या प्रतिक्रिया थी?)
Answer:
Hearing this from the doctor’s mouth she was almost swooned. She was sure that Tricki would pine and die if he did not see her every day.
(डॉक्टर के मुँह से यह बात सुनकर वह लगभग बेहोश-सी हो गई। उसे यकीन था कि यदि प्रतिदिन ट्रिकी ने उसे नहीं देखा तो वह तड़प-तड़पकर मर जाएगा।)

Question 14.
How did the gang of the household dogs accept Tricki as their member?
(घरेलू कुत्तों के दल ने ट्रिकी को अपने दल का सदस्य कैसे स्वीकार किया ?)
Answer:
After two or three days Tricki mixed-up with the household dogs. He had a lot of fun and exercise there. He ran about with the dogs. He enjoyed being bowled over, tramped on and squashed. Thus they accepted him as their member.
(दो या तीन दिन के बाद ट्रिकी घरेलू कुत्तों के साथ घुल-मिल गया। वहाँ वह बहुत सारा मजाक और व्यायाम किया करता था। वह कुत्तों के साथ भाग-दौड़ करता था। वह लुढ़काए जाने, कुचले जाने और पराजित किए जाने में प्रसन्नता प्राप्त करता था। इस प्रकार घरेलू कुत्तों ने उसे एक सदस्य के रूप में स्वीकार कर लिया।)

Question 15.
How did Tricki treat his mistress when she went to collect him?
(जब ट्रिकी की मालकिन उसे लेने गई तो उसने उसके साथ कैसा व्यवहार किया ?)
Answer:
When Tricki saw his mistress, he took off from Mr Herriot’s arms. He took a tremendous leap. He sailed into Mrs Pumphrey’s lap. He swarmed over her. He licked her face and barked.
(जब ट्रिकी ने अपनी मालकिन को देखा तो वह हीरियट की बाँहों से नीचे कूद गया। उसने एक जोरदार छलांग लगाई। वह श्रीमती पम्फ्रे की गोद में जा गिरा। वह उसके ऊपर चढ़ गया। वह उसका चेहरा चाटने लगा और भौंकने लगा।)

Essay Type Questions

Question .1.
Who was Tricki? How did Mrs Pumphrey keep her dog? How did she add to his problems?
(टिकी कौन था? श्रीमती पम्फे अपने कुत्ते को कैसे रखती वी? उसने उसकी समस्याओं को कैसे बढ़ाया?)
Or
Tricki was more a member of Mrs Pumphrey’s family than a mere dog. Explain, giving example from the text.
(ट्रिकी एक कुत्ता होने के अलावा पम्फ्रे परिवार के सदस्य से ज्यादा था। पाठ्यपुस्तक से उदाहरण देकर वर्णन कीजिए।)
or
Mrs Pumphrey has deep love and care for Tricki. Explain.
(श्रीमती पम्के में ट्रिकी के लिए गहरा प्यार और देखभाल है। व्याख्या करें।)
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey was a rich lady. She pampered her dog Tricki. She overfed him. She gave him much nutritious diet. This made him hugely fat. He looked like a bloated sausage. He became dull, flabby, lazy and listless. She thought that he had been suffering from malnutrition. So she gave him malt and cod-liver oil between meals. She gave him Horlicks at night. In spite of the doctor’s advice she gave him cream cakes and chocolate. All these things made his condition worse. He had bouts of vomiting. He kept lying all the time on the carpet. He did not want to go out of the house even for a little time.

(श्रीमती पम्फे एक अमीर महिला थी। वह अपने कुत्ते से बहुत लाड़-प्यार करती थी। वह उसे ज्यादा भोजन खिलाती थी। वह उसे बहुत ही पौष्टिक आहार देती थी। इससे वह बहुत मोटा हो गया। वह एक फूले हुए कबाब की भाँति दिखाई देता था। वह बहुत ही नीरस, मोटा, सुस्त और असावधान हो गया। उसने सोचा कि वह कुपोषण से पीड़ित है। इसलिए उसने उसे भोजन के बीच में जौ का रस और कॉड मछली के जिगर का तेल देना शुरू कर दिया। रात्रि के समय वह उसे हॉरलिक्स देती थी। डॉक्टर की सलाह के बावजूद वह उसे क्रीम वाले केक और चॉकलेट देती थी। इन सभी चीज़ों से उसकी हालत बिगड़ गई। उसे बार-बार उल्टियाँ हो रही थीं। वह सारा दिन कालीन पर लेटा रहता था। वह थोड़ी-सी देर के लिए भी घर से बाहर नहीं जाना चाहता था।)

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 2.
What was the problem with Tricki? How did Herriot save Tricki’s life?
(ट्रिकी को क्या समस्या थी? हीरियट ने ट्रिकी का जीवन कैसे बचाया?)
Answer:
Tricki was seriously ill. He refused food. He had bouts of vomiting. Mrs Pumphrey was very much worried about him. She called Mr Herriot who was a vet. Herriot knew well about Tricki’s disease. He told Mrs Pumphrey that the dog must be hospitalized for a fortnight immedi his surgery. There he put him in a separate room. He was given no food for two days but plenty of water. After two days the dog felt better. He started enjoying games with other dogs. In this way Herriot cured Trickie of his illness without any medicine or surgery.

(ट्रिकी गंभीर रूप से बीमार था। उसने भोजन खाना बंद कर दिया था। उसे बार-बार उल्टियाँ हो रही थीं। श्रीमती पम्फ्रे उसके बारे में बहुत अधिक चिंतित थी। उसने श्रीमान हीरियट को बुलाया जो कि पशु-चिकित्सक थे। हीरियट ट्रिकी की बीमारी के बारे में अच्छी तरह जानता था। उसने श्रीमती पम्फे को बताया कि ट्रिकी को तुरंत एक पखवाड़े (दो सप्ताह) के लिए अस्पताल में रखना पड़ेगा। वह कुत्ते को अपनी कार में डालकर अपने शल्य-चिकित्सा कक्ष ले आया। वहाँ उसने उसे एक अलग कमरे में रख दिया। उसे दो दिन तक बिल्कुल भी भोजन नहीं दिया गया लेकिन पानी खूब दिया गया। दो दिन के बाद कुत्ते ने ठीक अनुभव किया। उसने दूसरे कुत्तों के साथ खेलने का आनंद लेना शुरू कर दिया। इस प्रकार से हीरियट ने बिना किसी दवाई या शल्य-चिकित्सा के ट्रिकी की बीमारी का इलाज कर दिया।)

Question 3.
Write a character-sketch of Mrs Pumphrey.
(श्रीमती पम्फ्रे का चरित्र-चित्रण कीजिए।).
Answer:
Mrs Pumphrey was a very wealthy lady. She was very loving to her dog Tricki. She pampered and overfed him. She gave him much nutritious food. Tricki was very greedy. He never refused food. This made him hugely fat and lazy. Mrs Pumphrey was much worried about him. She thought that he was suffering from malnutritions. She gave him more energy food. She almost swooned when Herriot told her that Tricki must be hospitalized for a fortnight. She thought that Tricki would pine and die if he did not see his mistress even for a single day. She was very grateful to Herriot for his services to Tricki.

(श्रीमती पम्फे एक बहुत धनवान महिला थी। वह अपने कुत्ते ट्रिकी से बहुत प्यार करती थी। वह उसे लाड-प्यार और अधिक भोजन देती थी। वह उसे बहुत पौष्टिक आहार देती थी। ट्रिकी बहुत लालची था। वह कभी भी भोजन से इंकार नहीं करता था। इससे वह बहुत मोटा और सुस्त हो गया। श्रीमती पम्फ्रे उसके बारे में बहुत अधिक चिंतित थी। उसने सोचा कि वह कुपोषण से पीड़ित है। उसने उसे अधिक ऊर्जा वाला भोजन दिया। जब हीरियट ने उसे बताया कि ट्रिकी को एक पखवाड़े (दो सप्ताह) के लिए अस्पताल में रखना होगा तो वह लगभग बेहोश-सी हो गई। वह सोचती थी कि यदि ट्रिकी ने अपनी मालकिन को एक दिन भी न देखा तो वह तड़प-तड़पकर मर जाएगा। वह ट्रिकी के प्रति हीरियट की सेवाओं के लिए उसकी बहुत आभारी थी।)

Question 4.
Write a character-sketch of Tricki.
(ट्रिकी का चरित्र-चित्रण कीजिए।)
Answer:
Tricki was a small dog. He was pampered and overfed by his mistress. He was given much nutritious food. He was greedy enough to refuse food any time. He liked eating cream cakes and chocolates. This made him hugely fat. He looked like a bloated sausage. He had bloodshot and rheumy eyes. He became dull, flabby, lazy and listless. He was seriously sick. He had bouts of vomiting. He was taken to Herriot’s surgery. There he was given no food for two days. He had a lot of exercise to do. This made him quite fit. He loved his mistress very much. His mistress said about him that he would pine and die if he did not see her even for a single day.

(ट्रिकी एक छोटा कुत्ता था। उसे उसकी मालकिन के द्वारा बहुत अधिक लाड-प्यार और भोजन दिया जाता था। उसे बहुत अधिक पौष्टिक आहार दिया जाता था। वह इतना लालची था कि किसी भी समय भोजन से इंकार नहीं करता था। वह क्रीम वाले केक और चॉकलेट को खाना बहुत पसंद करता था। इससे वह बहुत अधिक मोटा हो गया। वह फूले हुए कबाब की तरह दिखाई देता था। उसकी आँखें लाल और गठियाग्रस्त थीं। वह नीरस, मोटा, सुस्त और असावधान-सा हो गया। वह गंभीर रूप से बीमार था। उसे बार-बार उल्टियाँ आ रही थीं। उसे हीरियट के शल्य-कक्ष में ले जाया गया। वहाँ उसे दो दिन तक कोई भोजन नहीं दिया गया। उसे बहुत अधिक व्यायाम करना पड़ा। इससे वह बिल्कुल तंदुरुस्त हो गया। वह अपनी मालकिन से बहुत अधिक प्यार करता था। उसकी मालकिन ने उसके बारे में कहा कि यदि उसने अपनी मालकिन को एक दिन भी नहीं देखा तो वह तड़प-तड़पकर मर जाएगा।)

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 5.
Mrs Pumphrey says, “This is a triumph of surgery.” Why did she say so? Did she know what Tricki’s ailment was?
(श्रीमती पम्फे कहती है, “यह तो शल्य-चिकित्सा की विजय है।” वह ऐसा क्यों कहती है? क्या वह ट्रिकी की बीमारी के बारे में जानती थी?)
Answer:
Tricki was seriously ill. He refused food. He had bouts of vomiting. Mrs Pumphrey was very much worried about him. She called Mr Herriot who was a vet. surgeon. Mr Herriot knew about Tricki’s disease. He took the dog to his surgery. He gave Tricki no food for two days. He gave him a lot of exercises. When Mrs Pumphrey went to Mr Herriot’s surgery to take Tricki back she found him totally transformed. He had been very lazy and flabby. But now he had been transformed into a lithe and hard-muscled animal. All this made him say, “This is a triumph of surgery.” No, Mrs Pumphrey did not know about Tricki’s ailment. She also did not know how he was cured.

(ट्रिकी गंभीर रूप से बीमार था। उसने भोजन खाना बंद कर दिया था। उसे बार-बार उल्टियाँ हो रही थीं। श्रीमती पम्फे उसके बारे में बहुत अधिक चिंतित थी। उसने श्रीमान हीरियट को बुलाया जो कि एक पशु-चिकित्सक थे। हीरियट ट्रिकी की बीमारी के बारे में जानता था। वह कुत्ते को अपने शल्य-चिकित्सा कक्ष में ले गया। उसने दो दिन तक ट्रिकी को भोजन नहीं दिया। उसने उससे खूब व्यायाम करवाया। जब श्रीमती पम्फे हीरियट के शल्य-चिकित्सा कक्ष से ट्रिकी को वापस लाने के लिए गई तो उसने उसे बिल्कुल बदला हुआ पाया। वह बहुत सुस्त और मोटा था। लेकिन अब वह एक लचीले अंगों और कठोर माँसपेशियों वाला पशु बन गया था। इसलिए श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने कहा, “यह शल्य-चिकित्सा की विजय है।” नहीं श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ट्रिकी की बीमारी के बारे में कुछ भी नहीं जानती थी और न ही उसे यह पता था कि उसका इलाज कैसे हुआ था।)

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
What was the name of Mrs Pumphrey’s dog?
(A) Ben
(C) Tricki
(D) Jonny
Answer:
(C) Tricki

Question 2.
Who was Mrs Pumphrey worried about?
(A) herself
(B) her maid-servant,
(C) her dog Tricki
(D) her son
Answer:
(C) her dog Tricki

Question 3.
Tricki falls ill because
(A) he met an accident
(B) of bad weather
(C) he did not get proper food to eat
(D) his mistress overfed him
Answer:
(D) his mistress overfed him

Question 4.
How did Tricki look?
(A) very thin
(B) like a bloated sausage
(C) very smart
(D) always ready to run
Answer:
(B) like a bloated sausage

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 5.
When Tricki was seriously ill, whom did Mrs Pumphrey make a frantic call?
(A) to her son
(B) to her husband
(C) to a vet doctor Mr Herriot
(D) to her maid-servant
Answer:
(C) to a vet doctor Mr Herriot

Question 6.
Where did Mr Herriot take Tricki?
(A) to his clinic
(B) to Mrs Pumphrey’s house
(C) to a public hospital for vets
(D) nowhere
Answer:
(A) to his clinic

Question 7.
When Mr Herriot took Tricki to his clinic, Mrs Pumphrey was:
(A) happy
(B) excited
(C) wailing
(D) thanking the doctor
Answer:
(C) wailing

Question 8.
What did the doctor give Tricki at his clinic?
(A) many injections
(B) medicines
(C) no food for two days
(D) only milk and chocolate
Answer:
(C) no food for two days

Question 9.
The dogs at the clinic took no interest in Tricki because he was:
(A) dull and boring
(B) not of their race
(C) of small size
(D) more powerful than them
Answer:
(A) dull and boring

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

Question 10.
“I think I know a cure for you.” Who is ‘I’?
(A) Mrs Pumphrey
(B) Mrs Pumphrey’s husband
(C) Mr Herriot
(D) Mrs Pumphrey’s servant
Answer:
(C) Mr Herriot

Question 11.
“I think I know a cure for you.” What is the ‘cure’?
(A) controlling Tricki’s diet
(B) giving him a surgery
(C) giving injections
(D) keeping under observation
Answer:
(A) controlling Tricki’s diet

Question 12.
What did Mrs Pumphrey think her dog is suffering from?
(A) fever
(B) malnutrition
(C) stomach pain
(D) foot sore
Answer:
(B) malnutrition

Question 13.
What was Tricki’s real disease?
(A) stomach pain
(B) vomiting due to over-feeding
(C) cholera
(D) fever
Answer:
(B) vomiting due to over-feeding

Question 14.
Mrs Pumphrey was a very …………………… lady.
(A) miser
(B) poor
(C) cruel
(D) rich
Answer:
(D) rich

Question 15.
At his surgery the doctor gave Tricki no food for ………. ………… days.
(A) two
(B) three
(C) four
(D) five
Answer:
(A) two

Question 16.
What was Tricki’s main fault?
(A) fatness
(B) inactivity
(C) laziness
(D) greed
Answer:
(D) greed

A Triumph of Surgery Summary in English

A Triumph of Surgery Introduction in English

James Herriot was a vet surgeon. He had many great experiences of curing pet dogs and cats. He has given a very interesting and touching expression of his experiences. In this lesson he has given the description of a dog’s disease. Mrs Pumphrey’s dog Tricki was seriously ill. James Herriot treated the dog without medicine or surgery.”

A Triumph of Surgery Summary in English

Tricki was a small dog. His mistress Pumphrey pampered him very much. She overfed him. She gave him food, rich with fats. Tricki never refused food anytime. He was always greedy for food. He liked cream cakes and biscuits very much. Mrs Pumphrey gave him cod-liver oil and horlicks. She gave him wine to drink This all made Tricki like a bloated sausage. He became very lazy. He became uninterested in things. He kept lying all the day on the carpet. He had some bouts of vomiting. Mrs Pumphrey thought that he was seriously ill. She called to Mr James Herriot who was a vet surgeon.

Mr Herriot expected that to happen. He knew that Tricki was suffering because of over eating. He had already made his plans. He took a firm line. He said that Tricki must be admitted in the hospital for a fortnight. This suggestion made Mrs Pumphrey almost swooned. She thought that Tricki could not live even a single day without seeing his mistress. But Mr Herriot wrapped him in a blanket, took him out of the house and put him in his car.The departure of Tricki was very pathetic. All the house was aroused. The maids were putting Tricki’s things in the car. Everyone was in tears. The doctor took the dog away in his car to the surgery.

When Herriot reached his home, the household dogs surrounded him. They sniffed Tricki and showed no interest in him. Till two days Herriot did not give him anything to eat. He gave him a lot of water to drink. Then the doctor started giving him some light food. He gave him no medicine. After two days Tricki had started taking interest in his surrounding. He mixed up with other dogs. He enjoyed being rolled over. He became the member of the gang. At home he had almost no exercise but at the surgery he had a lot of exercises and fun. Controlled diet and activities made him active.

Mrs Pumphrey remained anxious about Tricki’s health. The doctor told him that he was better and was convalescing. This made her think that he had gone through some surgery. So she sent daily two dozen of fresh round eggs, wine and brandy for him – so that he might recover soon. But the doctor did not give those things to him because he really did not need this type of diet. The doctor and his partners enjoyed these eggs, wine and brandy.

After a fortnight Mrs Pumphrey came to collect Tricki. She was tense and worried. She did not hope that he was all right. But when the doctor brought Tricki, he jumped at once into Mrs Pumphrey’s arms. She was surprised to see all this. She said that it was a ‘Victory of Surgery.’

A Triumph of Surgery Summary in Hindi

A Triumph of Surgery Introduction in Hindi

(जेम्स हीरियट एक पशु-चिकित्सक था। पालतू कुत्तों और बिल्लियों के इलाज से संबंधित उसके अनेक महान् अनुभव थे। उसने अपने इन अनुभवों का बहुत ही रोचक और हृदयस्पर्शी वर्णन किया है। इस पाठ में उसने एक कुत्ते की बीमारी का वर्णन किया है। श्रीमती पम्फ्रे का कुत्ता ट्रिकी गंभीर रूप से बीमार था। जेम्स हीरियट ने बिना किसी दवाई और ऑपरेशन के उसका इलाज कर दिया।)

A Triumph of Surgery Summary in Hindi

ट्रिकी एक छोटा कुत्ता था। उसकी मालकिन पम्फे उसे बहत लाड़-प्यार करती थी। वह उसे जरूरत से ज्यादा भोजन खिलाती थी। वह उसे वसा से भरपूर भोजन देती थी। ट्रिकी किसी भी समय भोजन से इंकार नहीं करता था। उसे सदा भोजन का लालच था। उसे क्रीम वाले केक और बिस्कुट बहुत प्रिय थे। श्रीमती पम्फे उसे कॉड मछली के जिगर का तेल और हॉरलिक्स देती थी। वह उसे पीने के लिए शराब भी देती थी।इन सभी चीज़ों से ट्रिकी फूले हुए कबाब की भाँति हो गया। वह बहुत सुस्त हो गया। उसे चीज़ों में रुचि नहीं रही। वह सारा दिन कालीन पर पड़ा रहता था। उसे अभी कुछ उल्टियाँ भी हुई थीं। श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने सोचा कि वह गंभीर रूप से बीमार है। उसने श्रीमान जेम्स हीरियट को बुलाया जोकि एक पशु-चिकित्सक थे।

श्रीमान हीरियट जानते थे कि ऐसा ही होगा। उन्हें मालूम था कि ट्रिकी अधिक भोजन खाने से पीड़ित हो रहा था। उसने पहले से ही अपनी योजनाएँ बना रखी थीं। उसने एक कठोर दृष्टिकोण अपनाया। उसने कहा कि ट्रिकी को एक पखवाड़े (दो सप्ताह) के लिए अस्पताल में भर्ती करना पड़ेगा। इस सुझाव से श्रीमती पम्फ्रे लगभग बेहोश-सी हो गई। उसने सोचा कि ट्रिकी एक दिन के लिए भी अपनी मालकिन को देखे बिना जिंदा नहीं रह सकता था। लेकिन श्रीमान हीरियट उसे कंबल में लपेटकर घर से बाहर ले आया और उसे अपनी कार में डाल दिया। ट्रिकी का प्रस्थान बहुत करुणाजनक था। सारे घर को जगा दिया गया था। नौकरानियाँ ट्रिकी की चीज़ों को कार में डाल रही थीं। प्रत्येक की आँखों में आँसू थे। डॉक्टर कुत्ते को अपनी कार में डालकर अपने शल्य-चिकित्सा कक्ष में ले आया।

जब हीरियट अपने घर पहुँचा। घर के कुत्तों ने उसे घेर लिया। उन्होंने ट्रिकी को सूंघा और उसमें कोई रुचि नहीं दिखलाई। दो दिनों तक हीरियट ने उसे खाने के लिए कुछ नहीं दिया। उसने उसे बहुत सारा पानी पिलाया। तब डॉक्टर ने उसे कुछ हल्का भोजन देना शुरू कर दिया। उसने उसे कोई दवाई नहीं दी। दो दिनों बाद ट्रिकी ने अपने आस-पास की चीज़ों में रुचि लेनी शुरू कर दी। वह दूसरे कुत्तों के साथ मिल गया। वह लुढ़काए जाने का आनंद लेता था। वह समूह (टोली) का सदस्य बन गया। घर पर वह बिल्कुल व्यायाम नहीं करता था लेकिन चिकित्सा-कक्ष में वह खूब व्यायाम और मजाक करता था। नियंत्रित आहार और उसकी गतिविधियों ने उसे चुस्त बना दिया।

श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ट्रिकी के समाचार के बारे में बहुत चिंतित रहती थी। डॉक्टर ने उसे बताया कि वह पहले से ठीक है और स्वास्थ्य लाभ कर रहा है। इससे उसने सोचा कि शायद ट्रिकी की शल्य-चिकित्सा हुई होगी। इसलिए उसने ट्रिकी के लिए प्रतिदिन दो दर्जन ताजा गोल अंडे, शराब और ब्रांडी भेजनी शुरू कर दी ताकि वह जल्दी ठीक-ठाक हो जाए। लेकिन डॉक्टर ने ये चीजें उसे नहीं दीं क्योंकि उसे वास्तव में इन चीजों की आवश्यकता नहीं थी। डॉक्टर और उसके सांझीदारों ने अंडों, शराब और ब्रांडी का आनंद लिया।

एक पखवाड़े के बाद श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ट्रिकी को लेने के लिए आई। वह तनाव और चिंता में थी। उसे आशा नहीं थी कि वह ठीक-ठाक है लेकिन जब डॉक्टर ट्रिकी को लेकर आया तो वह एकदम कूदकर श्रीमती पम्फे की बाँहों में चला गया। वह यह सब कुछ देखकर हैरान थी। उसने कहा कि यह शल्य-चिकित्सा की विजय थी।

A Triumph of Surgery Translation in Hindi

[PAGE 1]: इस बार मैं ट्रिकी के बारे में वास्तव में चिंतित था। जब मैंने उसे गली में अपनी मालकिन के साथ देखा तो मैंने अपनी कार रोक दी और उसे देखकर मुझे सदमा पहुँचा। वह बहुत मोटा हो चुका था, फूले हुए कबाब की तरह जिसके चार कोनों पर चार टांगें दिखाई देती थीं। उसकी आँखें लाल और गठियाग्रस्त थीं जोकि सामने टकटकी बाँधे हुए सीधे देखती थीं और उसके जबड़ों के बीच से उसकी जीभ बाहर लपलपा रही थी। श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने जल्दी से स्पष्टीकरण दिया, “श्रीमान हीरियट यह कितना लापरवाह रहा है। ऐसा लगता है कि इसमें जान ही नहीं है। मैंने सोचा यह कुपोषण से पीड़ित रहा होगा। इसलिए मैं इसे भोजन के बीच के समय में थोड़ी-थोड़ी अन्य चीजें जैसे जौ का रस (बीयर) और कॉड मछली के जिगर का तेल देती रही हूँ और रात को वह ठीक ढंग से सो सके, एक कटोरा हॉर्लिक्स देती रही हूँ वास्तव में इससे अधिक कुछ नहीं।”

और क्या आपने मिठाइयों में कमी की है जैसा मैंने आपको बताया था?” “अरे, मैंने थोड़ी-सी कमी की थी, लेकिन वह इतना कमजोर हो गया कि मुझे पछताना पड़ा। उसे क्रीम वाले केक और चॉकलेट इतने अच्छे लगते हैं कि मैं उसे न देने को सहन नहीं कर सकती।” मैंने पुनः नीचे छोटे कुत्ते की ओर देखा। वही परेशानी थी। ट्रिकी का एकमात्र दोष लालच था। उसने भोजन के लिए कभी , -भी मना नहीं किया था। वह दिन में या रात को किसी भी समय भोजन खा लिया करता था और मैं उन बातों को जानकर हैरान हुआ जिनके बारे में श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने मुझे नहीं बताया था। “ठीक है, जैसा कि आप देख सकते हैं वह मेरे साथ घोड़ी-बहुत सैर कर लेता है। लेकिन हमारा हॉकिन नाम का माली कटिवात रोग से पीड़ित हो गया है, इसलिए आजकल छल्ला फेंकने का व्यायाम नहीं हो पा रहा है।”

[PAGE 2]: मैंने कठोर होने का प्रयास किया। “अब मैं यकीन के साथ कह सकता हूँ। यदि इसका भोजन कम नहीं करती और इसे अधिक व्यायाम नहीं करवाती तो यह अवश्य ही बीमार पड़ जाएगा। आपको अपना हदय कठोर करना पड़ेगा और उसे आहार देने में बहुत सख्ती बरतनी होगी।” श्रीमती पम्फ्रे ने अपने हाथों को मरोड़ा। “श्रीमान हीरियट मैं ऐसा ही करूंगी, मुझे यकीन है कि आप सही हैं, लेकिन यह बहुत कठिन है, बहुत ही कठिन है।” वह सड़क पर सिर नीचा करके इस प्रकार चलने लगी जैसे कि नई नियमावली को अभी से ही लागू कर देगी। मैंने बढ़ती हुई दिलचस्पी के साथ उसकी वृद्धि को देखा। ट्रिकी अपने छोटे-से मोटे ऊनी कोट में लड़खड़ाता हुआ-सा चल रहा था। इस प्रकार के कोटों की उसके पास एक पूरी अलमारी थी-सर्दी की ऋतु के लिए और वर्षा ऋतु के लिए एक बरसाती थी। वह संघर्ष करता हुआ चल रहा था और अपने सजावटी वस्त्रों के बोझ से झुका जा रहा था। मैंने सोचा कि मैं जल्दी ही उसके बारे में श्रीमती पम्फे से कोई समाचार सुनूँगा।

जिस निमंत्रण का मुझे इंतजार था कुछ ही दिनों में मुझे वह बुलावा आ गया। श्रीमती पम्फे दुखी थी। ट्रिकी कुछ भी नहीं खा रहा था। उसने अपना मनपसंद भोजन भी छोड़ दिया था और साथ ही वह बार-बार उल्टी कर रहा था। वह सारा समय कंबल पर लेटा रहता था और हांफता रहता था। वह सैर करने के लिए नहीं जाना चाहता था और कुछ भी करना नहीं चाहता था। मैंने अपनी बोजनाएँ पहले से ही बना रखी थीं। उसके इलाज का एक ही रास्ता था और वह था-ट्रिकी को कुछ समय के लिए घर से बाहर ले जाना। मैंने सुझाव दिया कि दो सप्ताह के लिए उसे अस्पताल में दाखिल करा दिया जाना चाहिए और निगरानी में रखा जाना चाहिए। बेचारी महिला बेहोश-सी हो गई। उसे यकीन था कि यदि उसने (कुत्ते) उसे प्रतिदिन नहीं देखा तो वह तड़प-तड़पकर मर जाएगा। लेकिन मैंने कठोर रुख रखा। ट्रिकी बहुत बीमार था और निःसंदेह उसे बचाने का यही एकमात्र रास्ता था। मैंने यही उचित समझा कि उसे बिना किसी देरी के वहाँ से ले जाया जाए। मैं छोटे कुत्ते को एक कंबल में लपेटकर अपनी कार की ओर बढ़ा और श्रीमती पम्फ्रे रोते हुए मेरे पीछे आ रही थी।

[PAGE 3]: सारे स्टाफ को जगा दिया गया और घर की नौकरानियाँ उसका दिन का बिस्तर, रात्रि का बिस्तर, मनपसंद सिरहाने, खिलौने, रबड़ के छल्ले, नाश्ते का कटोरा, दोपहर के भोजन का कटोरा, रात्रि के भोजन का कटोरा आदि उठाकर अंदर-बाहर भाग रही थीं। यह अनुभव करते हुए कि मेरी कार में ये सभी चीजें नहीं आ सकतीं, मैंने कार चलाना आरंभ कर दिया। जैसे ही मैं चला, श्रीमती पम्फे निराशा के साथ रोने लगी और कार की खिड़की में से बाजुओं में भरे कोट अंदर फेंक दिए। कोने से मुड़ने से पहले मैंने कार के शीशे में से देखा; सभी रो रहे थे। बाहर सड़क पर जाकर मैंने उस दयनीय छोटे पशु को देखा जो मेरे पास सीट पर बैठा था। मैंने उसका सिर थपथपाया और ट्रिकी ने अपनी पूँछ हिलाने का भरपूर प्रयास किया। “बेचारा बूढ़ा कुत्ता” मैंने कहा, “तुम्हारे अंदर तो लात मारने की भी शक्ति नहीं है लेकिन मैं सोचता हूँ कि मुझे तुम्हारा इलाज मालूम है।”

शल्य-चिकित्सा कक्ष में घर के कुत्तों ने मुझे घेर लिया। ट्रिकी ने नीरस दृष्टि के साथ शोर मचा रहे उस समूह को देखा, और जब उसे नीचे रखा गया तो कालीन के ऊपर बिल्कुल गतिहीन-सा लेट गया। दूसरे कुत्तों ने कुछ पल तक सूंघकर निर्णय कर लिया कि वह तो अरुचिकर प्राणी है और उसकी अवहेलना कर दी। मैंने एक गर्म खुले संदूक के पास में जगह बना दी जहाँ दूसरे कुत्ते सोते थे। दो दिनों तक मैंने उस पर नज़र रखी, उसे भोजन नहीं दिया और बहुत सारा पानी पिलाया। दूसरे दिन के अंत में उसने अपने आस-पास की चीज़ों में रुचि दिखानी शुरू कर दी और तीसरे दिन जब उसने आँगन में कुत्तों की आवाज सुनी तो ठुमकना शुरू कर दिया। जब मैंने दरवाजा खोला, ट्रिकी लुढ़कता हुआ-सा बाहर आया और ‘जो’ नाम के स्लेटी रंग के शिकारी कुत्ते और उसके साथियों ने उसे घेर लिया। उसे लुढ़काकर और उसका पूर्ण रूप से निरीक्षण करके कुत्ते वहाँ से बाग में चले गए। ट्रिकी अपनी फालतू चर्बी के साथ धीरे-धीरे उनके पीछे चलता गया। उस दिन, बाद में, भोजन खिलाते समय मैं वहाँ उपस्थित था। जब ट्रिस्टॉन ने कटोरों में भोजन डाला, मैं निगरानी कर रहा था। वहाँ पर पहले की तरह ही भागा-दौड़ी के बाद तेज गति से खाना खाने की आवाजें आ रही थीं। प्रत्येक कुत्ता जानता था कि यदि वह दूसरों से पीछे रह गया तो उसे भोजन के अंतिम दौर में मुकाबला करना पड़ सकता था।

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

[PAGE4]: जब उन्होंने भोजन कर लिया, ट्रिकी चमकदार कटोरों के चारों ओर चूमा और अनायास ही एक या दो कटोरों को चाटने लगा। अगले दिन उसके लिए एक अतिरिक्त कटोरा रखा गया और मैं यह देखकर बहुत प्रसन्न हुआ कि वह धक्के मारते हुए उस ओर बढ़ रहा था। उसके बाद से उसमें बहुत तेजी से सुधार होने लगा। उसे किसी भी प्रकार का कोई औषधीय उपचार नहीं दिया गया लेकिन सारा दिन वह कुत्तों के साथ दौड़ता रहता था और उनके साथ मित्रतापूर्वक गुत्थम-गुत्था होता रहता था। उसे उल्टा किए जाने, कुचले जाने और हार जाने के खेल में आनंद आने लगा। वह दल का एक स्वीकृत सदस्य बन गया, उन झबरेदार कुत्तों के समूह में उनसे भिन्न एक छोटी-सी रेशमी वस्तु की तरह। भोजन के समय वह अपने हिस्से के लिए एक शेर की तरह लड़ता था और रात को मुर्गियों के बाड़े में चूहों का शिकार किया करता था। उसे अपने जीवन में इस प्रकार का समय कभी भी प्राप्त नहीं हुआ था। सारा समय श्रीमती पम्फे अहाते में चिंतापूर्वक मँडराती रहती थी और नवीनतम समाचार प्राप्त करने के लिए दिन में दर्जनों बार फोन करती रहती थी।

मैं इस प्रकार के प्रश्नों की जैसे कि उसके सिरहाने नियमित रूप से बदले जाते हैं या उसने मौसम के अनुसार ठीक कोट पहना है, अवहेलना कर दिया करता था लेकिन अब मैं उसे यह बताने योग्य हो गया था कि छोटा कुत्ता अब खतरे से बाहर है और उसमें तीव्र गति से स्वास्थ्य सुधार हो रहा है। ‘स्वास्थ्य लाभ’ शब्द से मानो श्रीमती पम्फ्रे पर ऐसा प्रभाव पड़ा। उसने ट्रिकी में शक्ति पैदा करने के लिए एक समय में दो दर्जन ताजा गोल अंडे लाने शुरू कर दिए और एक अच्छे समय के लिए मेरे भागीदारों और मैंने प्रत्येक ने नाश्ते में दो अंडे लेने आरंभ कर दिए। लेकिन जब शराब की बोतलें आनी शुरू हो गई तो परिवार की स्थिति की वास्तविक संभाव्यता का पता चल गया। यह सब कुछ ट्रिकी में खून बढ़ाने के लिए था। दोपहर का भोजन एक उत्सव का अवसर बन गया, जिसमें दो गिलास शराब भोजन से पहले और कई गिलास शराब भोजन के दौरान ली जाती थी।

[PAGE 5]: हम बड़ी मुश्किल से विश्वास कर सके जब उसकी संपूर्ण शरीर रचना के लिए ब्रांडी आई। कई रातों तक शराब के दौर चलते रहे, उसकी भाप ली जाती रही और उसे सम्मानपूर्वक पीया जाता रहा। वे गहरे संतोष के दिन थे, सुबह अतिरिक्त अंडों से शुरू होकर उसका सुधरा हुआ रूप दोपहर में शराब के साथ और रात को आग के पास बैठकर ब्रांडी पीने के साथ समाप्त होता था। ट्रिकी को स्थाई रूप से मेहमान बनाकर रखना एक आकर्षण था लेकिन मैं जानता था कि श्रीमती पम्फे पीड़ित है और एक पखवाड़े (दो सप्ताह) के बाद मैं उसे फोन करके यह बताने के लिए बाध्य हो गया था कि उसका कुत्ता स्वस्थ हो चुका था और वहाँ से ले जाए जाने की प्रतीक्षा कर रहा था। कुछ ही मिनटों में तीस फुट लंबी काले रंग की चमकदार कार उसके शल्य-चिकित्सा कक्ष के सामने आकर खड़ी हो गई।

चालक ने दरवाजा खोला और मैं समझ गया कि श्रीमती पम्फ्रे की आकृति कार में अंदर छुपी हुई थी। उसके हाथ कस करके आगे बँधे हुए थे। उसके होंठ काँप रहे थे। “अरे, श्रीमान हीरियट, मुझे सच्चाई बताइए। क्या वह वास्तव में पहले से बेहतर है?” “हाँ, वह ठीक है। आपको गाड़ी से बाहर आने की आवश्यकता नहीं है मैं जाकर उसे ले आता हूँ।” मैं घर में से चलकर बगीचे में गया। कुत्तों का एक झुंड आँगन में तेज गति से चक्कर लगा रहा था और उनके बीच में कान फटकारता हुआ, पूँछ हिलाता हुआ छोटे ट्रिकी का सुनहरा रूप भी था। दो सप्ताह में ही वह लचीले अंगों और कठोर मांसपेशियों वाला पशु बन गया था। वह लंबी-लंबी छलांगें लगाने वाले समूह के साथ अच्छी प्रतियोगिता कर रहा था और उसकी छाती लगभग जमीन के साथ रगड़ खा रही थी। मैं गलियारे के अंदर से उसे उठाकर घर के सामने ले आया। चालक अभी भी गाड़ी का दरवाजा खुला रखे हुए था और जब ट्रिकी ने अपनी मालकिन को देखा।

[PAGE 6]: उसने मेरी बाँहों में से जोरदार छलांग लगाई और श्रीमती पम्फे की गोद में जा गिरा। उसने हैरान होकर ‘उफ’ कहा। और तब उसे अपनी रक्षा करनी पड़ी क्योंकि वह उसके ऊपर चढ़ गया और उसके चेहरे को चाटने लगा और भौंकने लगा। इस उत्तेजना के दौरान, मैंने बिस्तरों, खिलौनों, सिरहानों, कोटों और कटोरों को बाहर लाने में चालक की मदद की। जिनका कि बिल्कुल भी प्रयोग नहीं किया गया था। जैसे ही कार जाने लगी श्रीमती पम्फे खिड़की से बाहर की ओर झुकी, उसकी आँखों में आँसू चमक रहे थे। उसके होंठ काँप रहे थे। “ओह, श्रीमान हीरियट” वह चिल्लाई, “मैं कभी भी आपका धन्यवाद कैसे कर सकती हूँ? यह शल्य-चिकित्सा की विजय है!”

A Triumph of Surgery Word – Misndgs in Hindi

[PAGE 1] Pulled up = stopped (रोक दी); shocked = sudden attack (अचानक आघात पहुँचा); hugely = excessive (अत्यधिक); bloated = swollen (फूला हुआ); bloodshot = red coloured (लाल रंग का); sausage = unbaked meat (कबाब); stared = to look with fixed eyes (घूरना); lolled = hanged out the tongue (लपकना); listless = careless (असावधान); malnutrition = lack of proper diet (कुपोषण); malt = barley (जौ); rheumy = body disease (गठियाग्रस्त); relent = to feel sorry (पछताना); tackle = to seize (पकड़ना, सुलझाने का प्रयास करना); wondered = surprised (हैरान होना); mentioned = referred (बताना); lumbago = backache (कमर दर्द (कटिवात)।

[PAGE 2] Severe = hard (कठोर); strict = hard (कठोर); wrung = twisted (मरोड़ना); set off = started (चल दिया); determined = with a set mind (दृढ़-निश्चय के साथ); regime = rule (नियम); immediately = just then (तुरंत); concern = anxiety (चिंता); tottering = staggering (लड़खड़ाना); wardrobe=cupboard (अलमारी); drooping = hanging down (झुकना); harness = ornamental clothes (साज-सज्जा के वस्त्र); distraught = upset (परेशान); bouts = fits (बार-बार होना); panting = gasping (हांफना); swooned = fainted (बेहोश हो जाना); pine = to lament (विलाप करना)।

[PAGE 3] Wailings = moanings (कराहटे); marched out = walked out (बाहर चल जाना); wrapped = covered (लिपटा हुआ); roused = awoke (जगा दिया); maids = lady servants (नौकरानियाँ); stuff = things (वस्तुएँ); glanced = gave a rapid look (सरसरी नजर से देखना); pathetic = full of pity (करुणाजनक); gasping = panting (हाँफते हुए); wag = shake (हिलाना); surgery = operation (शल्य-चिकित्सा); surged = crowded (उमड़ पड़ना); carpet = fabric for covering the floor (कालीन); sniffing = breathing through nose (सूँघना); ignored = overlooked (अवहेलना करना); made up = prepared (तैयार किया); kept an eye = observed (नजर रखना); whimper = mutering [रिरियाना (कम आवाज में रोना)]; engulfed = encircled (घिरा हुआ); greyhound = hunter dog (स्लेटी रंग का कुत्ता); slightly = a little bit (थोड़ा-सा); slopped = spilled (छलकाना)।

[PAGE 4] Jostling = pushing (धकेलना); rapid = fast (तीव्र); scrimmages = fight (झगड़ा); tramped = crushed (कुचलना); squashed = defeated (पराजित हुआ); accepted = approved (स्वीकार किया); gang = group (समूह); crew = group (दल); hovered = hung over (मंडराना); anxiously = curiously (उत्सुकतापूर्वक); bulletins = news (समाचार); dodged = avoided (टालना); convalescing = gaining health (स्वास्थ्य लाभ होना); dawn on = to appear (प्रकट होना); ceremonial = festival (उत्सव); occasion = opportunity (अवसर)।

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Footprints without Feet Chapter 1 A Triumph of Surgery

[PAGE 5] Constitution = physical structure (शारीरिक ढाँचा); inhaled = to breath through nose (भाप लेना); reverently = with respect (सम्मानपूर्वक); sustained = maintained (बनाए रखना); temptation = attraction (आकर्षण); gleaming = shining (चमकदार); chauffeur = driver $($ चालक); interior = inner(अंदर); clasped = seized firmly (कसकर पकड़ना); hurtling = running with speed (तेजी से भागना); flapping = waving (फड़फड़ाना); transformed = changed (परिवर्तित होना); lithe = elastic (लचीला); passage = sideway (गलियारा)।

[PAGE 6] Tremendous = huge (विशाल); leap = jump (कूदना); startled = surprised (हैरान); chaufifeur = a motor car driver (चालक)।

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

JAC Class 10th English A Baker From Goa Textbook Questions and Answers

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 86)

Question 1.
What are the elders in Goa nostalgic about?
Answer:
The elders in Goa are nostalgic about the good old Portuguese days, and their famous loaves of bread.

Question 2.
Is bread – making still popular in Goa? How do you know?
Answer:
Bread – making is still popular in Goa. The author says that the mixers, moulders, and those who bake the loaves are still present in Goa. The age – old, time – tested furnaces still exist. The ‘thud’ and ‘jingle’ of the traditional baker’s bamboo, marking his arrival in the morning, could still be heard in some places.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

Question 3.
What is the baker called?
Answer:
The baker is known as pader in Goa.

Question 4.
When would the baker come everyday? Why did the children run to meet him?
Answer:
The baker would come twice a day. Once when he set out in the morning on his selling round, and then again, when he returned after emptying his huge basket. The children ran to meet him not because of their love of the loaves which were bought by the maid – servant of the house. They actually longed for the bread-bangles, which they chose carefully. Sometimes, it was a sweet bread of special make.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 87)

Question 1.
Match the following. What is a must

(i) as marriage gifts?cakes and bolinhas
(ii) for a party or a feast?sweet bread called bol
(iii) for a daughter s engagement? – breadbread
(iv) for Christmas?sandwiches

Answer:

(i) as marriage gifts?sweet bread called bol
(ii) for a party or a feast?bread
(iii) for a daughter s engagement? – breadsandwiches
(iv) for Christmas?cakes and bolinhas

Question 2.
What did the bakers wear:
1. in the Portuguese days?
2. when the author was young?
Answer:

  1. In the Portuguese days, the bakers wore a peculiar dress known as kabai. It was a singlepiece long frock reaching down to the knees.
  2. When the author was young, he saw the bakers wearing a shirt and trousers, which were shorter than full – length ones and longer than half pants.

Question 3.
Who invites the comment – “he is dressed like a pader”? Why?
Answer:
Anyone who wears a half – pant which reaches just below the knees invites the comment that “he is dressed like a pader”. This was so because the bakers were known as pader and they wore such half pants.

Question 4.
Where were the monthly accounts of the baker recorded?
Answer:
The monthly accounts of the baker were recorded on the walls in pencil.

Question 5.
What does a ‘jackfruit – like physical appearance’ mean?
Answer:
A ‘jackfruit – like physical appearance’ means a plump physique. Such a physique was linked to the bakers because they never starved. Baking was a profitable profession

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
Which of these statements are correct?
1. The pader was an important person in the village in old times.
2. Paders still exist in Goan villages.
3. The paders went away with the Portuguese.
4. The paders continue to wear a single-piece long frock.
5. Bread and cakes were an integral part of Goan life in the old days.
6. Traditional bread-baking is still a very profitable business.
7. Paders and their families starve in the present times.
Answer:

  1. Correct,
  2. Correct,
  3. Incorrect,
  4. Incorrect,
  5. Correct,
  6. Correct,
  7. Incorrect

Question 2.
Is bread an important part of Goan life? How do you know this?
Answer:
Bread is an important part of Goan life, because on all the auspicious occasions, bol and sweet bread are used. For a party, bread is a must, while for Christmas, cakes and bolinhas are a must. Sandwiches must be prepared by the lady of the house on her daughter’s engagement. The author says that everybody loves the fragrance of loaves.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

Question 3.
Tick the right answer. What is the tone of the author when he says the following?
1. The thud and the jingle of the traditional baker’s bamboo can still be heard in some places, (nostalgic, hopeful, sad)
2. Maybe the father is not alive but the son still carries on the family profession, (nostalgic, hopeful, sad)
3. I still recall the typical fragrance of those loaves, (nostalgic, hopeful, naughty)
4. The tiger never brushed his teeth. Hot tea could wash and clean up everything so nicely, after all. (naughty, angry, funny)
5. Cakes and bolinhas are a must for Christmas as well as other festivals, (sad, hopeful, matter-of-fact)
6. The baker and his family never starved. They always looked happy and prosperous, (matter-of-fact, hopeful, sad)
Answer:

  1. nostalgic
  2. hopeful
  3. nostalgic
  4. funny
  5. matter – of – fact
  6. matter – of – fact

Writing

Question 1.
In this extract, the author talks about traditional bread-baking during his childhood days. Complete the following table with the help of the clues on the left. Then write a paragraph about the author’s childhood days.

CluesAuthor’s childhood days
the way bread was baked
the way the pader sold bread
what the pader wore
when the pader was paid
how the pader looked

Answer:

CluesAuthor’s childhood days
the way bread was bakedin the furnace
the way the pader sold breadwandering in the streets having the basket on the head
what the pader woreshirt and trousers
when the pader was paidat the end of the month
how the pader lookedhappy and prosperous

Author’s Childhood Days
When the author was young, the bakers of Goa loved to make and sell the loaves of bread. They baked them in the furnaces. A baker came daily to the author’s house twice a day. He came there with the jingling of sound. The author and the other children longed for bread – bangles. The children peeped through the basket climbing on railing and benches. On the auspicious occasions like marriage, bols were prepared. The bakers used a unique dress called kabai. They collected their amounts at the end of the month. It was in reality, a profitable profession.

Question 2.
Compare the piece from the text (on the left below) with the other piece on Goan bakers (on the right). What makes the two texts so different? Are the facts the same? Do both writers give you a picture of the baker?
Our elders are often heard reminiscing nostalgically about those good old Portuguese days, the Portuguese and their famous loaves of bread. Those eaters of loaves might have vanished hut the makers are still there. We still have amongst us the mixers, the moulders and those who bake the loaves. Those age- old. lime – tested furnaces still exist. The lire in the furnaces has not vet been extinguished. The thud and jingle of the traditional baker’s bamboo, heralding his arrival in the morning, can still be heard in some places.

Maybe the lather is not alive but the son still carries on the family profession. After (ioa’s liberation, people used to say nostalgically that the Portuguese bread vanished with the paders. But the paders hav e managed to surv iv e because they have perfected the art of door – to – door delivery serv ice. The paders pick up the knowledge of bread-making from traditions in the family. The leavened, oven-baked bread is a gilt ol’ihe Portuguese to India. [Adapted from Nandakumar Kamat’s The unsung Lives of Goan Paders’]
Answer:
The topics of both texts are the same but their description varies. The first text gives more extensive history of baking. It is well-knitted. The second text gives short description about the bakers of Goa and their contribution. This text also tells about their profession in detail. Both the writers give a picture of the baker. In the first text, source has not been mentioned, but in the second text, it is mentioned.

Question 3.
Now find a travel brochure about a place you have visited. Look at the description in the brochure. Then write your own account, adding details from your own experience, to give the reader a picture of the place, rather than an impersonal, factual description.
Answer:
I visited the Taj Mahal, Agra, recently. It is one of the seven wonders of the world. It was built between 1631 and 1648 by the Mughal Emperor, Shah Jahan in the memory of his beloved wife Mumtaz Mahal. Agra is well connected by road to Delhi. From Delhi it is 210km. Hotel Sidhartha – Western Gate, Taj Mahal 600800. Several restaurants in Agra serve awesome Mughal, Indian and Chinese cuisines. Angoori Petha is famous in this city. Handicraft items, Chilean embroidery, Pietra Dura are also famous.
JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa 1
Group Discussion

Question 1.
In groups, collect information on how bakeries bake bread now and how the process has changed over time.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Question 2.
There are a number of craft-based professions which are dying out. Pick one of the crafts below. Make a group presentation to the class about the skills required, and the possible reasons for the decline of the craft. Can you think of ways to revive these crafts?
(i) Pottery
(ii) Batik work
(iii) Dhurri (rug) weaving
(iv) Embroidery
(v) Carpentry
(vi) Bamboo weaving
(vii) Making jute products
(viii) Handloom
Answer:
Do it yourself.

JAC Class 10th English A Baker From Goa Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
Elucidate the statement ‘Baking was, indeed, a profitable profession’.
Answer:
In old days, baking used to be a profitable profession. The baker and his family lived happily and prosperously. Their plump physique was a testimony to it.

Question 2.
What shows the existence of Portuguese impact still in Goa?
Answer:
Goa was once occupied by the Portuguese. They were very skilled in baking bread loaves. Though they left Goa long ago, their traditional work of baking is still pervasive. The age- old, time-tested furnaces are still used.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

Question 3.
What do the narrator and the people of his time still have among them?
Answer:
The narrator and the people of his time still have the mixture, the moulders and those who bake the loaves among them.

Question 4.
How did the baker attract the children?
Answer:
The baker attracted the children not by his jingle or by the loaves of bread he sold but by the bread bangles or the special sweet bread he sold.

Question 5.
Where were the monthly accounts of the baker recorded?
Answer:
The baker maintained his monthly accounts on the walls. He usually collected his bills at the end of the month.

Question 6.
What did the children do after coming of the baker?
Answer:
After coming of the baker, the children got excited. After hearing the jhang-jhang sound of the baker, they ran towards them. They peeped into the basket climbing on the railings and benches.

Question 7.
What was the importance of a baker among the villagers?
Answer:
The baker has great importance among the villagers. The baker made sweet bread. It was known as bol. It was very popular among the villagers.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
How was the baker a friend, companion and guide to the children?
Answer:
The jingling thud of the baker’s bamboo used to wake the children up during his morning round. They all would run to meet and greet him. The narrator said that it was not because of the bread loaves but for the bread bangles which would sometimes be sweet bread with special make that they longed for.

Question 2.
Why did the children not care to brush their teeth or wash their mouths properly?
Answer:
The children would wake up on listening the jingling thud of the pader in the morning. Then
they used to run to meet and greet him. In the process, they did not even care to brush their teeth or wash their mouths. To support this act, the narrator made the point that a tiger never brushed his teeth and a cup of hot tea could wash and clean up everything so nicely.

Question 3.
Baking was considered essential in a traditional Goan village. What reasons does the writer give to support his point?
Answer:
In Goa, no festival is complete without bakery products. It is used in marriages, engagements and other ceremonies. Traditional sweet bread, known as ‘boV is to be given with marriage gifts. At Christmas ‘bolinhcts’ and cakes are a must.

Question 4.
Even today any person with a jackfruit-like physical appearance is easily compared to a baker. Explain.
Answer:
Bread – making is a prosperous business in Goa. The physique of the baker, i.e., his plump and round body are testimony to that. Therefore, anyone who is fat and plump just like a jackfruit is easily compared to a baker.

Question 5.
Comment on the significance of a bread baker in a traditional Goan village.
Answer:
Bread is a permanent item of a Goan meal and the baker is an important member of the Goan community. Sweet bread ‘bol’ is a special delicacy. It is served at festivals. Cakes and bolinhas are special items served at Christmas. A baker’s furnace is therefore indispensable in a traditional Goan village.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

Question 6.
What was the peculiar dress of the bakers during the Portuguese days?
Answer:
During the Portuguese days, the bakers wore a peculiar dress called the ‘kabai’. It was a frock in a single piece, reaching upto the knees. During his childhood, the author had seen the bakers wearing shirts with trousers that were longer than half pants, but shorter than a full length one

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
Describe the childhood memories of the author’s time in Goa and his fondness for loaves of bread and cakes.
Answer:
The author tells us that bread has been an indispensable part of the life of the Goan people since the time of the Portuguese. It is a part not only of everyday life but also of festive occasions and events. For each occasion there was a special kind of bread. The baker has a leading role in the society. It is so important in the life of the Goans that they got up with the jingling sound of his bamboo. He also tells us that in the author’s childhood, the baker wore a shirt and trousers. The author seems to be very observant. He says that in those days, the baker was very prosperous and never starved. He also knew that they maintained monthly bills on the walls. Such strong observation powers would definitely be beneficial for children as they would become aware of citizens of their neighbourhood.

Question 2.
Should we learn from the history that has passed on to us from generations?
Answer:
History is the mirror through which we can remember our past. It actually provides a path that our ancestors have laid for us. The various battles and wars, that were fought and won, show us the strength and valour our people had. The traditions and customs make us a better human being. ‘A Baker from Goa’ is a pen-portrait of a traditional Goan village baker who still has an important place in the society. The paders pick up the knowledge of bread baking from traditions in the family. The leavened, oven-baked bread is a gift of the Portuguese to India. These traditions have strengthened our present.

Question 3.
After reading the story ‘A Baker from Goa’, do you think our traditions, heritage, values and practices are the roots that nourish us? Why/Why not?
Answer:
‘A Baker from Goa’ highlights the importance of the traditional practice of making loaves of bread for every occasion and festival of the Goan people. This tradition continues even today. This shows how our traditional practices can keep us to our past and heritage. Traditional values shape our personality and also provide us emotional support. They enable us to face difficult situations and make us mentally strong. Traditional practices also have an impact on our behavioral pattern towards the other people in society.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

Question 4.
During our childhood in Goa, the baker used to be our friend, companion and guide. He used to come at least twice a day. Once when he set out in the morning on his round and then again, when he returned after emptying his huge basket. The jingling thud of his bomboo woke us up from sleep and we ran to meet and greet him. On the basis of the given passage write how was the baker a friend, companion and a guide to the narrator?
Answer:
Through this passage the author wants to highlight the importance of baker in his childhood days. The thud and jingle of the traditional baker’s bamboo heralds his arrival in the morning. The baker came at least twice a day, in the morning they came for selling and then they returned after emptying his huge basket. They ran all around to meet and greet the people. The narrator said that it was not because of the bread loaves but for the bread bangles which would sometimes be sweet bread with special make that they longed for.

Bakers were mainly the friends of children especially the narrator. The narrator enjoyed his childhood days with the bakers. The activities of the village started with their arrival. They sold bread from door – to – door. The children woke up hearing the jingling thud of the bamboo of bakers. All these things signalled their arrival in the village. They were just not only the friend and companion of the narrator but also guide too. They showed them the path to glory.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
Our elders are often heard reminiscing nostalgically about those good old Portuguese days, the Portuguese and their famous loaves of bread. Those eaters of loaves might have vanished but the makers are still there. We still have amongst us the mixers, the moulders and those who bake the loaves.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Who is the author of the given extract?
(i) Lokesh Abrol
(ii) Arup Kumar Dutta
(iii) Lucio Rodrigues
(iv) Katherine Mansfield
Answer:
(iii) Lucio Rodrigues

(b) What are the elders nostalgic about?
(i) Their style of living
(ii) Old Portuguese days and their loaves of bread
(iii) Their dress sense
(iv) Their way of talking
Answer:
(ii) Old Portuguese days and their loaves of bread

(c) The eaters of loaves might have …………………. but the makers are still there.
(i) vanished
(ii) appeared
(iii) come
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) vanished

(d) Which things are still amongst us?
(i) The mixers
(ii) The moulders
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘longing for the past.’
(i) memory
(ii) nostalgic
(iii) remembrance
(iv) forgetfulness
Answer:
(ii) nostalgic

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

Question 2.
During our childhood in Goa, the baker used to be our friend, companion and guide. He used to come at least twice a day. Once, when he set out in the morning on his selling round, and then again, when he returned after emptying his huge basket. The jingling thud of his bamboo woke us up from sleep and we ran to meet and greet him.
Choose the correct option:
(a) Who used to be the author’s friend, companion and guide during his childhood in Goa?
(i) The baker
(ii) The shopkeeper
(iii) The teacher
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) The baker

(b) What woke the children up from their sleep?
(i) The jingling thud of bamboo
(ii) The ringing of bell
(iii) The chirping of birds
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) The jingling thud of bamboo

(c) The baker used to come …………………… twice a day.
(i) at least
(ii) frequently
(iii) at interval
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) at least

(d) When did the backer set out on his selling round?
(i) Evening
(ii) Morning
(iii) Night
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Morning

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘vacant.’
(i) full
(ii) load
(iii) empty
(iv) worthwhile
Answer:
(iii) empty

Question 3.
The baker made his musical entry on the scene with the ‘jhang, jhang’ sound of his specially made bamboo staff. One hand supported the basket on his head and the other banged the bamboo on the ground. He would greet the lady of the house with “Good morning” and then place his basket on the vertical bamboo. We kids would be pushed aside with a mild rebuke and the loaves would be delivered to the servant. But we would not give up. We would climb a bench or the parapet and peep into the basket, somehow. I can still recall the typical fragrance of those loaves. Loaves for the elders and the bangles for the children.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Who made his musical entry on the scene with the ‘jhang, jhang’ sound?
(i) The children
(ii) The elders of the village
(iii) The baker
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iii) The baker

(b) How did the baker greet the lady of the house?
(i) Saying ‘Good morning’
(ii) Saying ‘How are you’
(iii) Saying ‘Good bye’
(iv) Both (ii) and (iii)
Answer:
(i) Saying ‘Good morning’

(c) Pushing aside the kids, the loaves were delivered to the ……………………
(i) house owner
(ii) women of the hosue
(iii) servant
(iv) old men
Answer:
(iii) servant

(d) For whom were the loaves and the bangles made?
(i) Loaves for children and bangles for the ladies
(ii) Loaves for the elders and bangles for the children
(iii) Loaves for the ladies only
(iv) Both (i) and (iii)
Answer:
(ii) Loaves for the elders and bangles for the children

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘scold’.
(i) praise
(ii) acquaint
(iii) repent
(iv) rebuke
Answer:
(iv) rebuke

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(i) A Baker From Goa

Question 4.
The baker usually collected his bills at the end of the month. Monthly accounts used to be recorded on some wall in pencil. Baking was indeed a profitable profession in the old days. The baker and his family never starved. He, his family and his servants always looked happy and prosperous. Their plump physique was an open testimony to this. Even today any person with a jackfruit – like physical appearance is easily compared to a baker.

Choose the correct option:
(a) When did the baker usually collect his bills?
(i) In the starting of the month
(ii) In the mid of the month
(iii) At the end of the month
(iv) At the end of the year
Answer:
(iii) At the end of the month

(b) Where were monthly accounts recorded?
(i) On some wall in pencil
(ii) On plain paper
(iii) In notebooks
(iv) In diaries
Answer:
(ii) On plain paper

(c) ……………………… was indeed a profitable profession in the old days?
(i) Cooking
(ii) Serving
(iii) Writing
(iv) Baking
Answer:
(iv) Baking

(d) Who always looked happy and prosperous?
(i) The baker
(ii) The baker, his family and servants
(iii) The relatives of the baker
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) The baker, his family and servants

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘evidence’.
(i) disproof
(ii) contradiction
(iii) contravention
(iv) testimony
Answer:
(iv) testimony

A Baker From Goa Summary

A Baker From Goa About the Author

  • Lucio Rodrigues (1916 – 73) was one of the literary geniuses of Goa.
  • He was an authority on Goan folklores and wrote a number of articles on the same.
  • He wrote in both English and Konkani languages.
  • The element of humour is prevalent in his writing. His writing had been more effective.
  • His essays and translation were published under the title ‘Soil and Soul ’ and ‘Konkani Folktales

A Baker From Goa Gist of the Lesson

In the lesson ‘A Baker from Goa the author has presented a pen – portrait of the bakers of Goa. He reminisces about his childhood days in Goa when a baker used to visit their houses. The Portuguese who live in Goa are famous for preparing the loaves of bread. This business is still in practice in Goa. Those who carry on this business are known as ‘Pader’. The children ran either to meet or to look into his basket climbing on railing and benches. The loaves were purchased by the manservant of the house. The villagers were much fond of the sweet bread known as ‘bob. Bol is used even in marriages. It wras used on all auspicious occasions. The bakers’ furnace in the village was the most essential thing. The lady of the house prepared sandwiches on the occasion of her daughter’s engagement. In those days, the bread sellers wore a particular dress known as ‘Kabai’. It was a single piece long frock up to the knees. The dress code made them distinct and different personalities. In the old days, baking was a profitable profession. The bakers took care of their families in a proper way.

A Baker From Goa Summary

portrait of Goan village: The story ‘A Baker from Goa’ is a pen-portrait of a traditional village baker of Goa. They still hold an important place in the society. The elders still remember about the good old Portuguese days and the loaves of bread of Goa. The time – tested furnaces still exist. The thud and jingle of the traditional baker’s bamboo heralds his arrival in the morning. This sound can still be heard in some places. The son still carries on the family profession in the absence of their father. These bakers are known as pader in Goa.

1. Childhood days of the author: During the childhood of the author, the baker was considered to be his friend, companion and guide. He used to come to his house at least twice a day. The jing-jing thud of the bamboo of baker woke up all the people in the morning. The children ran to meet and greet him.

2. Entry of the baker: The baker made his musical entry on the scene with the ‘jhang, jhang’ sound of the bamboo. The baker used to greet the lady of the house saying ‘Good Morning’. Children were pushed aside and the loaves were delivered to the servant. The children started eating loaves of bread with tea without caring for their toothbrush.

3. Important occasions: Without bol, (the sweet bread) marriage gifts were meaningless. On each occasion, bread was considered to be important. On the occasion of the engagement of daughter, the lady of the house prepared sandwiches. Cakes and bolinhas are a must for Christmas and other festivals.

4. Dress of the baker: The baker used to wear a peculiar dress. It was known as the kabai. It was a single – piece long frock upto the knees. The bakers wore a shirt and trousers which were shorter than full – length and longer than half pants. Even now the people who wear half pants below the knees are called pader.

5. Profitable profession and happy life: Baking was a profitable profession. Monthly accounts were maintained on the wall with a pencil. They led a happy and contented life. Their prosperity and happy life can be seen from their plump physique.

A Baker From Goa Lesson at a Glance

  1. ‘A Baker from Goa’’ is a pen – portrait of a traditional Goan village baker.
  2. They still hold an important place in the society.
  3. The elders of Goa are nostalgic about those good old Portuguese days, and the loaves of bread.
  4. The eaters of Goa might have vanished but the bakers still persist.
  5. The thud and jingle of the traditional baker’s bamboo heralds his arrival in the morning.
  6. After the death of father, the son carries on the family profession.
  7. These bakers are known as pader in Goa.
  8. The baker of Goa would greet the lady of the house with ‘Good morning’.
  9. Loaves are for the elders and the bangles are for the children.
  10. Without bol, (the sweet bread) marriage gifts are meaningless.
  11. Cakes and bolinhas are a must for Christmas as well as other festivals.
  12. The baker of those days had a peculiar dress known as the Kabai, a single-piece long frock down to the knees.
  13. Baking was really a lucrative profession in the old days.

A Baker From Goa Character Sketch

The Baker of Goa: The baker of Goa occupies an important place in Goan’s life. They wore a peculiar dress during the Portuguese days known as ‘Kabai.’ Early morning, the baker made his musical entry on the scene with the ‘jhang, jhang’ sound. In due course of time, the baker started wearing a shirt and trousers. Their family led a happy and prosperous life in the old days. They were financially sound. The sweet bread, i.e., bols are still used on the occasion of marriages, Christmas festival etc.

A Baker From Goa Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
pen – portraitan informal description of a personreminiscingrecollecting past events
nostalgicallylonging for the pastvanisheddisappeared
furnacean enclosed structure in which material can be heatedextinguisheddestroyed
thuda low dull soundjinglea kind of sound
heraldingannouncing, indicatinggreetsign of welcome
verticaluprightfragrancea pleasant smell
parapetwall, railingrebukescold
profitablebeneficialprosperousflourishing
Plump physiquefull rounded shapetestimonyevidence
bolinhasa kind of sweetbakerwho bakes bread
companionfriendmoulderswasters
open testimonypublic statement about character or qualitymeaninglesswhich has no meaning

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 7(ii) Coorg

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 7(ii) Coorg

JAC Class 10th English Coorg Textbook Questions and Answers

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
Where is Coorg?
Answer:
Coorg is a small district of Karnataka. It is located midway between Mysore and Mangalore.

Question 2.
What is the story about the Kodavu people’s descent?
Answer:
There is a story behind it. The fiercely independent people of Coorg are possibly of Greek or Arabic descent. A group of Alexander’s army moved south along the coast. They settled there because it was quite impossible for them to return. So these people married amongst the locals. Their culture is evident in the martial traditions. The Kodavus wear a long, black coat, with an embroidered waist-belt. It is known as kuppia. It resembles the kuffia worn by the Arabs and the Kurds.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(ii) Coorg

Question 3.
What are some of the things you now know about
1. the people of Coorg?
2. the main crop of Coorg?
3. the sports it offers to tourists?
4. the animals you are likely to see in Coorg?
5. its distance from Bangalore, and how to get there?
Answer:

  1. The people of Coorg are fiercely independent. They love and enjoy hospitality. They feel proud in telling numerous stories of valour relating to their sons and fathers.
  2. Coffee is the main cash crop of Coorg.
  3. Coorg offers to tourists many sports like river rafting, canoeing, rappelling, rock climbing, mountain biking, and trekking.
  4. The animals that are likely to be seen in Coorg are birds, bees, butterflies, macaques, Malabar squirrels, langurs, slender loris and wild elephants.
  5. The distance between Coorg and Bangalore is around 250 – 260 km. There are two routes to Coorg from Bangalore and both are of the same distance. We can get there by rail, air and road.

Question 4.
Here are six sentences with some words in italics. Find phrases from the text that have
the same meaning. (Look in the paragraphs indicated)
1. During monsoons it rains so heavily that tourists do not visit Coorg. (para 2)
2. Some people say that Alexander’s army moved south along the coast and settled there, (para 3)
3. The Coorg people are always ready to tell stories of their sons’ and fathers’ valour, (para 4)
4. Even people who normally lead an easy and slow life get smitten by the high-energy adventure sports of Coorg. (para 6)
5. The theory of the Arab origin is supported by the long coat with embroidered waist-belt they wear, (para 3)
6. Macaques, Malabar squirrels observe you carefully from the tree canopy, (para 7)
Ans.

  1. keep away
  2. as one story goes
  3. more than willing to recount
  4. the most laidback individuals become converts
  5. draws support from
  6. keep a watchful eye

Thinking about Language

Collocations Certain words ‘go together’. Such ‘word friends’ are called collocations. The collocation of a word is ‘the company it keeps’. For example, look at the paired sentences and phrases below. Which is a common collocation, and which one is odd? Strike out the odd sentence or phrase.
(a)

  • ‘How old are you?’
  • ‘How young are you?’

(b)

  • a pleasant person
  • a pleasant pillow

1. Here are some nouns from the text.

culturemonkssurpriseexperienceweathertradition

Work with a partner and discuss which of the nouns can collocate with which of the adjectives given below. The first one has been done for you.

uniqueterribleunforgettableseriousancientwidesudden

1. culture : unique culture, ancient culture
2. monks: ……………………………..
3. surprise : …………………………..
4. experience : ……………………….
5. weather : ……………………………
6. tradition : ………………………….
Answer:

  1. culture : unique culture, ancient culture
  2. monks : serious monks, ancient monks
  3. surprise : sudden surprise, terrible surprise, unforgettable surprise
  4. experience : unique experience, wide experience
  5. weather : terrible weather, unique weather
  6. tradition : unique tradition, ancient tradition

Question 2.
Complete the following phrases from the text. For each phrase, can you find at least one other word that would fit into the blank?
1. tales of …………..
2. coastal ………….
3. a piece of
4. evergreen
5. plantations
6. bridge
7. wild
You may add your own examples to this list.
Answer:
From the text

  1. tales of valour
  2. coastal town
  3. a piece of heaven
  4. evergreen rainforests
  5. coffee plantations
  6. rope bridge
  7. wild elephants

JAC Class 10th English Coorg Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
Elucidate that Coorgis are hospitable by nature.
Answer:
Coorgis homes have a tradition of hospitality. They keep their guests entertained and energetic by telling them numerous tales of valour related to their sons and fathers.

Question 2.
According to the chapter, which two descents to which people of Coorg belong to are talked about?
Answer:
The fiercely independent people of Coorg are possibly of Greek or Arabic descent.

Question 3.
How can a person get panoramic view of the misty landscape of Coorg?
Answer:
To get a panoramic view of the misty landscape of Coorg, tourists are advised to climb to the Brahamagiri hills.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(ii) Coorg

Question 4.
What type of place is Coorg?
Answer:
Coorg is a very beautiful place. It appears as if it were drifted from the kingdom of God. It is famous for evergreen rainforests, coffee plantation and spices.

Question 5.
Why is Coorg called the ‘land of rolling hills’?
Answer:
Coorg is called the ‘land of rolling hills’ because the city is situated on the gentle sloping hills. The entire area is covered with these hills.

Question 6.
What sort of adventures tourists enjoy at the Coorg?
Answer:
Tourists over there enjoy river rafting, canoeing, rock climbing, biking etc. Elephant riding also lures the tourists.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
Write in brief about the wildlife of Coorg.
Answer:
Mahaseer – a large freshwater fish – abound in the waters from the hills and forests of Coorg. Kingfishers dive for their catch. Squirrels and langurs drop partially eaten fruit for the mischief of enjoying the splash and the ripple effect in the clear water. Elephants enjoy being bathed and scrubbed in the river by their mahouts. Macaques, Malabar squirrels, langurs and slender loris keep a watchful eye from the tree canopy.

Question 2.
Why are the people of Coorg known as the descendants of the Arabs?
Answer:
The people of Coorg are also known as the descendants of Arabs because of the long black coat worn by them with an embroidered waist band. This is called kuppia in Coorg. It resembles the kuffia worn by the Arabs and Kurds.

Question 3.
The people of Coorg have a tradition of courage and bravery. How has it been depicted in the lesson?
Answer:
The Coorg people are highly energetic, enthusiastic and courageous. The tales of valour are related to their sons and fathers. The Coorg Regiment is one of the most decorated in the Indian Army. The first Chief of Indian Army, General K.M. Cariappa, was a Coorgi. Even now Kodavus are the only people in India permitted to carry firearms without a license..

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(ii) Coorg

Question 4.
Why has Coorg been referred to as ‘a piece of heaven drifted from the kingdom of God’?
Answer:
Coorg is often referred to as a small piece of heaven. It is only because of its natural beauty, its evergreen forest, rolling hills, coffee plantations and spice trees. The freshness of the natural surroundings is further enhanced by the aroma of coffee.

Question 5.
Throw some light on the vast biodiversity of Coorg.
Answer:
The evergreen forests of Coorg enclose vast treasures of flora and fauna. It is a home to squirrels, langurs, kingfishers, elephants, slender loris, bees and butterflies. The spice and coffee plantations, further add to its vast biodiversity.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
Describe the evergreen rainforests, the river Kaveri and coffee plantation in Coorg.
Answer:
Coorg or Kodagu is a land of rolling hills and evergreen rainforests. The rainforests cover
thirty per cent of this district. Here, it rains a lot during the monsoons. The hills and the rainforests are the sources of water for the river Kaveri. Mahaseer, a large freshwater fish, abounds in these waters. The forests of Coorg have a rich flora and fauna. Birds, bees, butterflies, Malabar squirrels, langurs and wild elephants find their shelter in these rainforests. The air breathes of invigorating coffee. Coffee estates and colonial bungalows stand tucked under tree canopies in prime comers.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(ii) Coorg

Question 2.
How has the author depicted the natural beauty of Coorg in the lesson?
Answer:
Coorg is a small state in Karnataka. It lies between Mysore and the coastal town of Mangalore. The author has depicted the natural beauty of Coorg in the lesson in a very beautiful manner. It looks like a piece of heaven that must have been drifted from the kingdom of God. It is a home of evergreen rainforests, coffee plantations and spices. The Kaveri river flows through the land of Coorg. This place lures the tourists. They enjoy the bounty of nature. Birds, butterflies, Malabar squirrels, langurs and slender loris do recreation of the visitors. The climb to the Brahmagiri hills brings a panoramic view of the entire landscape. It really seems to be a piece of heaven.

Question 3.
Coorg seems to share a lot of historical perspectives. Is such kind of historical knowledge important for us? Also write the values related with it.
Answer:
It is important for us to know about the history and deep-rooted cultural background of our country and cultural heritage. We become aware of the fact that our culture has always welcomed people from other cultures and absorbed them into its own. It spreads the message of tolerance which is very important in today’s world. The elements of bravery and unity are prevalent in Coorg people. The Coorg people are outsiders even then they accepted our culture and history in proper way.

Question 4.
Coorgi homes have a tradition of hospitality and they are more than willing to recount numerous tales of valour related to their sons and fathers. What general tradition does Coorgi homes have? Discuss it with reference to the passage.
Answer:
Coorgi people are famous for their tradition of hospitality. They give due respect to their guests. They help them with the core of their heart. The people of Coorg are fiercely independent. They love and enjoy hospitality. They feel proud in telling numerous stories of valour relating to their sons and fathers. The Coorgi people are highly energetic, enthusiastic and courageous. Their culture is very rich.

They keep their guests entertained and energetic by telling them the stories of their valour. The first Army Chief of Independent India, General K.M. Cariappa was also a Coorgi. He was also very bold and courageous. The Coorgi people recount the stories of valour and courage to their new generation to acquaint them with achievements of their ancestors. This inculcates good values in their children and teaches them how to deal with the difficult situation in difficult times.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
Coorg, or Kodagu, the smallest district of Karnataka, is home to evergreen rainforests, spices and coffee plantations. Evergreen rainforests cover thirty per cent of this district. During the monsoons, it pours enough to keep many visitors away. The season of joy commences from September and continues till March. The weather is perfect, with some showers thrown in for good measure. The air breathes of invigorating coffee. Coffee estates and colonial bungalows stand tucked under tree canopies in prime comers.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Coorg, or Kodagu is the smallest district of
(i) Madhya Pradesh
(ii) Karnataka
(iii) West Bengal
(iv) Tamil Nadu
Answer:
(ii) Karnataka

(b) How much area of the evergreen rainforests does this district cover?
(i) 30%
(ii) 40%
(iii) 45%
(iv) 50%
Answer:
(i) 30%

(c) The best season for visiting Coorg begins from and continues till March.
(i) August
(ii) September
(iii) October
(iv) November
Answer:
(ii) September

(d) What does the air breathe of?
(i) Tea
(ii) Invigorating coffee
(iii) Milk
(iv) Curd
Answer:
(ii) Invigorating coffee

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘begins’.
(i) finish
(ii) late
(iii) end
(iv) commences
Answer:
(iv) commences

Question 2.
The fiercely independent people of Coorg are possibly of Greek or Arabic descent. As one story goes, a part of Alexander’s army moved south along the coast and settled here when return became impractical. These people married amongst the locals and their culture is apparent in the martial traditions, marriage and religious rites, which are distinct from the Hindu mainstream.
Choose the correct option:
(a) Whom do the Coorg people marry?
(i) Locals
(ii) Foreigners
(iii) People of other states
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Locals

(b) The culture of Coorg is apparent in the martial traditions, marriage and
(i) social rites
(ii) religious rites
(iii) both (i) and (ii)
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) religious rites

(c) The people of Coorg are of or descent.
(i) Greek, Arabic
(ii) French, Portuguese
(iii) British, Indian
(iv) Russian, British
Answer:
(iii) British, Indian

(d) According to the passage, whose a part of army settled here?
(i) Porus
(ii) Alexander
(iii) Napolean
(iv) Louis – XIV
Answer:
(ii) Alexander

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘uncommon.’
(i) rational
(ii) rescue
(iii) mainstream
(iv) unique
Answer:
(iii) mainstream

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(ii) Coorg

Question 3.
Coorgi homes have a tradition of hospitality, and they are more than willing to recount numerous tales of valour related to their sons and fathers. The Coorg Regiment is one of the most decorated in the Indian Army, and the first Chief of the Indian Army, General Cariappa, was a Coorgi. Even now, Kodavus are the only people in India permitted to cany firearms without a licence.
Choose the correct option:
(a) What general tradition does Coorgi people have?
(i) Hospitality
(ii) Cordiality
(iii) Loneliness
(iv) Loveliness
Answer:
(i) Hospitality

(b) What do the Coorgi people recount?
(i) Tales of valour related to their sons and fathers
(ii) Tales of discipline
(iii) Tales of honesty and justice
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(i) Tales of valour related to their sons and fathers

(c) The Coorg Regiment is one of the most in the Indian Army.
(i) quoted
(ii) directed
(iii) decorated
(iv) highlighted
Answer:
(iii) decorated

(d) What is the specialty of the Kodavus, according to the passage?
(i) They can attack their enemies violently.
(ii) They are the only people in India who are permitted to carry firearms without a licence.
(iii) They are very weak.
(iv) They do nothing for anybody.
Answer:
(ii) They are the only people in India who are permitted to carry firearms without a licence.

(c) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘recap’.
(i) hide
(ii) withhold
(iii) confuse
(iv) recount
Answer:
(iv) recount

Question 4.
The river, Kaveri, obtains its water from the hills and forests of Coorg. Mahaseer — a large freshwater fish — abound in these waters. Kingfishers dive for their catch, while squirrels and langurs drop partially eaten fruit for the mischief of enjoying the splash and the ripple effect in the clear water. Elephants enjoy being bathed and scrubbed in the river by their mahouts.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Which river obtains its water from the hills and forests of Coorg?
(i) Krishna
(ii) Bcas
(iii) Kaveri
(iv) Godavari
Answer:
(iii) Kaveri

(b) Which freshwater fish abounds in these waters?
(i) Mahaseer
(ii) Catfish
(iii) Cichid
(iv) Loaches
Answer:
(i) Mahaseer

(c) Elephants are scrubbcd in the river by their .
(i) boss
(ii) mahouts
(iii) master
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) mahouts

(d) Which fish dives for their catch?
(i) Hilas
(ii) Gold fish
(iii) Common carp
(iv) Kingfisher
Answer:
(iv) Kingfisher

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘to get in.’
(i) disdain
(ii) contain
(iii) obtain
(iv) ascertain
Answer:
(iii) obtain

Coorg About the Author

Lokesh Abrol is a prolific writer. He is also a consultant of Internal Medicine and a social entrepreneur. In 1991, he established Gurgaon’s first multispeciality hospital and emergency team. He is the Director of Hult Prize India. He is also the Founder Director of Aravindam Foundation and Aster. Abrol also established Gurukul Kalpataru for non-formal education of slum children in Indian arts, crafts, etc. He has contributed a number of articles in ‘Outlook Traveller’, ‘Discover India’’ and ‘Incredible India’. He has written a lot on tourism and travelling also “Coorg” is considered to be his best work.

Coorg Gist of the Lesson

In this lesson, the narrator has given a vivid description of Coorg, a heavenly place which lies between Mysore and Mangalore. It is a rural district in Karnataka. It has evergreen forests, spices and coffee plantations. Different kinds of animals are also found here. The best season is between September and March when the weather is perfect for a visit to Coorg.

The Coorg people are of Greek or Arabic descent. It is rumoured that a part of Alexander’s army drifted here and found it impossible to return. They married the locals. That is why their traditions and rites are different from other Indians. The Coorgis are known for their hospitality and recount many tales of bravery. General K.M. Cariappa, the first Army Chief was a Coorgi. The Kodavus are the only people in India to carry firearms without a license.

A variety of wildlife like the Mahaseer – a large freshwater fish, kingfishers, squirrels, langurs and elephants, etc., are found there. Coorgis are highly energetic. They do adventures like river rafting, canoeing, rappelling, rock-climbing, etc. The Brahmagiri hills give the climber a panoramic view of Coorg. A walk across the rope bridge leads to the sixty-four acre island of Nisargadhama. Bylakuppe in Coorg is India’s largest settlement of Buddhist monks. These Buddhist monks can be seen here. They are dressed in red, ochre and yellow robes. Narration

Coorg Summary

1. Description of Coorg: Coorg or Kodagu is the smallest district of Karnataka. It lies between Mysore and the coastal town of Mangalore. This land is abound with evergreen rainforests, spices and coffee plantations. On this land, the season of joy begins from September and continues upto March. During the monsoons, it rains heavily. That is why so many visitors keep away from this place.

2. The origin of Coorg: The people of Coorg belonged to Greek or Arabic descent. There is a story behind it. When a part of Alexander’s army moved towards south coast and settled there, they could not return to their native place. These people married amongst the locals. Their culture is reflected in the martial traditions, marriages and religious rites. The black long coat worn with waist-belt is worn by the Kodavus. It is also known as Kuppia. It is like Kuffia worn by the Arabs and the Kurds. Tradition of

3. hospitality: Coorgi people are famous for their tradition of hospitality. A number of tales of bravery are related to their sons and fathers.

4. Famous Coorgi Regiment: In the Indian Army, the Coorg Regiment is very famous. General Cariappa, the first chief of the Indian Army was also a Coorgi. In our country, only Kodavus are permitted to carry firearms without a licence.

5. Activities around the Coorg area: There are hectic activities around the Coorg area. Mahasheer, kingfishers, squirrels and langurs are found in abundance. Elephants are being bathed in the river by the mahouts. River rafting, canoeing, rappelling, rock climbing and mountain biking are the main activities of the Coorg area. Birds, bees and butterflies are also there to give company. Macaques, Malabar squirrels, langurs etc. keep a watchful eye from the tree.

6. Panoramic view: The Brahmagiri hills gives a panoramic view of the landscape of Coorg. There is a rope bridge that leads to the island of Nisaragadhama. Near Bylakuppe, the monks in red, ochre and yellow robes give more surprise to the visitors.

Coorg Lesson at a Glance

  1. Coorg or Kodagu, the smallest district of Karnataka is famous for evergreen rainforests, spices and coffee plantations.
  2. It is located between Mysore and the coastal town of Mangalore.
  3. This land is inhabited by a proud race of martial men, beautiful women etc.
  4. 30% area of the district is covered with evergreen forests.
  5. September to March is the season of joy there.
  6. The independent people of Coorg are of Greek or Arabic descent.
  7. The Kodavus wear kuppia (kuffia) which were earlier worn by the Arabs and the Kurds.
  8. They have a tradition of hospitality. Numerous stories of valour are related to their sons and daughters.
  9. The Coorg Regiment is the most prestigious and decorated in the Indian Army.
  10. General Cariappa, the first chief of the Indian Army was a Coorgi.
  11. In India, Kodavus are the only people who are permitted to carry firearms without a licence.
  12. Macaques, Malabar squirrels, langurs and slender loris are mainly found there.
  13. The Brahmagiri hills gives us a panoramic view of the entire landscape of Coorg.

Coorg Character Sketch

The Coorgi People: The Coorgi people are entirely different. Coorg, or Kodagu, the smallest district of Karnataka is their home. Their traditions, marriages and rituals are entirely different from the Hindu customs. According to some, they are considered to be of Arabic descent. But some others think that they are of Greek origin. The Coorgis wear a long, black coat with an embroidered waist – best. It resembles Kuffia which was worn by the Arabs.

Coorg Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
midwayin the midpath, halfwaycoastalnear the coast
drifted fromcarried along by airkingdomcountry
martialrelating with warinhabitedoccupied
evergreenalways greenplantationan estate where crops such as coffee,spices etc. are grown
poursrainscommencesstarts
invigoratingenlivening, full of energycolonialpertaining to a colony
tuckedwith complete nearnesscanopiesroof-like coverings
fiercelyin a powerful waymainstreamthe way of life or set of beliefs that most people accept
panoramic viewa view of wide area of landrobesdress
descentancestry, dropping or fallingochrea pale brownish yellow colour
embroidereddecoratedlorisa kind of lemur
rappellinggoing down a rock by sliding down a ropecanoeingtravelling in a river in a light, narrow boat (a large one)
rafta platform made by tying planks togetherrecountdescribe, depict
splashdashinghospitalitycustom of welcoming
valourbraverylaidbackrelaxed, casual
scrubbedmbbedmahoutswho take care of elephants

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

JAC Class 10th English Tea From Assam Textbook Questions and Answers

I. Thinking About Language

Question 1.
Look at these words: upkeep, downpour, undergo, dropout, walk – ui. They are built up from a verb (keep, pour, go, drop, walk) and an adverb or a particle (up, down, under, out, in). Use these words appropriately in the sentences below. You may consult a dictionary.
1. A heavy …………… has been forecast due to low pressure in the Bay of Bengal.
2. Rakesh will ………….. major surgery tornotTow morning.
3. My brother is responsible for the …………….. of our family property.
4. The …………… rate for this accountancy course is very high.
5. She went to the Enterprise Company to attend a …………………. interview.
Answer:

  1. A heavy downpour has been forecast due to low pressure in the Bay of Bengal.
  2. Rakesh will undergo major surgery tomorrow morning.
  3. My brother is responsible for the upkeep of our family property.
  4. The dropout rate for this accountancy course is very high.
  5. She went to the Enterprise Company to attend a walk – in interview.

Question 2.
Now fill in the blanks in the sentences given below by combining the verb given in brackets with one of the words from the box as appropriate.
over In through out up down
1. The Army attempted unsuccessfully to the Government, (throw)
2. Scientists are on the brink of a major in cancer research, (break)
3. The State Government plans to build a for Bhubaneswar to speed up traffic on the main highway, (pass)
4. Gautama’s on life changed when he realised that the world is full of sorrow, (look)
5. Rakesh seemed unusually after the game, (cast)
Answer:

  1. The Army attempted unsuccessfully to overthrow the Government.
  2. Scientists are on the brink of a major breakthrough in cancer research.
  3. The State Government plans to build a bypass for Bhubaneswar to speed up traffic on the main highway.
  4. Gautama’s outlook on life changed when he realized that the world is full of sorrow.
  5. Rakesh seemed unusually downcast after the game.

II. Notice how these – ing anded adjectives are used.

(a) Chess is an interesting game. I am very interested in chess.
(b) Going trekking in the Himalayas We are very excited about the trek this summer is an exciting idea.
(c) Are all your school books this boring? He was bored as he had no friends there. The – ing adjectives show the qualities that chess, trekking, or these books have they cause interest, excitement, or boredom in you. The – eden adjectives show your mental state, or your physical state: how you feel in response to ideas, events or things.

Question 1.
Think of suitable – ing or – ed adjectives to answer the following questions. You may also use words from those given above.
How would you describe
1. a good detective serial on television?
2. a debate on your favourite topic ‘Homework Should Be Banned’?
3. how you feel when you stay indoors due to incessant rain?
4. how you feel when you open a present?
5. how you feel when you watchyour favourite programme on television?
6. the look on your mother’s face as you waited in a queue?
7. how you feel when tracking a tiger in a tiger reserve forest?
8. the story you have recently read, or a film you have seen?
Answer:

  1. a good detective serial on television? Interesting
  2. a debate on your favourite topic ‘Homework Should Be Banned’? Exciting
  3. how you feel when you stay indoors due to incessant rain? Bored
  4. how you feel when you open a present? Excited
  5. how you feel when you watch your favourite programme on television? Interested
  6. the look on your mother’s face as you waited in a queue? Tired
  7. how you feel when tracking a tiger in a tiger reserve forest? Thrilled
  8. the story you have recently read, or a film you have seen? Boring

Question 2.
Now use the adjectives in the exercise above, as appropriate, to write a paragraph about Coorg.
Answer:
The author Lokesh Abrol has given a vivid description of Coorg. It is an exciting and interesting chapter. The scenic beauty of the place enchants and thrills us. The legends related with Coorg people thrill us. The adventures like river rafting, canoeing, rappelling, rock climbing, etc., give more excitement to the tourists. The valour of Coorg and the story related with it give more thrill and excitement to the readers.

Speaking and Writing

I. Read the following passage about tea.
India and tea are so intertwined together that life without the brew is unimaginable. Tea entered our life only in the mid – nineteenth century when the British started plantations in Assam and Darjeeling In the beginning though, Indians shunned the drink as they thought it was a poison that led to umpteen diseases. Ironically, tea colonised Britain where it became a part of their social diary and also led to the establishment of numerous tea houses. Today, scientific research across the world has attempted to establish the beneficial qualities of tea – a fact the Japanese and the Chinese knew anyway from ancient times, attributing to it numerous medicinal properties.

Collect information about tea, e.g. its evolution as a drink, its beneficial qualities. You can consult an encyclopedia or visit Internet websites. Then form groups of five and play the following roles: Imagine a meeting of a tea planter, a sales agent, a tea lover (consumer), a physician and a tea-shop owner. Each person in the group has to put forward his/her views about tea. You may use the following words and phrases.
1. I feel …
2. I disagree with you …
3. I would like you to know It is my feeling …
4. May I know why you …
5. It is important to know …
6. I think that tea …
7. I agree with …
8. I suggest…
9. I am afraid…
Answer:
I think that tea is a beverage that stimulates and refreshes us. It is important to know that tea originated in China. I agree with this that tea is used at a large scale around the world. It overcomes our tiredness. People usually take it twice or thrice a day.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

Question 2.
You are the sales executive of a famous tea company and you have been asked to draft an advertisement for the product. Draft the advertisement using the information you collected for the role play. You can draw pictures or add photographs and make your
Answer:
JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam 1

JAC Class 10th English Tea From Assam Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
How long does the second sprouting period of tea last?
Answer:
There are two flushes or sprouting periods of tea plantation. The second sprouting period lasts from May to July and it yields the best tea.

Question 2.
When did tea come to Europe?
Answer:
Tea came to Europe only in the 16th century. In Europe, tea was treated more like a medicine than a beverage.

Question 3.
How does Rajvir describe the view from the train?
Answer:
Rajvir describes the magnificent view of the landscape from the train window. It is a sea of tea bushes. At odd intervals, there are tall shade-tree and one can see women tea-pluckers picking tea leaves. They appear to be doll-like figures.

Question 4.
What Indian legend is associated with the origin of tea?
Answer:
The Indian legend behind the origin of tea is that Bodhidharma, an ancient Buddhist ascetic cut off his eyelids because he felt sleepy during meditation. Ten tea plants grew out of the eyelids. The leaves of these plants boiled in water and drunk banished sleep.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

Question 5.
What is the Chinese legend regarding tea?
Answer:
The Chinese legend about tea is that there was a Chinese emperor who had the habit of boiling water before drinking it. Once, a few twigs of the leaves burning under the pot fell into the water and gave it a delicious flavour. Those leaves were tea leaves.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
In what way has the tea become a popular beverage?
Answer:
More than eighty crore cups of tea are drunk every day throughout the world. The vendors selling tea can be seen at railway platforms, markets and tourist spots, crying “Chai gar am The people can’t resist buying and relishing a hot cup of tea. Tea, indeed, has become a popular beverage worldwide.

Question 2.
While travelling in the train, why did Pranjol not share the same excitement as Rajvir when Rajvir saw tea gardens outside?
Answer:
Rajvir was Pranjol’s classmate in Delhi. While travelling in the train, Rajvir was looking at the beautiful scenery from the window. It wras green everywhere. He had never seen this much greenery in his life before. On the other hand, Pranjol had grown up on plantation, so he was quite accustomed to this kind of greenery. That’s why when Rajvir showed his excitement to Pranjol, he didn’t respond with the same energy.

Question 3.
Why did Pranjol’s father, Mr Barua say to Rajvir that he had done his homework?
Answer:
Pranjol’s parents picked Rajvir and Pranjol from the station. While travelling through the Dhekiabari Tea Estate, on seeing a tractor, pulling a trailor – load of tea leaves, Rajvir confirmed with Mr Barua if that was the second – flush or sprouting period. Mr Barua replied affirmatively and was quite surprised by his knowledge of tea. Therefore, Pranjol’s father said that Rajvir had done his homework.

Question 4.
Elucidate the statement ‘This is tea country now.’
Answer:
Pranjol said the above line when Rajvir showed his excitement of the greenery outside the train while travelling to Assam. He meant to say that Assam has the world’s largest concentration of tea plantation in the world. A large number of trees can be found there. Most of the tea grown in Assam is supplied all over the world.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

Question 5.
Why was Rajvir excited to see the tea gardens?
Answer:
Rajvir found the view outside the train splendid and eye catching. It was full of greenery. It was Rajvir’s first visit to Assam. He was fascinated and enchanted by the sprawling tea gardens, spreading like a green sea of neatly pruned bushes. He found it more interesting to watch, than reading his book on detectives.

Question 6.
How did Rajvir describe the tea garden at Dhekiabari Tea Estate?
Answer:
Rajvir’s visit to Dhekiabari Tea Estate where Pranjol’s father worked as a manager, was a novel experience for him. He found it extremely fascinating. He saw groups of tea-workers, wearing plastic aprons and baskets of bamboo sticks on their back, picking newly sprouted tea leaves.

Question 7.
How are the tea – pluckers different from the other farm labourers?
Answer:
Tea pluckers are different from the other farm labourers in many ways. Tea pluckers are hired labourers whereas the farm labou
rers can be hired or can be the owners of the land. Tea pluckers only pluck leaves whereas farm labourers go through the whole process, i.e., from sowing to harvesting.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
What information did Rajvir share with Pranjol and his father?
Answer:
Rajvir had gathered a lot of information about tea. He told Pranjol that though there were numerous legends about it but no one actually knew about the origin of it. Chinese legend says that it was discovered by a Chinese Emperor. The Indian legend says that it was discovered by Bodhidharma, who cut off his eyelids as he felt sleepiness during meditation and tea plants grew out of them to banish sleep. He also knew that tea was first drunk in China in 2700 B.C. and it reached Europe in the sixteenth century as a medicine. He also informed Pranjol that the words tea, chai and chini are Chinese. He had even the knowledge about the sprouting season on the second-flush which is the best in the world.

Question 2.
What details do you gather about tea from the lesson, ‘Tea from Assam’?
Answer:
Tea was first drunk in China. Even the words ‘Chai’ and ‘Chini’ are Chinese. It goes back to 2700 B.C. In the 16th century, tea came to Europe. There are a number of tea fields in Assam. Unlike the other farm labourers, who might never carry the harvest on their backs, the tea pluckers, i.e., the groups of women were there hanging bamboo baskets on their backs. They pluck the newly grown fresh tea leaves from the plants and store them in their baskets. They also wear plastic apron.

Question 3.
Rajvir had a lot of information about tea. What all does he tell? What character trait about him is revealed in the lesson?
Answer:
Rajvir had been invited to spend his vacations with his classmate Pranjol, whose father was the manager of a tea estate in Assam. He was quite enthusiastic and excited about the trip. He had gathered considerable amount of information about tea like where the tea originated and how it became such a popular beverage. He informed that about 80 crore cups of tea are consumed daily in the world. The name tea itself has originated from Chinese. He narrates two popular legends about the origin of tea.

Rajvir exhibits two important value traits, that are pre-requisite to gain knowledge, viz., curiosity and eagerness. He is active in collecting information prior to any real experience. He likes to do his homework thoroughly before going to a place. This is something very appreciable. Children should develop this habit of finding out the information. These are extremely desirable traits for all learners.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

Question 4.
“Tea was first drunk in China, Rajvir added” as far back as 2700 B.C.! In fact words such as tea, ‘Chai’ and ‘Chini’ are from Chinese. Tea came to Europe only in the sixteenth century and was drunk more as medicine than as beverage.” What does the author want to say through this about the origin of tea?
Answer:
Through this passage, the author wants to highlight the origin of tea. Actually, tea was at first drunk in China as far back as 2700 BC. From this angle, it seems that the main originator of the word ‘tea’ was China. The words like ‘Chai’ and ‘Chini’ also belonged to China. Tea came to Europe in the 16th century. It was used as medicine in Europe than as beverage. This is actually the information that comes out after a discussion between Pranjol and Rajvir during the train journey to Assam. After going through the entire passage we come to the conclusion that in ancient times, tea was used more as medicine than as beverage. The author has really given a detailed description of tea, its origin, its popularity and how to use even in the form of medicine.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
“CHAI-GARAM… garam chaia vendor called out in a high – pitched voice. He came up to their window and asked, “Chai, sa’ab?”
“Give us two cups,” Pranjol said. They sipped the steaming hot liquid. Almost everyone in their compartment was drinking tea too.
“Do you know that over eighty crore cups of tea are drunk every day throughout the world?” Rajvir said.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What was every one drinking in the compartment?
(i) Coffee
(ii) Tea
(iii) Cold drink
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Tea

(b) How many cups of tea are drunk everyday throughout the world?
(i) Seventy crore
(ii) Eighty crore
(iii) Ninety crore
(iv) Ninety – five crore
Answer:
(ii) Eighty crore

(c) A tea vendor was speaking in a high – pitched voice to attract …………… of the train to buy hot tea.
(i) customers
(ii) guard
(iii) driver
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) customers

(d) Who demanded two cups of tea?
(i) Rajvir
(ii) Pranjol
(iii) PranjoTs father
(iv) Rajvir’s brother
Answer:
(ii) Pranjol

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘drink.’
(i) swallow
(ii) taste
(iii) sip
(iv) imbibe
Answer:
(iii) sip

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

Question 2.
The train pulled out of the station. Pranjol buried his nose in his detective book again. Rajvir too was an ardent fan of detective stories, but at the moment he was keener on looking at the beautiful scenery. It was green, green everywhere. Rajvir had never seen so much greenery before. Then the soft green paddy fields gave way to tea bushes.
Choose the correct option:
(a) Who buried his nose in his detective book?
(i) Rajvir
(ii) Pranjol
(iii) PranjoTs father
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Pranjol

(b)What did Rajvir look at keenly?
(i) The beautiful scenery
(ii) The running train
(iii) The college going students
(iv) The passengers on train
Answer:
(i) The beautiful scenery

(c) The soft green ……….. fields gave way to tea bushes.
(i) maize
(ii) wheat
(iii) paddy
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(iii) paddy

(d) What had Rajvir never seen so much before?
(i) Passengers
(ii) Greenery
(iii) Shops
(iv) Trains
Answer:
(ii) Greenery

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘ugly’.
(i) awkward
(ii) uncouth
(iii) horrible
(iv) beautiful
Answer:
(iv) beautiful

Question 3.
It was a magnificent view. Against the backdrop of densely wooded hills a sea of tea bushes stretched as far as the eye could see. Dwarfing the tiny tea plants were tall sturdy shade-trees and amidst the orderly rows of bushes busily moved doll-like figures. In the distance was an ugly building with smoke billowing out of tall chimneys.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What were the tiny tea plants?
(i) Palm trees
(ii) Banyan trees
(iii) Shade – trees
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Shade – trees

(b) In the distance, there was an ugly building with smoke
(i) emitting
(ii) billowing out of chimneys
(iii) whirling
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) billowing out of chimneys

(c) Tea plantations have been compared to a sea of ………………
(i) palm leaves
(ii) coriander leaves
(iii) mango leaves
(iv) tea bushes
Answer:
(iv) tea bushes

(d) How was the view of the tea garden?
(i) unimpressive
(ii) common
(iii) ordinary
(iv) magnificent
Answer:
(iv) magnificent

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘thickly.’
(i) gently
(ii) densely
(iii) easily
(iv) lightly
Answer:
(ii) densely

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 7(iii) Tea From Assam

Question 4.
“Tea was first drunk in China,” Rajvir added, “as far back as 2700 B.C.! In fact words such as tea, ‘chaf and ‘chinV are from Chinese. Tea came to Europe only in the sixteenth century and was drunk more as medicine than as beverage.” The train clattered into Mariani junction. The boys collected their luggage and pushed their way to the crowded platform.
Choose the correct option:
(a) Where was tea first drunk in 2700 B.C.?
(i) Malaysia
(ii) India
(iii) China
(iv) Britain
Answer:
(iii) China

(b) When did tea come to Europe?
(i) Thirteenth century
(ii) Sixteenth century
(iii) Eighteenth century
(iv) Nineteenth century
Answer:
(ii) Sixteenth century

(c) Tea was drunk more as than as beverage.
(i) medicine
(ii) liquid
(iii) both (i) and (ii)
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) medicine

(d) What did the boys do at Mariani junction?
(i) They remained there as spectators.
(ii) They collected their luggage and pushed to their way to the crowded platform.
(iii) They were busy in talking only.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) They collected their luggage and pushed to their way to the crowded platform.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘rattled’.
(i) fix
(ii) gaze
(iii) mend
(iv) clattered
Answer:
(iv) clattered

Tea From Assam Summary

Tea From Assam About the Author

Amp Kumar Datta is an Indian writer and journalist. He was bom on 2 July 1946 at Jorhat in Assam. After completing his senior secondary in Himachal Pradesh he did his graduation and post¬graduation in English literature from Delhi University. His writings featured in ‘ The Illustrated Weekly of India’, ‘ Caravan ’, ‘Femina’, etc. He has authored 16 books for adults, 13 of which are non-fiction wrhile 3 are fiction. Kaziranga Trail. The Blind Witness. Revenge. The Crystal Cave. Toot Trim in she Sand. etc., are some of his important works. The Brahmaputra w as published in 2001. He was awarded Shankar award and the civilian award.

Tea From Assam Gist of the Lesson
“Tea from Assam’ is an interesting story about tea, its history and significance. In this story, we get a glimpse of the tea plantation of Assam. Two boys Rajvir and Pranjol are travelling to Assam. Pranjol’s father is a manager in a tea garden of Assam. He invites Rajvir to Assam. Rajvir tells Pranjol that over 8,00,000,000 cups of tea are dmnk everyday throughout the w’orld. The train passes through green hills. Rajvir is very excited about his journey. Rajvir then tells him about the various legends Indian and Chinese behind tea. He tells him that tea was discovered by a Chinese emperor in 2700 BC. Another Indian story about tea was how ten tea plants grew out of eyelids of Bodhidharma, a Buddhist ascetic. The ’Char and ‘Chini’ are Chinese words. It was only in the sixteenth century that tea came to Europe. By now they had reached Marian Junction where they got down and set off for Dhekiabari Tea Estate. On both sides of the road, there were tea bushes with women plucking tea leaves. Pranjol’s father told Rajvir that he would tell them many more things about tea plantation.

Tea From Assam Summary

Journey to Assam: Pranjol and Rajvir are two close friends. They study in Delhi. Pranjol hails from Assam and his parents live there. Pranjol’s father is the manager of a tea-garden in Upper Assam. Both the friends start their journey from Delhi to Assam by train. Activities inside the train: Both the friends talk to each other. The tea vendor came upto the window of the train and started shouting ‘ Chai-Garam garam chai They take two cups of tea and start sipping. Rajvir tells that more than eighty crore cups of tea are drunk daily throughout the world. Tea is very popular. Both the friends also start reading detective stories.

Wonderful greenery: They take outside view of the fields. It was really a magnificent view. There were tea bushes and the tea plants outside. There was also a building with smoke coming out of old chimneys. It was a tea garden. Assam is called a tea country. It has the largest concentration of plantations in the world. Chinese legend about tea: There is a Chinese legend about tea. There was a Chinese emperor who used to boil water before drinking it. A few leaves of the twigs were burnt under the pot. And then they fell into the water that gave a delicious flavour to it.

Actually, they were tea leaves. Indian legend about tea: There is an Indian legend about tea too. Bodhidharma was a Buddhist ascetic. During meditations, he used to cut off his eyelids because of his sleepiness. Ten tea plants grew out of the eyelids. Then, the leaves of these plants were put in hot water and drunk. First drunk in China: Tea was first drank in China as far back as 2700 BC. The words like ‘chaf and ‘chinP originated from China. In the 16th century, tea came to Europe. It was used there as medicine. Train reached at its destination: At last, the train reached at its destination.

Both the friends deboarded the train at Mariani junction. PranjoTs father received and took them to Dhekiabari Tea Estate where he was deputed. There were tea bushes on both sides of the road. Numerous tea pluckers keeping baskets on their bags were plucking the new leaves. Rajvir was appreciated: Rajvir told Mr. Barua (PranjoTs father) that May to July are the best months for tea plantation. At this, PranjoTs father told him that you have good knowledge about tea and it seems that you have done your homework properly well. At this, Rajvir told that he wanted to seek more information about it.

Tea From Assam Lesson at a Glance

  1. Pranjol, a native from Assam is the school classmate of Rajvir in Delhi.
  2. The father of Pranjol is the manager of tea-garden in Upper Assam.
  3. Pranjol invited Rajvir to visit his home during the summer vacation.
  4. During the journey, they were busy in reading detective stories. Rajvir often looked out of the train window to have a panoramic view of the scenery.
  5. They were also sharing information with each other.
  6. According to Rajvir, more than eighty crore cups of tea are drunk daily throughout the world.
  7. There was greenery outside. So Rajvir enjoyed it very much.
  8. Rajvir found the tea garden very beautiful with tiny tea plants, tall trees and doll-like tea pluckers.
  9. Assam has the largest concentration of plantations in the world.
  10. There are many legends related with tea.
  11. It is said that tea was discovered in China by the Chinese emperor who always boiled water before drinking it.
  12. A few leaves of the twigs burnt under the pot and fell into the water. It added delicious flavour to it. These were tea leaves.
  13. An Indian legend is also associated with it. Bodhidharma, a Buddhist ascetic cut off his eyelids because he felt sleepy during meditations.
  14. The leaves of these plants were put in hot water and drunk.
  15. Tea was first drunk in China in 2700 BC.
  16. The words like ‘chaV and ‘chini’ are Chinese words.
  17. Tea came to Europe in the 16th century and was drunk as medicine.
  18. The train reached upto its destination and they were taken towards Dhekiabari Tea Estate.

Tea From Assam Character Sketch

Pranjol: Pranjol was a youngster from Assam. He was bom and brought up on a tea plantation. His father was the manager of Dhekiabari Tea Estate. Pranjol studied with Rajvir in Delhi. Pranjol invited Rajvir to visit his home during the summer vacation.

Rajvir: Rajvir and Pranjol were classmates. They studied in Delhi. Rajvir was excited to see the Tea Estate. His classmate, Pranjol invited him to visit his home during summer vacation. He had very good knowledge of tea. He was also interested in detective stories. Pranjol’s father was also surprised to know his detailed knowledge about the subject.

Tea From Assam Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWardMeaning
vendorsellerHigh – pitchedhigh voice, loud voice
exclaimedsaid in wonderdetectivespy
ardentavid, passionatemagnificentattractive, impressive
excitementelationkeenereager
concentrationattentivenessbillowingmoving mass of cloud
meditationsdeep thoughtasceticholy man
clatteredrattling soundbeveragedrink
pmnedtrimmedveeredchanged direction suddenly
sproutedgrownapronsscarfs
admittedacceptedtwigsbranches
sturdypowerfulwhewto express surprise
dwarfingsmalldenselydeep

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 1 A Letter to God

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 1 A Letter to God

JAC Class 10th English A Letter to God Textbook Questions and Answers

Fill out the Money Order form given below using the clues that follow the form.

  • Think about who you will send the money to, and how much. You might want to send money for a magazine subscription, or to a relative or a friend.
  • Or you may fill out the form with yourself as sender and your partner as receiver. Use a part of your pocket money, and submit the form at the nearest post office to see how it’s done. See how your partner enjoys getting money by post!
  • Notice that the form has three parts the Money Order form, the part for official use and the Acknowledgement. What would you write in the ‘Space for Communication’?
    JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God 1

Now complete the following statements.
(i) In addition to the sender, the form has to be signed by the ……………..
(ii) The ‘Acknowledgement’ section of the form is sent back by the post office to the …………….. after the …………….. signs it.
(iii) The ‘Space for Communication’ section is used for …………….
(iv) The form has six sections. The sender needs to fill out …………… sections and the receiver ……………….
Answer:
(i) In addition to the sender, the form has to be signed by the receiver.
(ii) The ‘Acknowledgement’ section of the form is sent back by the post office to the sender after the receiver signs it.
(iii) The ‘Space for Communication’ section is used for writing message.
(iv) The form has six sections. The sender needs to fill out four sections and the receiver two.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 5)

Question 1.
What did Lencho hope for?
Answer:
Lencho hoped for good rain.

Question 2.
Why did Lencho say the raindrops were like ‘new coins’?
Answer:
Lencho’s crops were ready for harvest. However, they required a good downpour before harvesting. After a downpour, the crops will be good. That is why he compared the raindrops to ‘new coins’.

Question 3.
How did the rain change? What happened to Lencho’s fields?
Answer:
The rain was pouring down. But suddenly, a strong wind began to blow and very large hailstones began to fall along with the rain. Due to this, Lencho’s crops were totally destroyed.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

Question 4.
What were Lencho’s feelings when the hail stopped?
Answer:
When the hail stopped, Lencho’s soul was filled with sadness.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 6)

Question 1.
Who or what did Lencho have faith in? What did he do?
Answer:
Lencho had unflinching faith in God. He wrote a letter to God expressing his need for hundred pesos so that he could sow his field again and live until the crop grew again.

Question 2.
Who read the letter?
Answer:
The postmaster read the letter when he received it from the postman.

Question 3.
What did the postmaster do then?
Answer:
In order to keep Lencho’s faith alive in God the postmaster collected money from his employees. He himself gave a part of his salary. He put the money in an envelope addressed to Lencho and signed it ‘God’.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 7)

Question 1.
Was Lencho surprised to find a letter for him with money in it?
Answer:
Lencho was not at all surprised to find a letter for him.

Question 2.
What made him angry?
Answer:
Lencho had demanded 100 pesos from God but he got only 70 pesos. That is why he got angry.

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
Who does Lencho have complete faith in? Which sentences in the story tell you this?
Answer:
Lencho had complete faith in God. The following sentences in the story show this:

  1. But in the hearts of all who lived in that solitary house in the middle of the valley, there was a single hope: help from God.
  2. All through the night, Lencho thought only of his one hope: the help of God, whose eyes, as he had been instructed, see everything, even what is deep in one’s conscience.
  3. “God,” he wrote, “if you don’t help me, my family and I will go hungry this year.”
  4. God could not have made a mistake, nor could he have denied Lencho what he had requested.
  5. It said: “God: Of the money that I asked for, only seventy pesos reached me. Send me the rest, since I need it very much….”

Question 2.
Why does the postmaster send money to Lencho? Why does he sign the letter ‘God’?
Answer:
The postmaster sent money to Lencho in order to keep his faith alive in God. He signed the letter ‘God’ because he wanted to show that his money had been sent by God.

Question 3.
Did Lencho try to find out who had sent the money to him? Why/Why not?
Answer:
No, Lencho did not try to find out who had sent the money to him. This is because he never suspected that it could be anybody else other than God who would send him the money. Because he had full faith in God.

Question 4.
Who does Lencho think has taken the rest of the money? What is the irony in the situation? [Remember that the irony of a situation is an unexpected aspect of it. An ironic situation is strange or amusing because it is the opposite of what is expected.
Answer:
Lencho thought that the post office employees had taken the rest of the money. The irony of the situation was that the employees whom he called a “bunch of crooks” and suspected of taking some of the money were the same people who had contributed and sent him the money.

Question 5.
Are there people like Lencho in the real world? What kind of a person would you say he is? You may select appropriate words from the box to answer the question. greedy naive stupid ungrateful selfish comical unquestioning
Answer:
There might be a few people like Lencho in the real world. He is unquestioning. He is also naive.

Question 6.
There are two kinds of conflict in the story: between humans and nature, and between humans themselves. How are these conflicts illustrated?
Answer:
The conflict between humans and nature is illustrated by the destruction of Lencho’s crops by the hailstorm. Lencho had worked really hard on his fields and he was expecting good crop. But the nature turned violent and his crop was completely destroyed. The story also illustrates another conflict, i.e., between humans themselves.

The postmaster, along with the help of the other post office employees, sent Lencho the money that they could manage to collect. They were not related to Lencho in any manner. It was an act of kindness and selflessness on their part. Although they did a good deed, even then Lencho blamed them for taking away some amount of money. He called them “a bunch of crooks”. This shows that man does not have faith in his fellow humans.

Thinking about Language

Question 1.
Look at the following sentence from the story. Suddenly a strong wind began to blow and along with the rain very large hailstones began to fall. ‘Hailstones’ are small balls of ice that fall like rain. A storm in which hailstones fall is a ‘hailstorm’. You know that a storm is bad weather with strong winds, rain, thunder and lightning. There are different names in different parts of the world for storms, depending on their nature. Can you match the names in the box with their descriptions below, and fill in the blanks? You may use a dictionary to help you.

galewhirlwindcyclonehurricanetornadotyphoon

1. A violent tropical storm in which strong winds move in a circle: _ _c _ _ _ _
Answer:
cyclone

2. An extremely strong wind: _a _ _
Answer:
gale

3. A violent tropical storm with very strong winds: _ _ p _ _ _
Answer:
typhoon

4. A violent storm whose centre is a cloud in the shape of a funnel: _ _ _n_ _ _
Answer:
tornado

5. A violent storm with very strong winds, especially in the western Atlantic Ocean: _ _r_ _ _ _ _ _
Answer:
hurricane

6. A very strong wind that moves very fast in a spinning movement and causes a lot of damage: _ _ _ _l_ _ _ _
Answer:
whirlwind

II. Notice how the word ‘hope’ is used in these sentences from the story:

(a) I hope it (the hailstorm) passes quickly.
(b) There was a single hope: help from God.
In the first example, ‘hope’ is a verb which means you wish for something to happen. In the second example, it is a noun meaning a chance for something to happen.
Match the sentences in Column A with the meanings of ‘hope’ in Column B.

AB
1. Will you get the subjects you want to study in college? I hope so.– a feeling that something good will probably happen
2. I hope you don’t mind my saying this, but I don’t like the way you are arguing.– thinking that this would happen (It may or may not have happened).
3. This discovery will give new hope to HIV/ AIDS sufferers.– stopped believing that this good thing would happen
4. We were hoping against hope that the judges would not notice our mistakes.– wanting something to happen (and thinking it quite possible)
5. I called early in the hope of speaking to her before she went to school.– showing concern that what you say should not offend or disturb the other person: a way of being polite
6. Just when everybody had given up hope, the fishermen came back, seven days after the cyclone.– wishing for something to happen, although this is very unlikely

Answer:

AB
1. Will you get the subjects you want to study in college?I hope so.– wanting something to happen (and thinking it quite possible)
2. I hope you don’t mind my saying this, but I don’t like the way you are arguing.– showing concern that what you say should not offend or disturb the other person: a way of being polite
3. This discovery will give new hope to HIV/ AIDS sufferers.– a feeling that something good will probably happen
4. We were hoping against hope that the judges would not notice our mistakes.– wishing for something to happen, although this is very unlikely
5. I called early in the hope of speaking to her before she went to school.– thinking that this would happen (It may or may not have happened.)
6. Just when everybody had given up hope, the fishermen came back, seven days after the cyclone.– stopped believing that this good thing would happen


III. Relative Clauses

Look at these sentences.
(a) All morning Lencho – who knew his fields intimately – looked at the sky.
(b) The woman, who was preparing supper, replied, “Yes, God willing.”
The italicised parts of the sentences give us more information about Lencho and the woman. We call them relative clauses. Notice that they begin with a relative pronoun who. Other common relative pronouns are whom, whose and which.The relative clauses in (a) and (b) above are called non – defining, because we already know the identity of the person they describe. Lencho is a particular person, and there is a particular woman he speaks to.

We don’t need the information in the relative clause to pick these people out from a larger set.A non – defining relative clause usually has a comma in front of it and a comma after it (some writers use a dash (—) instead, as in the story). If the relative clause comes at the end, we just put a full stop.

Join the sentences given below using who, whom, whose, which as suggested.
1. I often go to Mumbai. Mumbai is the commercial capital of India, (which)
2. My mother is going to host a TV show on cooking. She cooks very well, (who)
3. These sportspersons are going to meet the President. Their performance has been excellent, (whose)
4. Lencho prayed to God. His eyes see into our minds, (whose)
5. This man cheated me. I trusted him. (whom)
Answer:

  1. I often go to Mumbai, which is the commercial capital of India.
  2. My mother, who cooks very well, is going to host a TV show on cooking.
  3. These sportspersons, whose performance has been excellent, are going to meet the President.
  4. Lencho, whose eyes see into our minds, prayed to God.
  5. This man, whom I trusted, cheated me.

IV. Using Negatives for Emphasis

We know that sentences with words such as no, not or nothing show the absence of something, of contradict something. For example:
(a) This year we will have no com. (Com will be absent)

(b) The hail has left nothing. (Absence of a crop)

(c) These aren’t raindrops falling from the sky, they are new coins. (Contradicts the common idea of what the drops of water falling from the sky are) But sometimes negative words are used just to emphasise an idea. Look at these sentences from the story.

(d) Lencho ……………. had done nothing else but see the sky towards the northeast. (He had done only this)

(e) The man went out for no other reason than to have the pleasure of feeling the rain on his body. (He had only this reason)

(f) Lencho showed not the slightest surprise on seeing the money. (He showed no surprise at all) Now look back at example (c). Notice that the contradiction in fact serves to emphasise the value or usefulness of the rain to the farmer.

Find sentences in the story with negative words, which express the following ideas emphatically.
1. The trees lost all their leaves.
2. The letter was addressed to God himself.
3. The postman saw this address for the first time in his career.
Answer:

  1. Not a leaf remained on the trees.
  2.  It was nothing less than a letter to God.
  3. Never in his career as a postman had he known that address.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

V. Metaphors

The word metaphor comes from a Greek word meaning ‘transfer’. Metaphors compare two things or ideas: a quality or feature of one thing is transferred to another thing. Some common metaphors are

  • the leg of the table: The leg supports our body. So the object that supports a table is described as a leg.
  • the heart of the city: The heart is an important organ in the centre of our body. So this word

is used to describe the central area of a city. In pairs, find metaphors from the story to complete the table below. Try to say what qualities are being compared. One has been done for you.

ObjectMetaphorQuestion uality or Feature Compared
CloudHuge mountains, of cloudsThe mass or ‘hugeness’ of mountains.
Raindrops
Hailstones
Locusts
An epidemic (a disease) that spreads very rapidly and leaves many people dead.
An ox of a man

Answer:

ObjectMetaphorQuestion uality or Feature Compared
CloudHuge mountains of cloudsThe mass or ‘hugeness’ of mountains
RaindropsNew coinsValuable like money
HailstonesThe frozen pearlsThe resemblance in colour and hardness to a pearl
LocustsA plague of locustsAn epidemic that spreads rapidly and leaves many people dead
ManAn ox of a manA hardworking man


Speaking

Question 1.
Have you ever been in great difficulty, and felt that only a miracle could help you? How was your problem solved? Speak about this in class with your teacher.
Answer:
Last year, we were returning from Agra by bus seeing the seventh wonder of the world – the Taj Mahal. In the dark night, after travelling about 50 kilometres at around 2 a.m., a lion was crossing the road. When the lion saw the bus, he jumped on it. We were terribly shocked to see this. All of us were frightened. We thought that it was the last day of our life. But all of a sudden, a miracle happened. A police van arrived. Seeing this panic, the policemen fired in the air. Hearing this, the lion ran away and we were saved. Really, it all happened due to the miracle of God.

Listening

Question 1.
Listen to the letter (given under ‘In This Lesson’) read out by your teacher/on the audiotape. As you listen fill in the table given below.

The writer apologises (says sorry) because
The writer has sent this to the reader
The writer sent it in the month of
The reason for not writing earlier
Sarah goes to
Who is writing to whom?
Where and when were they last together?

Answer:

The writer apologises (says sorry) becausehe has not written to her since a long time
The writer has sent this to the readeras birthday card
The writer sent it in the month ofSeptember 2005
The reason for not writing earlierdue to busy schedule
Sarah goes to‘Little Feet’ School
Who is writing to whom?Jaya is writing to Arti
Where and when were they last together?At Bengaluru, last year

Writing

Question 1.
Lencho suffered first due to drought and then by floods. Our country is also facing such situations in the recent years. There is flood and there is drought. There is a need to save water through water harvesting. Design a poster for your area on how to save water during summer and when it is available in excess.
Answer:
JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God 2

JAC Class 10th English A Letter to God Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Question  (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
Why was Lencho angry when he received the letter?
Answer:
Lencho was very angry after receiving the letter because there were only seventy pesos in the envelope, which was much less than what he had demanded.

Question 2.
How did the postmaster help Lencho?
OR
What did the postmaster do to keep the faith of Lencho alive?
Answer:
The postmaster collected money from the post office employees and put it in an envelope addressed to Lencho with a letter containing ‘God’. He just did this to keep the faith of Lencho alive in God.

Question 3.
Where was Lencho’s house situated? Why did he sit seeing the sky?
Answer:
Lencho’s house was situated on the crest of a low hill in the valley. The whole day he sat seeing the sky because he knew that his fields needed downpour or at least a shower and he was waiting to see the signs of rain.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

Question 4.
What were Lencho’s feelings when the hailstorm stopped?
Answer:
Lencho was filled with utter sadness when the hailstorm stopped. He was troubled to see the harvest which was totally destroyed. Nothing was left in the fields.

Question 5.
How did Lencho’s hope change to despair?
Answer:
Lencho was waiting for a shower of rain that his field needed. But his hope for good rain was shattered when the wind changed into hailstorm. It destroyed his harvest completely. So, Lencho’s hope changed to despair as his family would face starvation.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
In what manner did the rain come and how did Lencho feel about it?
Answer:
Lencho’s wife was preparing food and the boys were working in the field. It was during the meal, when raindrops started falling as Lencho had predicted earlier. He went out to take the pleasure of feeling the rain on his body. Raindrops were like the new coins for Lencho.

Question 2.
What help is being referred to in the line, ‘But in the hearts of all who lived in that solitary house in the middle of the valley, there was a single hope’? Why?
Answer:
The com fields were completely destroyed by the hailstones. Lencho would have no com that year. He was devastated at the loss and thought that no human could help him with this kind of loss. Therefore, he addressed to God asking for his aid as it would be only God’s help that could compensate for his losses.

Question 3.
What address did Lencho write on the letter? How was it sent to God?
Answer:
Lencho was a firm believer in God. When he encountered huge loss in his crop for that year, he pondered over writing a letter to God. He wrote ‘To God’ on the envelope and put the letter into the mailbox after placing a stamp on it.

Question 4.
What was the reaction of the postmaster when the postman showed him the letter to God?
Answer:
The postman received the letter to God and upon seeing the address, he laughed heartily. He went to his boss, the postmaster and showed it to him. The postmaster too laughed heartily > but he immediately turned serious. He was impressed with the farmer’s faith in God. He could utter only such words, “What a faith!”

Question 5.
Why did Lencho go earlier than usual to the post office the following Sunday?
Answer:
Since Lencho had an unrelenting faith in God and his mercy, he was expecting a reply from him. Therefore, he went to the post office a bit earlier than usual. The postman handed over the letter to Lencho and the postmaster was feeling a sense of contentment doing a good deed.

Question 6.
Discuss the irony in the chapter.
Answer:
The end of the story is rather ironical. Impressed with the utter faith of Lencho in God, the postmaster collected a sum of seventy pesos from his employees and contributed a part of his salary. He did not want to shake his faith in God. However, his great act of charity was not recognised and appreciated by Lencho, the man who received the help. Contrary to it, the post office employees were ironically called ‘a bunch of crooks’ by the farmer.

Question 7.
Why did Lencho not want the money to be sent through mail by God?
Answer:
Lencho had asked in his first letter for hundred pesos from God. In return, he got seventy pesos and made a judgement that thirty pesos were taken out by the post office employees. Therefore, he requested God not to send money through post office as in his opinion post office employees were ‘a bunch of crooks’.

Question 8.
How did the hailstorm shatter Lencho’s hope and dreams?
Answer:
The rain that was welcomed by Lencho, all of a sudden, changed into hailstorm. It rained for an hour. The whole com field was turned white due to snow. It was totally destroyed. There was not a leaf left on the trees. The hail destroyed everything. Lencho’s hope was completely downcast and his dreams were crushed to the ground.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
The postmaster represents the people who still believe in helping others. Mention those values of the postmaster which you would like to emulate.
Answer:
The postmaster represents the people who still believe in helping others. To keep Lencho’s faith alive in God, the postmaster took the help of his employees and collected the amount, He had love and empathy towards Lencho knowing his situation. He was compassionate and even did not let Lencho know that they were helping him. He sent the amount to Lencho in the name of God. In a nutshell, the postmaster possessed values like helping others, loving nature and compassionate.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

Question 2.
Lencho had unflinching faith in God. Did he have the same faith in humans too? Write about his attitude towards God and human taking instances from the story.
Answer:
When Lencho’s crop was destroyed by the hailstorm, he wrote a letter to God asking for hundred pesos as a compensation for his loss. The postmaster, seeing his faith in God, collected seventy pesos to help him as he did not want the farmer’s faith to be shaken. After receiving the letter, Lencho thought that the post office employees took out thirty pesos from the share of hundred pesos which he had asked for from God. In his second letter to God, he asked God not to send money through mail as he said that the employees there, were ‘a bunch of crooks’. This shows Lencho’s attitude towards God and human. He had complete faith in God but did not have any faith in human.

Question 3.
Why did Lencho want the rain to come? How did the same rain change the face of Lencho’s field?
Answer:
Lencho was a farmer who was waiting eagerly for the rain as his crops needed a downpour, a shower. The rain did come. Lencho felt as if they were new coins. The big drops of rain, according to him, were ten cent pieces and the little ones were that of five. He was quite satisfied with the rainfall. Suddenly, the strong wind began to blow and with the rain very large hailstones began to fall. He hoped for it to pass quickly but it did not happen. It destroyed his crop completely. The rain, which till then was a hope for better future, changed. It shattered all his hopes and changed the face of his field. The whole standing crop was ruined.

Question 4.
You are Lencho. Write a letter to your friend telling him about the destruction of your crops, the letter you wrote to God and the reply with money you received. Express your reaction about the post office employees also.
Answer:
43, Free Lane
Kathmandu Nepal
20th Jan., 20XX
Dear Poko
Hope you are hale and hearty. This year is not going to be so good for me as the last one. The rains have ruined all my harvest. We have nothing to eat. So, I thought of writing a letter to God and ask him to send 100 pesos. And do you know Poko, I got the money but not the amount I had asked for. Thirty pesos were missing. I have doubt on the post office employees. I wrote to God again and requested for the remaining amount of money. I’m sure He will definitely send the remaining amount.
I’m waiting for a reply from God.
With love
Lencho

Question 5.
Lencho seemed to be an impulsive man who felt suddenly elated at the rainfall and later became sad to see the destruction which the rain had caused. Did he lack tolerance? Did he not have the courage to face the challenges of life? Elucidate it discussing the values one must possess to face any type of situation.
Answer:
Lencho seems to be an impulsive man, as he had hoped for a good rain. But he was disappointed after seeing the destroyed crop. He had tolerance and the courage to face the challenges of life. His firm faith in God made him to write a letter and the tolerance in
him kept him waiting for the reply. He accepted seventy pesos and again wrote a second. letter demanding for the rest of the amount. In the same manner, one must face the situation courageously and be tolerant to overcome the difficulty.

Question 6.
Lencho addresses the post office employees as a ‘bunch of crooks’. Why? Give reasons in support of your answer.
Answer:
The hailstones ruined Lencho’s crop and made him helpless. So he thought of writing a letter to God to help him for his destructed crop. Lencho requested God to send hundred pesos. The postmaster sent him 70 pesos. Lencho became angry when he counted the money. He thought that 30 pesos were taken by the post office employees. He again wrote a letter to God to send thirty pesos more. He also told that the remaining money should not be sent through post office because its employees were a ‘bunch of crooks.’

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

Question 7.
“God,” he wrote, “if you don’t help me, my family and I will go hungry this year. I need a hundred pesos in order to sow my field again and to live until the crop comes because the hailstorm…” On the basis of this passage, explain how Lencho had unflinching faith in God? Also discuss what does the author want to highlight through this?
Answer:
Lencho was a farmer. He was expecting a good crop this year but all of a sudden the hailstorm came and destroyed his crop completely. So, Lencho got frustrated and he had nothing left with him to sustain his family. There was no way out for him. But he had unflinching faith in God. That is why he wrote a letter to God and demanded 100 pesos as a compensation for his loss. He demanded this money in order to sow his field again and also to save his family. All these things show Lencho’s extreme faith in God. He did not know about ifs and buts and concentrated his mind only on God. If you do not find a way out and surrender before God then God will certainly help you. He will surely show you the path to success or the way to 1 your destined place. This way we can say that Lencho’s extreme faith in God will certainly help him in getting his desired thing. And ultimately he got what he desired, Through this, the author wants to highlight the extreme and unflinching faith of Lencho in God. We should also cultivate such faith and conviction in God.

Question 8.
It said “God : Of the money that I asked for, only seventy pesos reached me. Send me the rest, since I need it very much. But don’t send it to me through the mail because the post office employees are a bunch of crooks.” What does Lencho want to say though this?
Answer:
Lencho was a firm believer of God. He had faith only in the existence of God. Apart from J God, he did not believe anybody. The hailstorm completely ruined his crops. So, he became too much frustrated. Hence, he wrote a letter to God and demanded hundred pesos. In response to that he got seventy pesos. After getting that he wrote another letter to God and demanded the remaining thirty pesos.

Except God, he did not believe anybody. But he also r wrote the letter that the remaining amount should be sent through only the mail and not through the post office employees because they were a ‘bunch of crooks’. Through this Lencho only wanted to show that nobody is reliable in this world. We can’t depend solely on anybody. It is only God whom we can rely and have faith in Him. God is not only the creator and destroyer but the sustainer too. This is what Lencho wanted to say through this.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
THE house – the only one in the entire valley sat on the crest of a low hill. From this height one could see the river and the field of ripe com dotted with the flowers that always promised a good harvest. The only thing the earth needed was a downpour or at least a shower. Throughout the morning Lencho – who knew his fields intimately – had done nothing else but see the sky towards the north – east.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Whose house sat on the crest of a low hill?
(i) Lencho’s
(ii) Postmaster’s
(iii) Postman’s
(iv) Lencho’s workers
Answer:
(i) Lencho’s

(b) What could one see frow the hill?
(i) River
(ii) Field of ripe com
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)

(c) The only thing the earth needed was a.
(i) heat
(ii) downpour
(iii) river water
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) downpour

(d) What did Lencho look at towards the north – east?
(i) Sky
(ii) Sun
(iii) Moon
(iv) Stars
Answer:
(i) Sky

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘freckled.’
(i) plain
(ii) dotted
(iii) horizontal
(iv) vertical
Answer:
(ii) dotted

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

Question 2.
The woman who was preparing supper, replied, “Yes, God willing”. The older boys were working in the field, while the smaller ones were playing near the house until the woman called to them all, “Come for dinner”. It was during the meal that, just as Lencho had predicted, big drops of rain began to fall. In the north – east huge mountains of clouds could be seen approaching.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Who were working in the field?
(i) The children
(ii) The older boys
(iii) The women
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) The older boys

(b) What were the smaller ones doing?
(i) They were playing near the house.
(ii) They were reading in the school.
(iii) They were only making a noise in the house.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) They were playing near the house.

(c) In which direction could huge mountains of clouds be seen approaching?
(i) South – east
(ii) West – south
(iii) North – east
(iv) East – west
Answer:
(iii) North – east

(d) For what did the woman call the children?
(i) For playing
(ii) For dinner
(iii) For reading
(iv) Didn’t call
Answer:
(ii) For dinner

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘forecast.’
(i) predict
(ii) succeed
(iii) hindsight
(iv) approach
Answer:
(i) predict

Question 3.
With a satisfied expression he regarded the field of ripe com with its flowers, draped in a curtain of rain. But suddenly a strong wind began to blow and along with the rain very large hailstones began to fall. These truly did resemble new silver coins. The boys, exposing themselves to the rain, ran out to collect the frozen pearls.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What was draped in a curtain of rain?
(i) The field of paddy
(ii) The field of ripe com with its flowers
(iii) The field of green vegetables
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) The field of ripe com with its flowers

(b) What happened suddenly?
(i) A strong wind began to blow.
(ii) The children started crying.
(iii) The children started playing in the ground.
(iv) Nothing happened.
Answer:
(i) A strong wind began to blow.

(c) The hailstones resemble to.
(i) new gold coins
(ii) new silver coins
(iii) both (i) and (ii)
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) new silver coins

(d) What did the boys start collecting?
(i) The boys started collecting the frozen pearls.
(ii) The boys started collecting money.
(iii) The boys started collecting the gold coins.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) The boys started collecting the frozen pearls.

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘suddenly.’
(i) quickly
(ii) swiftly
(iii) expectedly
(iv) unexpectedly
Answer:
(iii) expectedly

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

Question 4.
All through the night, Lencho thought only of his one hope: the help of God, whose eyes, as he had been instmcted, see everything, even what is deep in one’s conscience. Lencho was an ox of a man, working like an animal in the fields, but still he knew how to write. The following Sunday, at daybreak, he began to write a letter which he himself would carry to town and place in the mail. It was nothing less than a letter to God.

Choosethe correct option:
(a) What did Lencho think about all through the night?
(i) Only about the help of postmaster
(ii) Only about the help of his master
(iii) Only about the help of God
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Only about the help of God

(b) When did Lencho plan to write a letter?
(i) On the following Sunday
(ii) On the following Monday
(iii) On the following Thursday
(iv) On the following Friday
Answer:
(i) On the following Sunday

(c) …………….. was an ox of a man.
(i) Lencho
(ii) His wife
(iii) Ills children
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Lencho

(d) To whom did Lencho write a letter?
(i) To his relatives
(ii) To his friends
(iii) To God
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) To God

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘advised.’
(i) uniformed
(ii) instructed
(iii) deviated
(iv) succeeded
Answer:
(ii) instructed

Question 5.
One of the employees, who was a postman and also helped at the post office, went to his boss laughing heartily and showed him the letter to God. Never in his career as a postman had he known that address. The postmaster a fat, amiable fellow also broke out laughing, but almost immediately he turned serious and, tapping the letter on his desk, commented, “What faith! I wish I had the faith of the man who wrote this letter. Starting up a correspondence with God!”

Choose the correct option:
(a) Which address had the postman never known in his career?
(i) His home address
(ii) Post office address
(iii) God’s address
(iv) Hospital address
Answer:

(b) Which thing of the farmer did the postman wish for?
(i) Farmer’s crops
(ii) Farmer’s faith
(iii) Farmer’s vast fields
(iv) Farmer’s son
Answer:
(ii) Farmer’s faith

(c) The postmaster was laughing heartily but immediately he turned .
(i) serious
(ii) angry
(iii) pale
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) serious

(d) How was the postmaster?
(i) weak
(ii) fat
(iii) thin
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) fat

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘communication.’
(i) familiar
(ii) difference
(iii) correspondence
(iv) withdrawal
Answer:
(iii) correspondence

Question 6.
The following Sunday Lencho came a bit earlier than usual to ask if there was a letter for him. It was the postman himself who handed the letter to him while the postmaster, experiencing the contentment of a man who has performed a good deed, looked on from his office. Lencho showed not the slightest surprise on seeing the money; such was his confidence – but he became angry when he counted the money. God could not have made a mistake, nor could he have denied Lencho what he had requested.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Why did Lencho become angry?
(i) Because he was beaten.
(ii) Because he was ill – treated.
(iii) Because he did not get 100 pesos from God.
(iv) Because he lost his money.
Answer:
(iii) Because he did not get 100 pesos from God.

(b) What was the belief of Lencho?
(i) God cannot make mistake in sending the money.
(ii) God can only give us blessings.
(iii) God can do nothing for him.
(iv) None of these.
Answer:
(i) God cannot make mistake in sending the money.

(c) The postmaster experienced the ………….. of a man who has performed a good deed.
(i) contentment
(ii) dissatisfaction
(iii) worthiness
(iv) capacity
Answer:
(i) contentment

(d) Who handed over the letter to Lencho?
(i) The postmaster
(ii) The postman
(iii) Lenchos son
(iv) Lencho’s wife
Answer:
(ii) The postman

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar ¡n meaning to ‘satisfaction.’
(i) contentment
(ii) dissatisfaction
(iii) fumble
(iv) deep
Answer:
(i) contentment

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 1 A Letter to God

Question 7.
Immediately, Lencho went up to the window to ask for paper and ink. On the public writing- table, he started to write, with much wrinkling of his brow, caused by the effort he had to make to express his ideas. When he finished, he went to the window to buy a stamp which he licked and then affixed to the envelope with a blow of his fist. The moment the letter fell into the mailbox the postmaster went to open it. It said: “God: Of the money that I asked for, only seventy pesos reached me. Send me the rest, since I need it very much. But don’t send it to me through the mail because the post office employees are a ‘bunch of crooks’.

Choose the correct option:
(a) For what purpose did Lencho go up to the window immediately?
(i) To talk to his wife
(ii) To ask for paper and ink
(iii) To talk to his children
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) To ask for paper and ink

(b) Where did Lencho start writing?
(i) On the public writing table
(ii) On the window of the post office
(iii) On the roof of the post office
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) On the public writing table

(c) Lencho demanded rest of the money from .
(i) post office employees
(ii) God
(iii) his relatives
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) God

(d) Whom did Lencho call ‘a bunch of crooks’?
(i) The family members
(ii) The postmaster only
(iii) The post office employees
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) The post office employees

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘fastened’.
(i) disjointed
(ii) affixed
(iii) unhooked
(iv) broken
Answer:
(ii) affixed

A Letter to God Summary

A Letter to God About the Author

  • Gregorio Lopez Y Fuentes (July 11, 1897 – January 13, 2002) was bom in Lanzarote in the Canary Islands.
  • He was a fisherman.
  • At the age of 10, he first went to sea as a deck boy along with his father.
  • At the age of 22, he migrated permanently to Cuba.
  • ‘A Letter to God’ is considered to be one of his best stories.
  • He died of cancer in Cojimar in 2002.

A Letter to God Gist of the Lesson

‘A Letter To God’ is a story of extreme faith in God. In this story, the writer has tried to depict the faith of a poor and simple farmer; Lencho in God. Lencho was an honest and hardworking farmer. He lived on a low hill along with his family. He was expecting a good harvest that season. All of a sudden, the hailstorm came and destroyed his crop completely.

He was quite hurt. He wrote a letter to God and demanded 100 pesos. He asked God to send him money. The postmaster saw the letter and laughed loudly. Then he got serious and decided to help Lencho. He collected some money. He put it inside the envelope and sent it to Lencho. Lencho came to the post office to check his mail. The post office people gave him the envelope.

Lencho opened the envelope. He took out the money and counted it. He found that it was less than what he had asked for. He got angry. He wrote another letter to God. He asked God to send him the rest of the money. But he asked God not to send the money through the mail because the post office employees were a ‘bunch of crooks.’

A Letter to God Summary

Brief Introduction: There was only one house in the entire valley. It was located on the crest of a low hill. The field of the ripe com was dotted with flowers. It was a sign of good harvest. Lencho, a fanner was just looking at the sky in the hope of good rain.

Activities around the house: The woman was preparing supper. The elder boys were working in the field and the smaller boys were playing near the house.

Prediction of Lencho: Lencho had predicted about good rain. But when the big raindrop started, he called them new coins. The big drops were of ten cent pieces and the little ones were of five cent. But, suddenly the large hailstones started falling and destroyed the crop completely.

Lencho became sad: Now, Lencho became more sad. He felt completely dejected. The hailstones left nothing. He became hopeless.

Deep faith in God: Lencho had deep faith in God. At this hour, he had only one ray of hope i.e., God. Lencho was a hardworking man.

Letter to God: Now Lencho decided to write a letter to God. In this letter, he wrote that at this hour of crisis, you are the only one hope. If you do not help me, my family would go hungry. He just needed hundred pesos in order to sow his field. On the envelope, he wrote “To God” and placing a stamp on the letter dropped it into the mailbox.

Description of the postmaster: The postmaster was a fat and friendly man. Seeing this address, he started laughing and commented, ‘What faith’! He was very much impressed with the faith of the man who had written a letter to God.

The reply of Lencho’s letter: To deepen the faith of Lencho in God, the postmaster came up with an idea. He collected money from his employees, gave a part of his salary, put the money in an envelope and addressed it to Lencho putting the signature of God.

Lencho received the letter: The postman handed over the letter to Lencho. It was not a surprise for him. He was just expecting it. He opened the letter and counted the money. He got only seventy pesos. It was his conviction that God cannot make mistake.

Lencho’s next letter to God: Lencho just wrote another letter to God in which he wrote that he had got only seventy pesos. He demanded for the rest amount. He also stated it in the letter that send me the remaining money through the mail because the post office employees are a ‘bunch of crooks’.

A Letter to God Lesson at a Glance

  • Lencho was a farmer whose house was on the crest of a low hill. He hoped for a good harvest only if it would rain.
  • It rained along with large hailstones and Lencho’s crop was completely destroyed.
  • Lencho decided to write a letter to God for compensation. He asked God to give him hundred pesos.
  • He wrote ‘To God’ on the envelope and dropped it into the mailbox.
  • Seeing the letter, the postmaster laughed loudly.
  • The postmaster somehow collected seventy pesos from his employees and gave away a part of his salary too.
  • He put seventy pesos in an envelope and sent it to Lencho.
  • Lencho had a profound faith in God. So he was not surprised after receiving the money in the envelope.
  • He got angry knowing that the envelope had thirty pesos short of the amount he had asked for.
  • He was hurt and wrote another letter to God.
  • He asked God not to send the remaining thirty pesos through mail citing that the post office employees were a ‘bunch of crooks’.

A Letter to God Character Sketch

Lencho: Lencho was a simple, noble and hardworking man. He did hard work in the field. He always remained busy in his field and produced good crop. He was a naive and innocent person. Lencho was not much acquainted with the outer world. He had immense faith in God. That is why he wrote a letter to God and demanded 100 pesos from him. But after getting only 70 pesos, he wrote another letter to God. It all shows his conviction and faith in God. Thus, he was noble by heart.

Postmaster: The postmaster was a sympathetic and cooperative man. Seeing the letter of Lencho, he laughed loudly but all of a sudden stopped laughing. He was so much moved and impressed by Lencho’s faith in God. He knew that at this hour Lencho needed money. So he collected a sum of 70 pesos from his employees and also a part of his salary and sent to Lencho.

A Letter to God Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
entirecompletebunch of crooksgroup of dishonest people
mineddestroyeddelicatelypolitely
acknowledgementreceiptappropriatesuitable
cresttop of a hillentirecomplete, whole
harvestcropdottedspotted
downpourheavy rainneededrequired
intimatelycloselythroughoutall over, all round
supperthe last meal of the dayrepliedanswered
predictedforecastedhugeheavy, big
approachingcomingexclaimedsaid with surprise
expressionfeelingsatisfiedcontented
exposingshowing outwardlydraped incovered with
resemblesimilartotallycompletely
upsettroubledplague of locustsinsects that fly in big numbers and destroy crops
hailstonesrain of snowinstructedtaught
contentmentsatisfactionconsciencesense of right or wrong
deniedrefusedstuckfix
ox of a manhardworkingdaybreakearly in the morning
pesocurrency of Latin American countriesdroppedput
amiablefriendly and pleasanttappingbeating
commentedremarkedcorrespondencewriting a letter
resolutiondecisioncontaininghaving
followingnextperformeddone
slightesta littleconfidencebelief
proposalsuggestionregardedlooked at
wrinklingfold of skinsolitaryalone

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

JAC Class 10th English Madam Rides the Bus Textbook Questions and Answers

Activity (Page – 116)

Question 1.
Look at the words and phrases given below. Then put a tick against the ones you think you will find in the text.
1. a set of passengers
2. get off the bus
3. Tickets, please
4. a row of seats
5. blowing a whistle
6. get on the bus
7. platform
8. a roar and a rattle
9. slowing down to a crawl
Answer:

  1. a set of passengers (✓)
  2. get off the bus (✓)
  3. Tickets, please (✓)
  4. a row of seats (✓)
  5. blowing a whistle (✓)
  6. get on the bus (✓)
  7. platform (x)
  8. a roar and a rattle (✓)
  9. slowing down to a crawl (✓)

Question 2.
You must have travelled by bus more than once. What can you see from a fast-moving bus? Given below are some suggestions. Speak briefly about some of these scenes, or about other such scenes that you have seen; or write a sentence or two about them.

riversgreen fieldshills
roadside shopsmarket placesrailway tracks
moving trainsvehicles on the roadtrees
a crowdclothes in shopsanimals

Answer:
While we travel by a fast – moving bus, we see all the things given under the box. Some of the descriptions are given below.

  1. A crowd: While going by the bus from Delhi to Agra, we saw a large crowd at few places.
  2. Roadside shops: We find a number of shops at the roadside while travelling by the bus. We also purchase some eatable items there.
  3. Vehicles on the road: A number of vehicles ply on the road. These vehicles take people and luggage from one place to another.
  4. Hills: While we travel by the bus, we see hills at the outside. These hills really look beautiful.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 119)

Question 1.
What was Valli’s favourite pastime?
Answer:
Valli’s favourite pastime was to stand in the front doorway of her house and watch all the happenings around the street outside.

Question 2.
What was a source of unending joy for Valli? What was her strongest desire?
Answer:
A source of unending joy for Valli was the sight of the bus that travelled between her village and the nearest town. Her strongest desire was to ride on that bus.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 3.
What did Valli find out about the bus journey? How did she find out these details?
Answer:
Valli found out that the town was six miles from her village. The fare was thirty paise for one way. The trip to the town took forty – five minutes. On reaching the town, if she stayed in her seat and paid another thirty paise, she could return home on the same bus. She found out these details by listening carefully to the conversations between her neighbours and the people who regularly used the bus. She also gained information by asking them a few questions.

Question 4.
What do you think Valli was planning to do?
Answer:
Valli was planning to travel on the bus.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 122)

Question 1.
Why does the conductor call Valli ‘madam’?
Answer:
When the conductor stretched out his hand to help her get on the bus, Valli said confidently that she could get on by herself. She did not require anybody’s help. She did not act like a child, but as a grown – up girl. That is why the conductor called her ‘madam’.

Question 2.
Why does Valli stand up on the seat? What does she see now?
Answer:
Valli stood up on the seat because her view was cut off by the lower part of the window. She saw the narrow road and beyond it there were trees, grassland, distant mountains, and the blue sky.

Question 3.
What does Valli tell the elderly man when he calls her a child?
Answer:
When the elderly man called her a child, Valli told him that there was no child on the bus. She had paid her full fare of thirty paise like everyone else.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 4.
Why didn’t Valli want to make friends with the elderly woman?
Answer:
Valli did not want to make friends with the elderly woman because she found her absolutely repulsive. She saw that the woman had big holes in her ear lobes and very ugly earrings in them. She was chewing betel nut and the betel juice was coming out on her lips.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 125)

Question 1.
How did Valli save up money for her first journey? Was it easy for her?
Valli had carefully saved her money. She resisted every temptation to buy peppermints, toys, balloons, and the like. This way she had saved sixty paise. When she went to the village fair, she was tempted to ride the merry-go-round because she had the money. But she suppressed her desire and saved the money for the bus ride.

Question 2.
What did Valli see on her way that made her laugh?
Answer:
Valli saw a young cow, whose tail was high in the air. When the bus came, the cow came on the middle of the road. The bus slowed down and the driver sounded his horn loudly. Even then it kept running faster in front of the bus. Valli found it so amusing that she laughed heartily. She had tears in her eyes.

Question 3.
Why didn’t she get off the bus at the bus station?
She did not get off the bus at the bus station because she had to go back on the same bus. She took out another thirty paise from her pocket and demanded ticket from the conductor. She just wanted to ride on the bus.

Question 4.
Why didn’t Valli want to go to the stall and have a drink? What does this tell you about her?
Answer:
Valli did not want to go to the stall and have a drink because she did not have any money for that. Even when the conductor offered her a drink free of charge, she refused it. She only wanted her ticket. This shows that Valli had self-respect and control over her.

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
What was Valli’s deepest desire? Find the words and phrases in the story that tell you this.
Answer:
The deepest desire of Valli was to ride on the bus. The words and phrases that tell us this are:

  • the sight of the bus
  • a tiny wish crept into her head
  • small details about the bus journey
  • a source of unending joy, etc.

Question 2.
How did Valli plan her bus ride? What did she find out about the bus, and how did she save up the fare?
Answer:
Valli wanted to ride on the bus. So, she planned that she would take the one o’clock afternoon bus, reach the town at one forty – five, and will be back home by about two forty-five. The town was at the distance of six miles from her village. The fare of one side was thirty paise. It took forty-five minutes to reach there. After reaching the town, if she stayed in her seat and paid another thirty paise, she could return home by the same bus. She had carefully saved the coins. To save this, she resisted her temptation to buy peppermints, toys, balloons, etc. This way she had saved sixty paise.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 3.
WWhat kind of a person is Valli? To answer this question, pick out the following sentences from the text and fill in the blanks. The words you fill in are the clues to your answer.
1. “Stop the bus! Stop the bus!” And a tiny hand was raised …………..
2.  “Yes, I ………. go to town,” said Valli, still standing outside the bus.
3. “There’s nobody here ………..” she said haughtily. “I’ve paid my thirty paise like everyone else.”
4. “Never mind,” she said, “I can …………… You don’t have to help me.” “I’m not a child, I tell you,” she said, .
5. You needn’t bother about me. I…………..,” Valli said, turning her face toward the window and staring out.
6. Then she turned to the conductor and said, “Well, sir, I hope.”
Answer:

  1. “Stop the bus! Stop the bus!” And a tiny hand was raised commandingly.
  2. “Yes, I simply have to go to town,” said Valli, still standing outside the bus.
  3. “There’s nobody here who s a child,” she said haughtily. “I’ve paid my thirty paise like everyone else.”
  4. “Never mind,” she said, “I can get on by myself.” “You don’t have to help me.” “I’m not a child, I tell you,” she said, irritably.
  5. “You needn’t bother about me. I can take care of myself,” Valli said, turning her face towards the window and staring out.
  6. Then she turned to the conductor and said, “Well, sir, I hope to see you again.” Valli is a quite confident girl. She takes decision at her own. She has great sense of self respect but gets quite irritated when anyone treats her as a child. She replies every thing in a convincing way.

Question 4.
Why does the conductor refer to Valli as ‘madam’?
Answer:
The bus conductor called Valli ‘madam’ because she behaved in a matured and commanding way. She gave proper reply to conductor’s query. When the conductor stretched out his hand to help her on the bus, she said that she could get on by herself. She did not require anybody’s help. She always laid emphasis on the fact that she had paid her full fare, so she should not be treated in a different way.

Question 5.
Find the lines in the text which tell you that Valli was enjoying her ride on the bus.
Answer:
The following lines in the text show that Valli was enjoying her ride on the bus:

  1. “Valli devoured everything with her eyes.”
  2. “On one side there was the canal and, beyond it, palm trees, grassland, distant mountains, and the blue, blue sky. On the other side was a deep ditch and then acres and acres of green fields – green, green, green, as far as the eye could see. Oh, it was all so wonderful!”
  3. “Everyone laughed, and gradually Valli too joined in the laughter.
  4. Suddenly, Valli clapped her hands with glee.”
  5. “Somehow this was very funny to Valli. She laughed and laughed until there were tears in her eyes.”
  6. “Valli wasn’t bored in the slightest and greeted everything with the same excitement she’d felt the first time.”

Question 6.
Why does Valli refuse to look out of the window on her way back?
Answer:
Valli refused to look out of the window on her way back because she saw a young cow lying dead by the roadside. It had been struck by some fast – moving vehicle. It was the same cow that was running in front of their bus, during their trip to the town. She was overcome with sadness. The memory of the dead cow haunted her again and again.

Question 7.
What does Valli mean when she says, “I was just agreeing with what you said about things happening without our knowledge.”
Answer:
Valli’s mother was talking to an aunt. They were discussing that many things happened around them, but they were usually unaware of them. Valli had gone on a bus ride to town, all alone. She did all this without the knowledge of her mother. Hence, she agreed with what her mother said.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 8.
The author describes the things that Valli sees from an eight-year-old’s point of view. Can you find evidence from the text for this statement?
Answer:
The author has described the things that Valli saw from an eight-year-old’s point of view. She was fascinated by a bus. Her strongest desire was to ride the bus. She saved money by resisting her temptation to ride the merry-go-round at the fair. She did not even take peppermints, toys and balloons. When the author describes the bus, the points he stresses on are the colour and look of the bus. It was a newly painted bus.

The seats were ‘soft and luxurious’. She was happy to see the green fields. Valli clapped her hands in glee on watching a cow run right in front of the bus. She found it very funny. On the other hand, she was quite sad while returning from the town. She saw the same cow lying dead. The memory of the dead cow haunted her so much that she refused to look outside the window. All these things have been described from the author’s point of view.

Speaking

This story has a lot of people talking in it. The conductor jokes and laughs with Valli, some passengers try to show their concern for her, and her mother and her aunt spend time chatting. Read the conversations carefully. Then think of similar people, or similar situations that you have experienced. Mimic a person or persons who spoke to you, saying what they said, along with your replies.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Writing

Write a page – about three paragraphs – on one of the following topics.
1. Have you ever planned something entirely on your own, without taking grown-ups into your confidence? What did you plan, and how? Did you carry out your plan?
2. Have you made a journey that was unforgettable in some way? What made it memorable?
3. Are you concerned about traffic and road safety? What are your concerns? How would you make road travel safer and more enjoyable?
Answer:
(1) Yes, I have planned something entirely on my own. I along with my classmates planned a visit to see the ‘Hawa Mahal’ in Jaipur. We took bus tickets two days in advance. We along with our friends took bus on Saturday night from Delhi. We reached Jaipur early morning to visit the ‘Hawa Mahal’. We had actually saved some money from daily expenditures. We even did not take money from our parents. ‘Hawa Mahal’ or ‘Palace of the Winds’ is really a marvellous and beautiful place in Jaipur.

It is constructed of red and pink sandstone. It was built up by Maharaja Sawai Pratap Singh in 1799. It is a beautiful blend of Hindu Rajput architecture and Islamic Mughal architecture. It was built for the royal women to enjoy the events and festivals in the street. It is also one of the famous tourist attractions. We visited this palace for the whole day and enjoyed a lot. We took a good lunch there and took the bus of 6 p.m. We reached Delhi at night. It was really an enjoyable journey.

JAC Class 10th English Madam Rides the Bus Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
What advice did the conductor give to Valli?
Answer:
The conductor referring to Valli as child, told her that it would be comfortable for her to sit down rather than standing up and she would not get hurt when the bus would take sharp turns.

Question 2.
What kind of girl was Valli? What was her deepest desire?
Answer:
Valli was an eight – year – old girl. She was wise and intelligent. She always watched everything carefully outside her house. Her deepest desire was to undertake a bus ride.

Question 3.
What details did Valli pick up about the bus journey? How did she pick up these details? Answer:Valli picked up details about the bus journey. She knew about the distance from her village to town, the duration and fare. She gathered this information by hearing the conversations of others and by asking a discreet or two.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 4.
Why didn’t Valli get off the bus at the bus station?
Answer:
Valli did not get off from the bus at the bus stand because she had come in the bus just for a ride and would go back in the same bus.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
How did Valli manage to leave the house?
Answer:
Valli was a meticulous planner. She knew that everyday her mother would take a nap from about one to four or so. She used these hours for her ‘excursions’ as she stood looking from the doorway of her house. In these hours, Valli decided to leave the house for her first excursion outside the village

Question 2.
Why was Valli overcome with shyness?
Answer:
While boarding the bus, Valli refused to take help of the conductor to get on to the bus and said to board the bus herself. The conductor being a jolly person, announced to make way for madam (Valli). All the six or seven passengers on the bus started laughing with the conductor, looking at Valli. This made Valli to overcome with shyness and avoiding everyone’s eyes, she quickly walked to an empty seat and sat down there.

Question 3.
Why did Valli not want to look at the sights in town alone?
Answer:
The conductor had asked Valli if she did not want to see the town. She replied that she was too afraid to go and see the sights alone in the town. The conductor reminded her that she was travelling alone too by bus. Valli told him that there was nothing to be afraid of in the bus.

Question 4.
How can you say that Valli was a meticulous planner?
Answer:
Valli desired to undertake a bus ride. She fulfilled her desire by systematic and organised planning. She gathered information about the time of the bus, the duration of the journey as well as the fare. She could do all this by saving money. She went to a bus ride and fulfilled her desire. So, it can be said that Valli was a meticulous planner.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 5.
How can you say that the conductor was a good natured jolly fellow? Substantiate your answer with examples.
Answer:
The conductor was a man of humour. He was concerned that a small girl was travelling to town alone and took care that she was comfortably seated. When Valli objected to being treated as a child, he took it in light spirit and jokingly addressed her ‘Madam’. These things show that the conductor was a jolly fellow.

Question 6.
How did Valli react when she saw the dead cow lying by the roadside?
Answer:
When Valli saw the dead cow lying by the roadside, she became very sad. She was now in a pensive mood. It was shocking to her that the animal she’d been laughing at a while ago, was lying dead. Because while she was going by bus, she saw the same cow roaming on the road.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
The bus ride introduces Valli to the mystery of life and death. Explain.
Answer:
Valli was excited about her first bus ride to the town. It was a dream come true for her. On this journey, she was introduced to the mystery of life and death. She was awestruck by the beauty of the outside world. She clapped, laughed and thoroughly enjoyed the sight of a young cow running in the middle of the road in front of the bus. The driver honked to warn it but the more he honked the horn, the faster it galloped.

Valli found it amusing and laughed till the tears came into her eyes. While returning, she saw the same cow lying dead on the road. Some fast speeding vehicle must have hit it. It was a horrible sight and the scene looked frightening and depressed to Valli. The above two opposite situations in which one character was alive at first and dead in the second time, present themselves as a reflection of life and death.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 2.
‘Age is not a barrier when it conies to doing something different and great’. Which characteristics of Valli help her achieve the wonder of visiting the town at such a tender age?
Answer:
In modem world, children are doing wonders at a very young age. So far Valli is concerned, she was determined enough to pursue her dream all alone by travelling in the bus to town. She was no different than others but some characteristics made her fulfil her dreams. She was a very confident and bold girl. Before executing her plan of bus ride, she had meticulously planned everything, like bus fare and the way to get out of home.

This shows her intelligence of proper planning and execution. She resisted her temptation to save money for the bus ride. Also, she was a good observer and learner. All these qualities made her realise the dream of visiting the town. Therefore, one must never surrender to one’s inhibitions and must remember that there is no age barrier to leam and experience new things.

Question 3.
What made Valli sad in her bus journey?
Answer:
While going by bus, Valli saw a playful cow on the road. When the driver blew the hom the cow started mnning faster. It made her laugh. But while she was returning, she saw that the cow was hit by a fast moving vehicle. The cow looked frightening with legs spread and eyes lifeless. It really disturbed Valli a lot. This incident really made Valli sad in her bus journey. It was a rude shock that the animal that she’d been laughing at a while ago, was lying in the stillness of death.

Question 4.
The behaviour of the conductor in ‘Madam Rides the Bus’ is an example of good manners. Mentioning the instances of good manners shown by the conductor in the story, write how you can make your life happy by observing good manners.
Answer:
The bus conductor in ‘Madam Rides the Bus’ presents himself as an amiable person. He is a man of jolly nature. He shows genuine concern for a young girl. She is travelling alone. He makes sure that she is comfortably seated and also offers to buy her something to drink. He takes it in a good spirit. Valli demands respect and does not wish to be treated as a child, because she has paid him for her ticket like everyone else.

Such people are not just happy and pleased with themselves but also radiate positive energy. The words like ‘Please’ and ‘Thank you’ should be a frequent part of our conversation. They are not only basic etiquettes, but they have a magical effect on the listeners too. The conductor is practical as well as enthusiastic.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 5.
“The most fascinating thing of all was the bus that travelled between her village and the nearest town. It passed through her street each hour, once going to the town and once coming back. The sight of the bus, filled each time with a new set of passengers, was a source of unending joy for Valli. On the basis of the given passage discuss what did the author want to express?
Answer:
The author wants to express the feeling of Valli, an eight – year – old girl for her bus journey. In it, he has given a detailed description of the bus journey which Valli usually used to see in day time. It was a source of unending joy for Valli. It was the sight of the bus that travelled between her village and the nearest town. Her strongest yearning was to ride on that bus. The bus usually passed at the interval of an hour through her street. It usually made to and fro journey subsequently.

Each time, the bus travelled, it consisted of new passengers. While going towards the town and while returning towards the village. To ride on the bus, she observed all the things minutely and gathered all the details pertaining to it. She wanted to take the enjoyment of its journey. Her wish became stronger. It was really the most fascinating thing for her. Through this, the author wants to highlight the curiosity and desire of an eight – year old girl. It shows her curiousty and inquisitive mind.

Question 6.
“Her first journey what careful, painstaking, elaborate plans she had to make for it! she had thriftily saved whatever stray coins came her way, resisting every temptation to buy peppermints, toys, balloons come the like, and finally she had saved a total of sixty paise.” On the basis of the given passage, write why did Valli resist her every temptation?
Answer:
Actually, Valli had carefully saved her money for a maiden journey to town by the bus. She had made adequate and elaborate arrangements. She had saved each paise very carefully. Whatever coins came her way, she saved it meticulously. Even during her visit to a fair, she resisted all her temptations of buying peppermints, toys, balloons and a ride of merry – go – round. She did not spend even a single penny like other children.

This way, she saved sixty paise to make journey by bus. It was really an appreciable effort by an eight-year old girl. All these things really show how calculative and intelligent she was. To fulfil her desire she did not spend money like other children did. As other children would have spent all the amount on peppermints, toys, balloons, etc. But she restricted her temptations and ultimately did what an intelligent girl should do.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
THERE was a girl named Valliammai who was called Valli for short. She was eight years old and very curious about things. Her favourite pastime was standing in the front doorway of her house, watching what was happening in the street outside. There were no playmates of her own age on her street, and this was about all she had to do.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What was the short name of Valliammai?
(i) Balli
(ii) Kalli
(iii) Malli
(iv) Valli
Answer:
(iv) Valli

(b) How old was the girl?
(i) Six-years old
(ii) Seven-years old
(iii) Eight-years old
(iv) Nine-years old
Answer:
(iii) Eight – years old

(c) Valli was very …………. about things.
(i) indifferent
(ii) embarrassed
(iii) curious
(iv) disappointed
Answer:
(iii) curious

(d) What was her favourite pastime?
(i) To play games with her friends
(ii) To watch all the activities in the street standing in front of her doorway
(iii) To cook in the kitchen
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) To watch all the activities in the street standing in front of her doorway

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘inquisitive’.
(i) average
(ii) indifferent
(iii) ordinary
(iv) curious
Answer:
(iv) curious

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 2.
But for Valli, standing at the front door was every bit as enjoyable as any of the elaborate games other children played. Watching the street gave her many new unusual experiences. The most fascinating thing of all was the bus that travelled between her village and the nearest town. It passed through her street each hour, once going to the town and once coming back. The sight of the bus, filled each time with a new set of passengers, was a source of unending joy for Valli.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Where did Valli want to stand?
(i) Back door
(ii) Front door
(iii) Floor
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Front door

(b) How was the sight of the bus for Valli?
(i) Unending joy
(ii) Sorrow
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Unending joy

(c) Watching the street gave Valli many new unusual .
(i) thoughts
(ii) feelings
(iii) emotions
(iv) experiences
Answer:
(iv) experiences

(d) What was the most fascinating thing for Valli?
(i) The bus that travelled between her village and the nearest town.
(ii) The friends who came to play with Valli.
(iii) The teacher who came to Valli’s house for tuition.
(iv) The relatives who came to meet Valli.
Answer:
(i) The bus that travelled between her village and the nearest town.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘infinite.’
(i) limited
(ii) perennial
(iii) unending
(iv) unusual
Answer:
(iii) unending

Question 3.
Day after day she watched the bus, and gradually a tiny wish crept into her head and grew there: she wanted to ride on that bus, even if just once. This wish became stronger and stronger, until it was an overwhelming desire. Valli would stare wistfully at the people who got on or off the bus when it stopped at the street comer. Their faces would kindle in her longings, dreams, and hopes. If one of her friends happened to ride the bus and tried to describe the sights of the town to her, Valli would be too jealous to listen and would shout, in English: “Proud! proud!” Neither she nor her friends really understood the meaning of the word, but they used it often as a slang expression of disapproval.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What tiny wish crept into Valli’s head?
(i) That she wanted to go to the market.
(ii) That she wanted to ride on the bus.
(iii) That she wanted to eat ice cream.
(iv) That she wanted to talk to her neighbours.
Answer:
(ii) That she wanted to ride on the bus.

(b) What slang expression of disapproval did Valli and her friends use?
(i) Bravo! Bravo!
(ii) Wow! Wow!
(iii) No! No!
(iv) Proud! Proud!
Answer:
(iv) Proud! Proud!

(c) Valli used to see the people getting on and off the bus when it stopped at the
(i) tea comer
(ii) street comer
(iii) school comer
(iv) bus stop
Answer:
(ii) street comer

(d) Whose wish became stronger and stronger, until it was an overwhelming desire?
(i) Valli
(ii) Valli’s mother
(iii) Valli’s friend
(iv) Valli’s aunt
Answer:
(i) Valli

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘approval.’
(i) compliment
(ii) disapproval
(iii) overwhelming
(iv) content
Answer:
(ii) disapproval

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 4.
Over many days and months Valli listened carefully to conversations between her neighbours and people who regularly used the bus, and she also asked a few discreet questions here and there. This way she picked up various small details about the bus journey. The town was six miles from her village. The fare was thirty paise one way “which is almost nothing at all,” she heard one well-dressed man say, but to Valli, who scarcely saw that much money from one month to the next, it seemed a fortune. The trip to the town took forty – five minutes. On reaching town, if she stayed in her seat and paid another thirty paise, she could return home on the same bus. This meant that she could take the one-o’clock afternoon bus, reach the town at one forty-five, and be back home by about two forty – five……..

Choose the correct option:
(a) How did Valli pick up various small details about the bus journey?
(i) Listening to the conversations of people
(ii) Reading a manual book ’
(iii) Learning from the elders
(iv) From her friends
Answer:
(i) Listening to the conversations of people

(b) What was the distance between Valli’s village and the town?
(i) Five miles
(ii) Six miles
(iii) Ten miles
(iv) Nine miles
Answer:
(ii) Six miles

(c) Thirty paise seemed a ……….. to Valli.
(i) fortune
(ii) misfortune
(iii) new thing
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) fortune

(d) How much time did the bus take to make a trip to the town?
(i) Forty minutes
(ii) Forty – five minutes
(iii) Fifty minutes
(iv) Fifty – five minutes
(ii) Forty – five minutes

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘abundantly.’
(i) scarcely
(ii) amply
(iii) handsomely
(iv) sufficiently
Answer:
(i) scarcely

Question 5.
It was the slack time of day, and there were only six or seven passengers on the bus. They were all looking at Valli and laughing with the conductor. Valli was overcome with shyness. Avoiding everyone’s eyes, she walked quickly to an empty seat and sat down. “May we start now, madam?” the conductor asked, smiling. Then he blew his whistle twice, and the bus moved forward with a roar. It was a new bus, its outside painted a gleaming white with some green stripes along the sides. Inside, the overhead bars shone like silver.

Choose the correct option:
(a) For how many times did the conductor blow his whistle?
(i) Once
(ii) Twice
(iii) Thrice
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Twice

(b) How were the inside overhead bars shown like?
(i) Gold
(ii) Copper
(iii) Silver
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Silver

(c) The bus moved forward with a ………..
(i) roar
(ii) silence
(iii) fast speed
(iv) slow speed
Answer:
(i) roar

(d) How was the bus?
(i) Old
(ii) New
(iii) Neither old nor new
(iv) Broken
Answer:
(ii) New

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘hastily.’
(i) quickly
(ii) shortly
(iii) intermittently
(iv) frequently
Answer:
(i) quickly

Question 6.
Valli devoured everything with her eyes. But when she started to look outside, she found her view cut off by a canvas blind that covered the lower part of her window. So she stood up on the seat and peered over the blind. The bus was now going along the bank of a canal. The road was very narrow. On one side there was the canal and, beyond it, palm trees, grassland, distant mountains, and the blue, blue sky. On the other side was a deep ditch and then acres and acres of green fields green, green, green, as far as the eye could see.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Why did Valli stand up on the seat?
(i) To look outside the window over the blind
(ii) To shout at the passengers
(iii) To call the conductor of the bus
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) To look outside the window over the blind

(b) How was the road along the bank of the canal?
(i) Wide
(ii) Busy
(iii) Empty
(iv) Narrow
Answer:
(iv) Narrow

(c) On one side of the road, there was a .
(i) canal
(ii) bridge
(iii) river
(iv) farm house
Answer:
(i) canal

(d) Who devoured everything with her eyes?
(i) The bus driver
(ii) The bus conductor
(iii) Valli
(iv) Valli’s mother
Answer:
(iii) Valli

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘near.’
(i) adjacent
(ii) around
(iii) beside
(iv) distant
Answer:
(iv) distant

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 7.
After she had enough money saved, her next problem was how to slip out of the house without her mother’s knowledge. But she managed this without too much difficulty. Every day after lunch her mother would nap from about one to four or so. Valli always used these hours for her ‘excursions’ as she stood looking from the doorway of her house or sometimes even ventured out into the village; today, these same hours could be used for her first excursion outside the village.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What did Valli do to make a bus ride?
(i) She consulted the conductor.
(ii) She consulted the driver.
(iii) She consulted her mother.
(iv) She saved enough money.
Answer:
(iv) She saved enough money.

(b) What was Valli’s next problem?
(i) To play with other friends
(ii) To slip out of the house without her mother’s knowledge
(iii) To manage everything
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) To slip out of the house without her mother’s knowledge

(c) Valli’s mother would from about one to four daily.
(i) nap
(ii) read
(iii) write
(iv) watch television
Answer:
(i) nap

(d) For which purpose did Valli use these hours?
(i) Playing card
(ii) Watching children playing on the roads
(iii) Concentrated on studies
(iv) For first excursion
Answer:
(iv) For first excursion

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘undertook’.
(i) assured
(ii) ventured
(iii) idleness
(iv) protected
Answer:
(ii) ventured

Question 8.
The bus rolled on now cutting across a bare landscape, now rushing through a tiny hamlet or past an odd wayside shop. Sometimes the bus seemed on a point of gobbling up another vehicle that was coming towards them or a pedestrian crossing the road. But lo! somehow it passed on smoothly, leaving all obstacles safely behind. Trees came running towards them but then stopped as the bus reached them and simply stood there helpless for a moment by the side of the road before rushing in other direction.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Where did the bus roll on new cutting?
(i) Landscape
(ii) Field
(iii) Road
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Landscape

(b) Where did the bus rush through?
(i) Village
(ii) Hamlet
(iii) City
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Hamlet

(c) The bus passed on smoothly, leaving all safely behind.
(i) obstacles
(ii) things
(iii) miseries
(iv) incidents
Answer:
(i) obstacles

(d) What did Valli notice about the bus on the road?
(i) The bus remained motionless on the earth.
(ii) The bus seemed on a point of gobbling up another vehicle.
(iii) The bus seemed to be running out of road.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) The bus seemed on a point of gobbling up another vehicle.

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘roughly.’
(i) smoothly
(ii) practically
(iii) approximately
(iv) visibly
Answer:
(i) smoothly

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 9 Madam Rides the Bus

Question 9.
Suddenly Valli clapped her hands with glee. A young cow, tail high in the air, was running very fast, right in the middle of the road, right in front of the bus. The bus slowed to a crawl, and the driver sounded his horn loudly again and again. But the more he honked, the more frightened the animal became and the faster it galloped always right in front of the bus.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Why did Valli clap her hands with glee?
(i) Seeing the bus
(ii) Seeing the passengers
(iii) Seeing the cow in the middle of the road
(iv) Seeing the roadside market
Answer:
(iii) Seeing the cow in the middle of the road

(b) What did the driver do?
(i) He stopped the bus.
(ii) He de – boarded the passengers from bus.
(iii) He chided Valli.
(iv) He sounded his horn loudly again and again.
Answer:
(iv) He sounded his horn loudly again and again.

(c) As the driver honked, the more the animal become.
(i) frightened
(ii) scared
(iii) rigid
(iv) fearless
Answer:
(i) frightened

(d) What did the cow do?
(i) The cow always came in front of the bus.
(ii) The cow never came in front of the bus.
(iii) The cow annoyed the passengers.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) The cow always came in front of the bus.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘noisily’.
(i) inaudibly
(ii) silently
(iii) fruitfully
(iv) loudly
Answer:
(iv) loudly

Madam Rides the Bus Summary

Madam Rides the Bus About the Author

  • Vallikkannan is the pseudonym of R. S. Krishnasamy. He was a writer, journalist, critic, and translator from Tamil Nadu.
  • Krishnasamy was bom on November 12, 1920 in Rajavallipuram near Tirunelveli.
  • He worked for magazines like Cinema Ulagam, Navasakthi, Grama Oozhiyan and Hanuman.
  • He wrote a number of books including novels, novellas, poetry collections, plays and essay anthologies. He was awarded the Sahitya Akademi Award for his critical work on modem Tamil poetry Pudukavithaiyin Thottramum Valarchiyum in 1978.
  • He died on November 9, 2006.

Madam Rides the Bus Gist of the Lesson

In the story, 1 Madam Rides the Bus the author has written a sensitive story of an eight-year-old girl, Valli. She is curious to know about the outside world, which is charming and fascinating. She wants to experience it by herself. She watches everything standing on her doorway. She watches the people of the village and town daily who come there. She takes all the details about the journey, fare and time duration. She decides to go to the town all by herself without anybody’s support. To ride the bus, she had collected money by crushing her wishes.

She did not even take peppermints, toys, etc. She did all this to ride the bus. She wanted to devour everything with her eyes. She asked the bus conductor to take her to the town. She herself paid her fare. She saw the canal, palm tree, grassland, distant mountain and the blue sky. She was too overjoyed when she saw a cow running with her raised tail on the road ahead of the bus. While returning, she noticed that the same cow was crushed and bled. She was totally disturbed. She returned home in time. None of the family members could know about her adventurous journey.

Madam Rides the Bus Summary

1. Brief introduction of Valli: Valliammai, (short name Valli) was an eight-year-old girl. She was very curious. She always wanted to know something about the outer world. Her favourite pastime was to stand in the front doorway of her house and watch the outside activities. She had also no playmates.

2. The most fascinating thing: To her, the most fascinating thing was the bus that travelled between the village and town. The bus passed through her street at an interval of one hour. She always watched a new set of passengers. It gave her much joy.

3. A wish crept into her head: After watching the bus for the whole day, a wish crept into her mind. She wanted to ride the bus and take its enjoyment. Her wish became stronger and it turned into desire. She always stared at the people who came down from the bus at the street comer. Even if one of her friends used to ride the bus and tried to describe the sights of the town, Valli felt jealous towards her. She often started shouting “proud! proud!. But nobody could understand its meaning. It was considered to be an expression of disapproval.

4. Details about the bus journey: Valli gathered all the details about the bus journey from her neighbours. She knew that the town was at the distance of six miles from her village and the fare was thirty paise. But, it was really a big amount for Valli. She planned about her journey again and again.

5. Boarded the bus: On a fine spring afternoon, Valli left the village. She reached at the bus stop and stood outside the bus. She also showed him some coins. The conductor was a man of jovial nature. He told her to board the bus first and take a seat. Being afternoon, there were hardly six to seven passengers in the bus.

6. The bus started: The conductor blew the whistle and the bus started. The seats were comfortable and there was a beautiful clock in front of Valli. She also started looking outside. There was a canal and around it there were palm trees, grasslands, mountains, etc.

7. Curiosity of Valli: Valli heard the conversation of every passenger in the bus. An elderly man had much concern for this little child. But she was annoyed by her attention. She told that nobody is a child in the bus. And she had also paid thirty paise like other passengers. The conductor called her ‘Madam’.

8. The entry of an elderly woman: When the bus stopped, an elderly woman entered and sat beside her. She was repulsive. She told that it was not proper for a young person to travel again. At this, Valli expressed her anger and told that she could take proper care of herself.

9. Saved money restricting her temptations: Valli had saved money with great difficulty. She restricted all her temptations. She did not buy peppermints, toys, balloons, and not even rode merry-go-round. This way she could be able to save sixty paise.

10. Cow episode: While the bus was returning from town to village, a cow was mnning on the road. The driver sounded the hom loudly but it made no effect on the cow. It was really a funny thing for Valli. The cow moved off the road. The bus came to a railroad crossing soon.

11. Returning of Valli: While returning from the town, Valli boarded the same bus and took ticket. All of a sudden, she saw that the same cow was lying dead on the road. It really frightened her. She became very sad at this.

12. Valli reached home safely: Valli reached home well within time. When she entered her home her mother was talking to one of her aunts. When her aunt asked anything from Valli, she just smiled and spoke nothing.

Madam Rides the Bus Lesson at a Glance

Valli was an eight – year old girl who was fascinated by the bus that travelled between her village and the nearest town.

  1. She gathered more information about the bus from the conversations of her neighbours.
  2. She wanted to travel in the bus and therefore, planned her trip and saved sixty paise for the fare.
  3. One day, she got onto the bus and the conductor jokingly addressed her ‘Madam’.
  4. She paid for the fare and sat on a seat beside an elderly lady.
  5. The old lady was chewing betel and Valli was not liking its smell. Moreover, the lady asked her why she was travelling alone.
  6. Valli wanted to travel alone, so she told her not to bother about her.
  7. Out of nowhere, a cow came running in the middle of the road. It got more frightened when the driver honked.
  8. Valli enjoyed this scenario a lot and laughed over it until tears came in her eyes.
  9. After sometime, the conductor asked her to get down as the bus had reached the town.
  10. Valli told him to take her to the village from where she had boarded the bus and gave him another thirty paise.
  11. The conductor, surprised at her, offered her a free cold drink but she denied firmly.
  12. While returning, she saw the same cow, lying dead by the side of the road.
  13. The gory scene seared her and she did not look outside the window anymore.
  14. She reached her village and hoped to see the conductor of the bus again.
  15. Her aunt and her mother were talking and her aunt asked her casually where she had been all day, without expecting any reply.

Madam Rides the Bus Character Sketch

Valli: Valli was an eight – year – old girl. She was very clever, sensitive and fun loving. She was of inquisitive nature. She was curious to know about things. Her favourite pastime was to stand in the front doorway of her house. To ride on the bus, she collected all the information pertaining to the journey and also resisted her temptation. She even calculated time. The bus conductor called her ‘Madam’ at which she reacted harshly. She was a girl beyond her years.

Madam Rides the Bus Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
sensitivefull of feelinggleamingshining
crawlmove slowlyslang expressionusing informal words
haughtilyproudlyditcha narrow trench
bumppush againstpunchedmade a hole
Overwhelming desirea keen desireconcernedcaring
glancestareon and onfurther and further
wistfullyregretful longingcurtaina piece of cloth to cover a door or a window
creptcame, enteredinductionentry
mysterysurprisedisapprovalunacceptable disagreement
fascinatingattractiveannoyedangry
meresmalllobessoft hanging part of ear
peered overseeing throughrepulsivecausing strong dislike
chimmedto be in rhymestartledsurprised
resistingcontrolling, opposingstruck dumb with wonderkept mum due to wonder
chatterboxwho talks too muchfirmlywith belief
a chit of a girla small girldampeningwetting
stifledcontrollingtremendousviolent
glewwith happinesstraversedlying across
elaboratecomplicatedunusualnot common
fascinatingcaptivating, charmingoverwhelmingfantastic
wistfulpensivekindleignite
longingdesiredisapprovaldislike
discreetcareful, tactfulpastimehobby, craze
commandinglypowerfullystretched outin relaxed manner
peer overto look over somethingdevourto eat quickly
chimed into interrupt in conversationstartledsurprised
repulsivedisgustingmimickingcopying
drivelrubbish, silly, nonsensecurtlyrudely
thriftilyspending money carefullypainstakingmeticulous, careful
resolutely stifledsuppressedtemptationurge, desire
ventured outwent cautiouslyexcursiontrip, journey
gleehappiness, joygobbling uphurriedly and noisily
thoroughfareroadway, passagegallopgo at fast speed
spreadeagledspread outshruggeddismiss, ignore

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 3(ii) The Black Aeroplane

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 3(ii) The Black Aeroplane

JAC Class 10th English The Black Aeroplane Textbook Questions and Answers

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
“I’ll take the risk.” What is the risk? Why does the narrator take it?
Answer:
The risk was to fly the aeroplane through the black storm clouds. There was no enough fuel. So, the narrator took the risk because his home was beckoning him. He was dreaming of his holiday and looking forward to be with his family. He also wanted to get home in time to enjoy a good English breakfast.

Question 2.
Describe the narrator’s experience as he flew the aeroplane into the storm.
Answer:
As the narrator flew into the storm, everything went black. It was quite impossible to see anything outside the plane. The plane jumped and twisted in the air. When hq looked at his compass, he saw that it was turning round and round. It was dead. Radio was also not working properly.

He was quite hopeless. All of a sudden, he saw another aeroplane. Its pilot waved and asked him to follow. He was glad to find him. He was using his last fuel tank and there was only enough fuel to fly five or ten minutes. Then, the other pilot started to go down and he followed. He suddenly came out of the clouds and saw the runway, on which he landed his plane safely.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 3(ii) The Black Aeroplane

Question 3.
Why does the narrator say, “I landed and was not sorry to walk away from the old Dakota…”?
Answer:
After landing, the narrator felt that he had a horrific and scary experience flying that plane. He was happy that he had landed the plane safely. That is why he was not sorry to walk away. Instead, he wanted to know where he was and who the other pilot was. He just wanted to say ‘Thank you’ to the other pilot.

Question 4.
What made the woman in the control centre look at the narrator strangely?
Answer:
The narrator had asked the woman in the control centre about the identity of the other pilot. She looked at him strangely as there was no other plane in the storm. She told him that no other plane was flying that night. His was the only plane she could see on the radar.

Question 5.
Who do you think helped the narrator to reach safely? Discuss this among yourselves and give reasons for your answer.
Answer:
Probably, it was the narrator’s own self that helped him through the storm. There was no other plane in the storm as the woman at the control centre could see only his plane on the radar. Also, no other plane was flying that night. It seems some supernatural powers must be. working behind this. As the pilot was completely helpless and there was no ray of hope. Some divine power showed him the path.

Thinking about Language

I. Study the sentences given below.
(a) They looked like black mountains.
(b) Inside the clouds, everything was suddenly black.
(c) In the black clouds near me, I saw another aeroplane.
(d) The strange black aeroplane was there.
The word ‘black’ in sentences (a) and (c) refers to the very darkest colour. But in (b) and (d) (here) it means without light/with no light.
(a) I prefer black tea means I prefer tea without milk.
(b) With increasing pollution the future of the world is black, means ‘With increasing pollution the future of the world is very – depressing/ without hope’. Now, try to guess the meanings of the word ‘black’ in the sentences given below. Check the meanings in the dictionary and find out whether you have guessed right.

1. Go and have a bath; your hands and face are absolutely black …………
2. The taxi – driver gave Ratan a black look as he crossed the road when the traffic light was green. …….
3. The bombardment of Hiroshima is one of the blackest crimes against humanity ……………
4. Very few people enjoy Harold Pinter’s black comedy …………
5. Sometimes shopkeepers store essential goods to create false scarcity and then sell these in black ……
6. Villagers had beaten the criminal black and blue ………….
Answer:
1. Go and have a bath; your hands and face are absolutely black dirty.
2. The taxi – driver gave Ratan a black look as he crossed the road when the traffic light was green. angry.
3. The bombardment of Hiroshima is one of the blackest crimes against humanity cruellest.
4. Very few people enjoy Harold Pinter’s black comedy witty.
5. Sometimes shopkeepers store essential goods to create false scarcity and then sell these in black at a higher price.
6. Villagers had beaten the criminal black and blue severely.

II. Look at these sentences taken from the lesson you have just read:
(a) I was flying my old Dakota aeroplane.
(b) The young seagull had been afraid to fly with them.
In the first sentence the author was controlling an aircraft in the air. Another example is: Children are flying kites. In the second sentence the seagull was afraid to move through the air, using its wings.
Match the phrases given under Column A with their meanings given under Column B:

AB
1. Fly a flag– Move quickly/suddenly
2. Fly into rage– Be successful
3. Fly along– Display a flag on a long pole
4. Fly high– Escape from a place
5. Fly the coop– Become suddenly very angry

Answer:

AB
1. Fly a flag– Display a flag on a long pole
2. Fly into rage– Become suddenly very angry
3. Fly along– Move quickly/suddenly
4. Fly high– Be successful
5. Fly the coop– Escape from a place

III. We know that the word ‘fly’ (of birds/insects) means to move through air using wings. Tick the words which have the same or nearly the same meaning.

swoopflitpaddleflutter
ascendfloatrideskim
sinkdarthoverglide
descendsoarshootspring
stayfallsailflap

Answer:
The words which have the same or nearly the same meaning as ‘fly’ are as follows:

swoop 3flitpaddleflutter 3
ascendfloatrideskim 3
sinkdarthover 3glide 3
descendsoar 3shootspring
stayfallsailflap 3


Writing

Have you ever been alone or away from home during a thunderstorm? Narrate your experience in a paragraph.
Answer:
Yes, one time I have faced that sort of problem. Once I had gone to visit one of my relatives to Ooty. I had gone there with a purpose to visit. I along with my relatives went there. When we started, a thunderstorm started blowing. It was so violent that we had not seen it ever before. All the things were scattered. It was really painful. We had to stay there for three hours. After three hours, it stopped. Then we cancelled our plan that day and returned to our place.

JAC Class 10th English The Black Aeroplane Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
What was the narrator’s feeling while he was flying his aeroplane back to England? Answer:The narrator was too much excited while he was flying his aeroplane back to England. He was in a hurry. He just wanted to have his morning breakfast with his family.

Question 2.
What did the narrator feel inside the clouds?
Answer:
When the narrator entered the clouds, it was quite impossible to see outside the aeroplane. The aeroplane jumped and twisted in the air. All the instruments like compass, radio, etc., stopped working. All the things were disconnected.

Question 3.
What did the narrator see inside the black clouds?
Answer:
The narrator saw another black aeroplane which had no lights on its wings. He could see the face of the pilot only in the black clouds who was waving and signalling him to follow to get out of the storm.

Question 4.
Why did the woman in control room get shocked when the writer asked about another aeroplane?
Answer:
The woman in the control room was really shocked when the writer asked about another aeroplane because there was no such plane flying in the sky that night to her notice on the radar.

Question 5.
Why did the narrator want to meet the pilot of another black aeroplane?
Answer:
The narrator wanted to meet the pilot of another black aeroplane to thank him as he had saved his life by helping him come out from the storm.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
Why did the pilot consider of going back to Paris?
Answer:
While flying over France back to England, the pilot came across huge storms that appeared to him like black mountains. He could go neither above nor around them due to lack of fuel. That was why he thought to return to Paris.

Question 2.
Why was the woman in the control centre unable to help the pilot of Dakota?
Answer:
After landing when the pilot of Dakota asked the woman in the control centre about the black aeroplane and its pilot, she could not help him because she did not see any other plane on the radar except his.

Question 3.
What was the reason behind frightening of the pilot of Dakota second time?
Answer:
While flying through the storm, the pilot of the black aeroplane waved at the narrator to follow his lead. The narrator flew his Dakota plane behind him for half an hour. He found that the fuel in his aeroplane could allow him to fly for five to ten minutes more. Therefore, he got frightened once again.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 3(ii) The Black Aeroplane

Question 4.
Why did the pilot of Dakota aeroplane want to meet the woman in the control centre? What did he get to know?
Answer:
After leading the narrator to the runway, the black aeroplane disappeared in the space. He wanted to know about the pilot of the black aeroplane. To get some information regarding this matter, he went to meet the woman in the control centre. But she didn’t know anything about the black aeroplane, so the narrator could not get any information.

Question 5.
What message does the story ‘Black Aeroplane’ convey?
Answer:
The story ‘Black Aeroplane’ conveys us to never say die. Never lose hope; no matter how adverse the circumstances are. No one knows who may come to save you like the black aeroplane came for the narrator’s rescue when he was in the storm and had nothing to his aid.

Question 6.
Why did the narrator follow the pilot of another aeroplane?
Answer:
The narrator followed the pilot of another aeroplane because he had lost his way in the storm and was unable to see anything. The pilot of another aeroplane was helping him to get out of the storm and land safely.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
The narrator had two options of avoiding the horrific storm clouds. Why didn’t he use them? Was his decision of flying into the storm a sound decision?
Answer:
While flying his Dakota over France back to England, he saw black mountains of clouds all around himself. Those black clouds were storm clouds. He had two options to avoid the terrible storm clouds. He could go back to Paris which he had left 150 kilometres behind. He wanted to go back but his wish of having an early breakfast at home with his family stopped him from doing so. He could not fly up and above the clouds either. He did not have enough fuel to fly around them to the north or south.

It appears that flying back to Paris would have been the best option under those circumstances. He could fly neither to the north nor to the south as he did not have sufficient fuel. His decision of flying straight into the stormy clouds was motivated by his desire of having breakfast early next morning with his family. It was a bold but risky decision. The narrator would have been in deep trouble, had the pilot of the black aeroplane not helped him to guide him through the clouds.

Question 2.
How did the narrator come out of the storm in the night to land safely?
Answer:
The narrator was flying his old Dakota plane. It was midnight. He saw the black clouds. He was lost in the storm. All the instruments like compass and radio had lost its connection. Suddenly, he saw a black aeroplane by his side, which had no lights on its wings. The pilot instructed the narrator to follow because he had lost the way. He was quite hopeless. But at this juncture, the pilot came like a God to him. The narrator obeyed the pilot like a child. He was very happy to follow him. After some time the pilot of another plane started to land. The writer followed him blindly through the storm and came out of the clouds. He saw the lights of the runway and landed safely.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 3(ii) The Black Aeroplane

Question 3.
Why was the narrator happy when he decided to fly that night?
Answer:
The narrator was very happy when he decided to fly that night because he was going home to his family to take his English breakfast. When he started, everything seemed to be perfect. The sky was clear, no clouds could be seen and the stars were shining. It all made it an easy task for the narrator to fly that night over the sleeping countryside of Paris. His assumption of everything being in place made him happy.

Question 4.
The pilot wanted to thank another pilot after his safe landing. Why? What values of the writer are reflected from his action?
Answer:
The pilot (narrator) of the old Dakota was caught in the storm. He lost his contact with the control room. In this situation, his fuel tank was also empty. He lost all his hopes. Suddenly a black strange plane appeared. The pilot of the black plane asked the narrator to follow him. Anyway the narrator landed safely. After his safe landing, he wanted to thank the pilot of the black plane. This shows his gratitude towards the pilot of the black plane. He was thankful to him for saving his life. It shows that the pilot of Dakota had a value of gratefulness in his character.

Question 5.
The pilot of the old Dakota plane would have been killed in the sky, but he didn’t. It is quite certain that he was saved due to some divine intervention or supernatural forces. Do you think that when we are in danger, God sends his angels to protect us? Discuss it on the basis of the lesson.
Answer:
We are the people of God. It is our responsibility to protect God’s people. Faith in God can move mountains. But a man often tends to lose his faith in times of crisis. Most of us are in ‘ the habit of complaining to God for putting us through trying times. But we fail to understand that in such situation God is only trying to make us stronger. God always makes his presence felt in the most adverse circumstances. God is always there, looking over us, guiding us and revealing to us. In this lesson, the narrator was saved by some supernatural powers.

Question 6.
“Another aeroplane? Up there in the storm? No other aeroplanes were flying tonight. Yours was the only one I could see on the radar.” So who helped me to arrive there safely without a compass or a radio, and without any more fuel in my tank? Who was the pilot on the strange black, aeroplane, flying in the storm without lights? On the basis of the above passage, write the experiences and feelings of the narrator. Ultimately who helped the narrator?
Answer:
When the narrator was flying into the storm, everything went dark. It was not possible to see outside the plane. After looking towards the compass, the narrator came to know that it was turning round and it had become almost dead. He had no option left. In the meantime, he saw another aeroplane. Even its pilot waved and asked him to follow.

There was fuel of five or ten minutes to fly. When the other pilot started going down, he also followed him. He also came out of the cloud and landed the lane safely. After this, he went to the control tower and asked the woman about another aeroplane, she was awestruck. She told him that no other aeroplane was flying tonight.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
The moon was coming up in the east, behind me, and stars were shining in the clear sky above me. There wasn’t a cloud in the sky. I was happy to be alone high up above the sleeping countryside. 1 was flying my old Dakota aeroplane over France back to England. I was dreaming of my holiday and looking forward to being with my family. I looked at my watch at one thirty in the morning. ‘I should call Paris Control soon’, I thought. As I looked down past the nose of the aeroplane, I saw the lights of a big city in front of me.

(a) When did the narrator look at the watch?
(i) 12 : 30 am
(ii) 1 : 00 am
(iii) 1 : 30 am
(iv) 2 : 30 am
Answer:
(iii) 1 : 30 am

(b) What did the narrator see?
(i) The light of the countryside
(ii) The light of a big city
(iii) The light of an industrial area
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) The light of a big city

(c) The narrator was flying his old Dakota aeroplane over France back to……….
(i) England
(ii) Switzerland
(iii) Washington D.C
(iv) Wellington
Answer:
(i) England

(d) What was not visible in the sky?
(i) Stars
(ii) Cloud
(iii) Moon
(iv) Sun
Answer:
(ii) Cloud

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘backward.’
(i) forward
(ii) downward
(iii) depreciation
(iv) descending
Answer:
(i) forward

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 3(ii) The Black Aeroplane

Question 2.
I switched on the radio and said, “Paris Control, Dakota DS 088 here. Can you hear me? I’m on my way to England. Over.”
The voice from the radio answered me immediately: “DS 088,1 can hear you. You ought to turn twelve degrees west now, DS 088. Over.” I checked the map and the compass, switched over to my second and last fuel tank, and turned the Dakota twelve degrees west towards England. Til be in time for breakfast,’ I thought. A good big English breakfast! Everything was going well — it was an easy flight.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What did the narrator switch on?
(i) Television
(ii) Radio
(iii) Remote control
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Radio

(b) What did the radio answer him?
(i) The radio answered him to turn twelve degrees west.
(ii) The radio answered him to turn twenty degrees east.
(iii) The radio answered him to turn twelve degrees north.
(iv) The radio answered him to turn twenty degrees south.
Answer:
(i) The radio answered him to turn twelve degrees west.

(c) The author was in a hurry for his .
(i) French lunch
(ii) Spanish dish
(iii) English breakfast
(iv)Chinesefood
Answer:
(iii) English breakfast

(d) Who checked the map and the compass?
(i) The crew members of the plane
(ii) The narrator himself
(iii) The woman in control room
(iv) The narrator and crew members
Answer:
(ii) The narrator himself

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘replied’.
(i) questioned
(ii) answered
(iii) remarked
(iv) applied
Answer:
(ii) answered

Question 3.
Paris was about 150 kilometres behind me when I saw the clouds. Storm clouds. They were huge. They looked like black mountains standing in front of me across the sky. I knew I could not fly up and over them, and I did not have enough fuel to fly around them to the north or south. “I ought to go back to Paris,” I thought, but I wanted to get home. I wanted that breakfast.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What did the narrator think?
(i) He ought to go back to Paris.
(ii) He ought to go back to London,
(iii) He ought to go back to Switzerland.
(iv) He ought to go back to India.
Answer:
(i) He ought to go back to Paris.

(b) Why was the narrator in a hurry?
(i) He wanted to come home soon.
(ii) He wanted to sleep soon.
(iii) He wanted to go for shopping.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) He wanted to come home soon.

(c) The narrator was about 150 kilometres away from……
(i) Frankfurt
(ii) Paris
(iii) Osaka
(iv) Manchester
Answer:
(ii) Paris

(d) What was not enough in the narrator’s plane?
(i) Fuel
(ii) Water
(iii) Light
(iv) Passengers
Answer:
(i) Fuel

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘sufficient.’
(i) scanty
(ii) enough
(iii) numerous
(iv) insufficient
Answer:
(ii) enough

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 3(ii) The Black Aeroplane

Question 4.
Inside the clouds, everything was suddenly black. It was impossible to see anything outside the aeroplane. The old aeroplane jumped and twisted in the air. I looked at the compass. I couldn’t believe my eyes: the compass was turning round and round and round. It was dead. It would not work! The other instruments were suddenly dead, too. I tried the radio.
“Paris Control? Paris Control? Can you hear me?”

Choose the correct option:
(a) How was the scene inside the clouds?
(i) Everything turned suddenly white.
(ii) Everything turned suddenly black,
(iii) Everything turned suddenly red.
(iv) Nothing happened.
Answer:
(ii) Everything turned suddenly black,

(b) Where did the narrator look at?
(i) The narrator looked at the compass.
(ii) The narrator looked at the radar.
(iii) The narrator looked at the crew members.
(iv) The narrator did not look anywhere.
Answer:
(i) The narrator looked at the compass.

(c) It was impossible to see anything the aeroplane.
(i) inside
(ii) outside
(iii) nowhere
(iv) everywhere
Answer:
(ii) outside

(d) What happened in the aeroplane ultimately?
(i) Nothing happened.
(ii) The compass was almost dead.
(iii) The other instruments were suddenly dead too.
(iv) Both (ii) and (iii)
Answer:
(iv) Both (ii) and (iii)

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘possible’.
(i) hidden
(ii) ultimate
(iii) impossible
(iv) successful
Answer:
(iii) impossible

Question 5.
‘He knows that I am lost,’ I thought. ‘He’s trying to help me’. He turned his aeroplane slowly to the north, in front of my Dakota, so that it would be easier for me to follow him. I was very happy to go behind the strange aeroplane like an obedient child.
After half an hour the strange black aeroplane was still there in front of me in the clouds. Now, there was only enough fuel in the old Dakota’s last tank to fly for five or ten minutes more. I was starting to feel frightened again. But then he started to go down and I followed through the storm.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Why was the narrator frightened again?
(i) There was sufficient fuel in the aeroplane.
(ii) The aeroplane did not have sufficient fuel.
(iii) Somebody caught him.
(iv) Somebody threatened him.
Answer:
(ii) The aeroplane did not have sufficient fuel.

(b) Who started to go down?
(i) The narrator
(ii) The pilot
(iii) The crewmen
(iv) The staff
Answer:
(ii) The pilot

(c) The narrator followed the black Dakota aeroplane like a/an .
(i) obedient child
(ii) stupid child
(iii) intelligent child
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(i) obedient child

(d) How many minutes could old Dakota train fly more?
(i) Three to five minutes
(ii) Five or ten minutes
(iii) Ten to twelve minutes
(iv) Ten to fifteen minutes
Answer:
(ii) Five or ten minutes

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘bold.’
(i) courageous
(ii) robust
(iii) frightened
(iv) scanty
Answer:
(iii) frightened

Question 6.
Suddenly I came out of the clouds and saw two long straight lines of lights in front of me. It was a runway! An airport! I was safe! I turned to look for my friend in the black aeroplane, but the sky was empty. There was nothing there. The black aeroplane was gone. I could not see it anywhere. I landed and was not sorry to walk away from the old Dakota near the control tower. I went and asked a woman in the control centre where I was and who the other pilot was. I wanted to say ‘Thank you’.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Who does ‘I’ refer to here?
(i) The narrator
(ii) The narrator’s wife
(iii) The narrator’s colleague
(iv) The narrator’s son
Answer:
(i) The narrator

(b) What did the narrator see in front of him?
(i) Single light
(ii) Two passengers
(iii) Two straight lines of light
(iv) He saw nothing.
Answer:
(iii) Two straight lines of light

(c) The sky was ……….
(i) full
(ii) scattered
(iii) empty
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(iii) empty

(d) To whom did the narrator meet in the control centre?
(i) A man
(ii) A woman
(iii) Apilot
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) A woman

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘full’.
(i) empty
(ii) glow
(iii) lost
(iv) preserve
Answer:
(i) empty

The Black Aeroplane Summary

The Black Aeroplane About the Author

  • Frederick Forsyth was bom on August 25, 1938 at Ashford, Kent, England. He was an English author and journalist. He was also an author of best-selling thriller novels.
  • Before becoming a journalist, he attended the University of Granada, Spain and served in the Royal Air Force. He also worked as a correspondent for the BBC.
  • The Day of the Jackal, The Odessa File, The Dogs of War, The Shepherd, The Devil’s Alternative, The Fourth Protocol, The Negotiator, etc., are his important works.
  • He was appointed a commander of the ‘Order of the British Empire’.

The Black Aeroplane Gist of the Lesson

In this story, the author narrates his own experiences. Once the narrator was on his way to England. He was in his old Dakota plane to England. He turned his plane 12° west towards England. The great storm cloud was ahead of him. He tried to enter into the cloud. Naturally, everything was turning black. He just wanted to have breakfast with his family. Paris was about 150 kilometres behind him. There was no sufficient fuel in the plane.

That is why he decided to fly through the storm. But in the cloud, he could not see anything. All compass, radio, etc., stopped working. Another plane without lights came behind it and its pilot asked him to follow. After some time, the narrator came out of the clouds and found a runway. He got very happy. He just wanted to thank the pilot who helped him. But he was awestruck when he got to know from the control room that there was no other plane on the radar.

The Black Aeroplane Summary

1. The narrator flew to England: The narrator was flying his old Dakota aeroplane over France back to England. He planned to have breakfast with his family on his holiday. So, he flew in his Dakota  aeroplane to England. The Paris control guided him towards London.

2. The storm set in: 150 kilometres ahead of Paris, the author saw dark clouds and an imminent storm. He chose to fly through the storm clouds rather than flying up or over them as he did not have enough fuel.

3. All the instruments went dead: While flying through the dark storm clouds, the compass, the radio and all other guiding devices of his aeroplane stopped working. The aeroplane was jumping and twisting in the air.

4. The black aeroplane: The narrator was lost in the clouds and just then, he saw a black aeroplane flying next to him. Its pilot waved at the author, guiding him through that storm.

5. The narrator’s fright: For about half an hour, the narrator had been following the black aeroplane. Now he was left with fuel getting only for five to ten minutes flying. He was frightened at this.

6. The narrator saw an airport: Suddenly, the narrator saw the runway lights of an airport, but could not see the black aeroplane anymore. He landed at the airport and asked the woman in the control centre about the black plane.

7. Mystery of black aeroplane: The narrator was told that there was no other aeroplane in the storm clouds. He wondered who helped him to fly through the storm clouds.

The Black Aeroplane Lesson at a Glance

1. The narrator was flying his old Dakota aeroplane over France back to England to spend holiday with his family.

2. He called Paris control to ask for further directions. He was asked to turn twelve degrees west.

3. He thought that he would be in time for breakfast with his family but he saw huge dark storm clouds ahead.

4. The narrator got caught up in a dilemma of whether to fly around or over the clouds or to return to Paris. He did not have enough fuel to fly over them and really wanted to get back home.

5. Finally, he decided to take the risk and flew his old Dakota straight into the storm. Inside the clouds, everything got black and the compass and all other instruments stopped working.

6. He tried to contact the Paris control but nothing to avail. He was lost in the storm and got trapped into a hopeless situation.

7. Suddenly, the narrator saw a black aeroplane out of nowhere and its pilot waved his hand gesturing towards the narrator to follow him.

8. The narrator became happy and followed the black aeroplane properly. He flew behind it for half an hour and after that he was left with fuel to fly for five to ten minutes.

9. He started to go down and saw a runway of an airport. He turned to look for the black aeroplane but did not find anything. He safely landed his Dakota aeroplane and ran towards the control centre to ask the woman there about the black aeroplane.

10. The narrator wanted to say ‘thank you’ to the pilot of the black aeroplane but the woman at the control centre told him that there was no other plane on the radar except his. He wondered who helped him to arrive safely without a compass or a radio and who the pilot of the black aeroplane was.

The Black Aeroplane Character Sketch

The narrator: The narrator was very happy while he was flying his old Dakota aeroplane over France back to England. He wanted to have a morning breakfast with his family members. He was about 150 kilometres away from Paris when the storm clouds appeared in the sky. There was no enough fuel in his plane to fly to the North or South. But, according to the demand of the situation, the narrator would have gone back to Paris. But with the help of the pilot of the black aeroplane his life was saved.

The Black Aeroplane Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
shiningglitteringstrangelycuriously
countrysiderural areaswitched onstarted
in front ofbeforeimmediatelyat once
hugeheavytwistedmoved, bent
impossiblenot possibledeadlifeless, useless
liftedraisedlandedgrounded
look forsearchwanteddesired
followpursuerunwaylanding track
wavedmovedfrightenedfearful

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

JAC Class 10th English From the Diary of Anne Frank Textbook Questions and Answers

Activity (Page – 49)

Question 1.
Do you keep a diary? Given below under ‘A’ are some terms we use to describe a written record of personal experience. Can you match them with their descriptions under ‘B’? (You may look up the terms in a dictionary if you wish.)

(i) journalA book with a separate space or page for each day, in which you write down your thoughts and feelings or what has happened on that day
(ii) DiaryA full record of a journey, a period of time, or an event, written every
(iii) logA record of a person’s own life and experiences (usually, a famous person) day
(iv) MemoirsA written record of events with times and dates, usually official

Answer:

(i) journalA written record of events with times and dates, usually official
(ii) DiaryA book with a separate space or page for each day, in which you write down your thoughts and feelings or what has happened on that day
(iii) logA full record of a journey, a period of time, or an event, written every
(iv) MemoirsA record of a person’s own life and experiences (usually, a famous person) day

Question 2.
Here are some entries from personal records. Use the definitions above to decide which of the entries might be from a diary, a journal, a log or a memoir.
(i) I woke up very late today and promptly got a scolding from Mum! I can’t help it – how can I miss the FIFA World Cup matches?
Answer:
Diary

(ii) 10 : 30 a.m. Went to the office of the Director 01 : 00p.m. Had lunch with Chairman 05 : 45 p.m. Received Rahul at the airport 09 : 30p.m. Dinner at home
Answer:
Log

(iii) The ride to Ooty was uneventful. We rested for a while every 50 km or so, and used the time to capture the magnificent landscape with my HandyCam. From Ooty we went on to Bangalore. What a contrast! The noise and pollution of this once-beautiful city really broke my heart.
Answer:
Journal

(iv) This is how Raj Kapoor found me all wet and ragged outside R. K. Studios. He was then looking for just someone like this for a small role in Mera Naam Joker, and he cast me on the spot. The rest, as they say, is history!
Answer:
Memoir

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 51)

Question 1.
What makes writing in a diary a strange experience for Anne Frank?
Answer:
Writing in a diary was really a strange experience for Anne Frank. This was only because she had never written anything before. She also thought that nobody would be interested in the musings of a thirteen – year – old schoolgirl.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 2.
Why does Anne want to keep a diary?
Answer:
Anne wanted to keep a diary because she did not have a real friend. Although she had loving parents, a sixteen – year – old sister and about thirty people whom she could call her friends. She thought that paper had more patience than people. However, she did not have that one true friend. That is why she decided to keep a diary.

Question 3.
Why did Anne think she could confide more in her diary than in people?
Answer:
Anne did not have a true friend. Although she had many friends, but she only talked to them about day – to – day things. She did not seem to get any closer to them. She felt that maybe it was her fault that she could not confide in them. She knew that paper had more patience than people. So she decided to write and confide in a diary.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 51)

Question 1.
Why does Anne provide a brief sketch of her life?
Answer:
Anne provides a brief sketch of her life because no one would understand a word of her musings without knowing her whereabouts.

Question 2.
What tells you that Anne loved her grandmother?
Answer:
Anne’s grandmother had fallen seriously ill. Therefore, Anne’s birthday was not celebrated with much enthusiasm. Her grandmother died the next year. She missed her a lot. Anne wrote in her diary that no one knew how often she thought of her grandmother and still loved her.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 54)

Question 1.
Why was Mr Keesing annoyed with Anne? What did he ask her to do?
Answer:
Mr Keesing was annoyed with Anne because she talked too much in the class. He assigned her an extra homework and also asked her to write an essay on the subject, ‘A Chatterbox’.

Question 2.
How did Anne justify her being a chatterbox in her essay?
Answer:
In her essay, Anne wanted to come up with convincing arguments to prove the necessity of talking. She argued that talking was a student’s trait. She had inherited this trait from her mother. She would do her best to keep it under control. She further wrote that she would never be able to cure herself of this habit. This was how she justified her being a chatterbox in the essay.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 3.
Do you think Mr Keesing was a strict teacher?
Answer:
Mr Keesing was a strict teacher. He maintained discipline and silence in the class. He did not allow students to talk. He punished Anne by asking her to write an essay on ‘A Chatterbox However, when Anne continued with her talking, he punished her again by asking her to write another essay. This time the topic was ‘An Incorrigible Chatterbox ’. Even after this, when she continued talking, he asked her to write on the topic “Quack, Quack, Quack, Said Mistress Chatterbox”. He was trying to play a joke on her. However, she came up with a poem acknowledging its content. Therefore, Mr Keesing cannot be entirely called a strict teacher. He was fun – loving too.

Question 4.
What made Mr Keesing allow Anne to talk in the class?
Answer:
Anne was able to justify her talkative nature every time she was punished by Mr Keesing. As a punishment, the teacher gave her topics to write essays on three occasions. However, on each occasion, he was impressed by the manner in which she presented her arguments. Finally, Mr Keesing accepted the fact that Anne would always be that way. Hence, she was allowed to talk in the class.

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
Was Anne right when she said that the world would not be interested in the musings of a thirteen-year – old girl?
Answer:
Anne was not absolutely right in her approach at this point. Her diary was published under the name ‘The Diary of a Young Girl’. In due course of time, it became one of the world’s most widely read books. It also gained more popularity.

Question 2.
There are some examples of diary or journal entries in the ‘Before You Read’ section. Compare these with what Anne writes in her diary. What language was the diary originally written in? In what way is Anne’s diary different?
Answer:
Anne’s diary was originally written in the Dutch language. Her diary is different from the others in many aspects. She thought her diary, Kitty, as her only true friend whom she could confide in. She wrote all her stories and day – to – day experiences in it. She started by writing ‘Dearest Kitty’ and ended the account by writing, ‘Yours, Anne’. It might be called a memoir.

Question 3.
Why does Anne need to give a brief sketch about her family? Does she treat ‘Kitty’ as an insider or an outsider?
Answer:
Anne gave a brief sketch about her family because no one would understand a word of her stories to her diary. She, therefore, wrote a brief sketch of her life, even though she disliked doing so. She treated ‘Kitty’ as an insider because she called it her best friend.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 4.
How does Anne feel about her father, her grandmother, Mrs. Kuperus and Mr Keesing? What do these tell you about her?
Answer:
Anne gave due respect to her father, grandmother, Mrs. Kuperus and Mr Keesing. She had much affection to her grandmother. She also remembered her after her death. She wrote in her diary that no one knew how often she thought of her grandmother and still loved her. While she was in her sixth standard at Montessori Nursery School, her teacher was Mrs. Kuperus, who was also the headmistress.

While giving heartbreaking farewell to Mrs. Kuperus, both were in tears. Mr Keesing was her Maths teacher. He was annoyed with her because she talked too much in the class. However, Anne justified her talkative nature every time she was punished by Mr Keesing. On each occasion, he was too much impressed by the manner in which she presented her arguments.
All these incidents show how lovable and smart Anne was. Everybody was attached to her.

Question 5.
What does Anne write in her first essay?
Answer:
In her first essay, titled ‘A Chatterbox’ Anne laid more emphasis on the trait of talking. She started thinking about the subject. She wrote three pages and was satisfied. She argued that talking was a student’s trait. She would not be able to control it because she had inherited this quality from her mother. It is beyond her capacity to overcome this problem. Mr Keesing too had a good laugh reading her arguments.

Question 6.
Anne says teachers are most unpredictable. Is Mr Keesing unpredictable? How?
Answer:
Anne felt that teachers are the most unpredictable creatures on the earth. Anne was very
talkative. The way Anne talked continuously while the class was in progress, any teacher would naturally lose his temper. However, after several warnings, Mr Keesing assigned her extra homework. She was told to write an essay on ‘A Chatterbox’.

In this manner, he tried to play a joke on her. While he asked her to write such essays, she wrote very well. She kept countering his jokes. One could not have predicted that he would take all the jokes in the right spirit. Ultimately, he accepted her talkative nature and also allowed her to talk in the class. In this way, it can be said that Mr Keesing was unpredictable.

Question 7.
What do these statements tell you about Anne Frank as a person?
1. We don’t seem to be able to get any closer, and that’s the problem. Maybe it’s my fault that we don’t confide in each other.
2. I don’t want to jot down the facts in this diary the way most people would, but I want the diary to be my friend.
3. Margot went to Holland in December, and I followed in February, when I was plunked down on the table as a birthday present for Margot.
4. If you ask me, there are so many dummies that about a quarter of the class should be kept back, but teachers are the most unpredictable creatures on earth.
5. Anyone could ramble on and leave big spaces between the words, but the trick was to come up with convincing arguments to prove the necessity of talking.
Answer:

  1. Anne had no true friend whom she could confide in. She even did not feel hesitation in taking fault on hers.
  2. Anne considered her diary as her true and trusted friend. She did not just want a diary in which she could write down the facts like other fellows.
  3. It shows her witticism and sense of humour.
  4. Teachers are the most unpredictable creature on the earth. Nobody could say which students they would fail and which students would be promoted to the next class.
  5. Anne knew a lot about writing. While she was given a topic for writing, she took it seriously and attempted with full vigour. She did not want to write like others who merely left big spaces between the words to make the essay look voluminous. Her trick was to come up with a convincing argument to prove the necessity of talking. She was different in her approach from everybody else.

Thinking about Language

I. Look at the following words. headmistress long – awaited homework notebook stilf – baeked outbursts These words are compound words. They are made up of two or more words.
Compound words can be:

  • nouns: headmistress, homework, notebook, outbursts
  • adjectives: long – awaited, stiff – backed
  • verbs: sleep – walk, baby-sit

Match the compound words under ‘A’ with their meanings under ‘B’ Use each in a sentence.

AB
1. Heartbreaking– obeying and respecting the law
2. Homesick– think about pleasant things, forgetting about the present
3. Blockhead– something produced by a person, machine or organisation
4. Law-abiding– producing great sadness
5. Overdo– an occasion when vehicles/machines stop working
6. Daydream– an informal word which means a very stupid person
7. Breakdown– missing home and family very much
8. Output– do something to an excessive degree

Answer:

1. Heartbreaking– producing great sadness
2. Homesick– missing home and family very much
3. Blockhead– an informal word which means a very stupid person
4. Law-abiding– obeying and respecting the law
5. Overdo– do something to an excessive degree
6. Daydream– think about pleasant things, forgetting about the present
7. Breakdown– an occasion when vehicles/machines stop working


II. Phrasal Verbs

A phrasal verb is a verb followed by a preposition or an adverb. Its meaning is often different from the meaning of its parts. Compare the meanings of the verbs get on and run away in (a) and (b) below. You can easily guess their meanings in (a) but in (b) they have special meanings.
(a)

  • She got on at Agra when the bus stopped for breakfast.
  • Dev Anand ran away from home when he was a teenager.

(b)

  • She’s eager to get on in life, (succeed)
  • The visitors ran away with the match, (won easily)

Some phrasal verbs have three parts: a verb followed by an adverb and a preposition.
(c) Our car ran out of petrol just outside the city limits.
(d) The government wants to reach out to the people with this new campaign.

Question 1.
The text you’ve just read has a number of phrasal verbs commonly used in English. Look up the following in a dictionary for their meanings (under the entry for the italicised word).
1. plunge (right) in
2. ramble on
3. kept back
4. get along with
Answer:

  1. plunge (right) in – dive into
  2. kept back – to not allow (someone) to go near something
  3. ramble on – talking for a long time in a boring way
  4. get along with – have a good understanding with others

Question 2.
Now find the sentences in the lesson that have the phrasal verbs given below. Match them with their meanings. (You have already found out the meanings of some of them.) Are their meanings the same as that of their parts?
(Note that two parts of a phrasal verb may occur separated in the text.)
(i) plunge in – speak or write without tõcus
(ii) kept back – stay indoors
(iii) move up – make (them) remain quiet
(iv) ramble on – have a good relationship with
(y) get along with – give an assignment (homework) to a person authority (the teacher)
(vi) calm down – compensate
(vii) stay in – go straight to the topic
(viii) make up for – go to the next grade
(ix) hand in – not promoted
Answer:
(i) plunge in – go straight to the topic Since no one would understand a word of my stories to Kitty if I were to plunge right in, I’d better provide a brief sketch of my life, much as I dislike doing so.

(ii) kept back – not promoted The reason, of course, is the forthcoming meeting in which the teachers decide who’ll move up to the next form and who’ll be kept back,

(iii) move up – go to the next grade The reason, of course, is the forthcoming meeting in which the teachers decide who’ll move up to the next form and who’ll be kept back,

(iv) ramble on – speak or write without focus Anyone could ramble on and leave big spaces between the words, but the trick was to come up with convincing arguments to prove the necessity of talking,

(v) get along with – have a good relationship with I get along pretty well with all my teachers,

(vi) calm down – make (them) remain quiet Even G.’s pleading glances and my angry outbursts can’t calm them down.

(vii) stay in – stay indoors I thought of this saying on one of those days when I was feeling a little depressed and was sitting at home with my chin in my hands, bored and listless, wondering whether to stay in or go out.

(viii) make up for – compensate This birthday celebration in 1942 was intended to make up for the other.

(ix) hand in – give an assignment (homework) to a person in authority (the teacher) I handed it in, and Mr Keesing had nothing to complain about for two whole lessons.

III. Idioms

Idioms are groups of words with a fixed order, and a particular meaning, different from the meanings of each of their words put together. (Phrasal verbs can also be idioms; they are said to be ‘idiomatic’ when their meaning is unpredictable.) For example, do you know what it means to ‘meet one’s match’ in English? It means to meet someone who is as good as
oneself, or even better, in some skill or quality. Do you know what it means to ‘let the cat out of the bag’? Can you guess?

Question 1.
Here are a few sentences from the text which have idiomatic expressions. Can you say what each means? (You might want to consult a dictionary first.)
1. Our entire class is quaking in its boots………………..
2. Until then, we keep telling each other not to lose heart ……………..
3. Mr Keesing was annoyed with me for ages because I talked so much ………………
4. Mr Keesing was trying to play a joke on me with this ridiculous subject, but I’d make sure the joke was on him………………
Answer:

  1. Shaking with fear and nervousness
  2. Not to lose hope
  3. For a long time
  4. He was outwitted by her.

Question 2.
Here are a few more idiomatic expressions that occur in the text. Try to use them in sentences of your own.
1. caught my eye
2. he’d had enough
3. laugh ourselves silly
4. can’t bring myself to
Answer:

  1. caught my eye: The beautiful diamond necklace in the shop caught my eye.
  2. he’d had enough: He’d had enough of the bullying that he faced everyday.
  3. laugh ourselves silly: John and I laugh ourselves silly at the new cartoon show.
  4. can’t bring myself to: I can’t bring myself to eat anything but sweets.

IV. Do you know how to use a dictionary to find out the meanings of idiomatic expressions? Take, for example, the expression caught my eye in the story. Where under which word would you look for it in the dictionary? Look for it under the first word. But if the first word is a ‘grammatical’ word like a, the, for, etc., then take the next word. That is, look for the first ‘meaningful’ word in the expression. In our example, it is the word caught.

But you won’t find caught in the dictionary, because it is the past tense of catch. You’ll find caught listed under catch. So you must look under catch for the expression caught my eye. Which other expressions with catch are listed in your dictionary? Note that a dictionary entry usually first gives the meanings of the word itself, and then gives a list of idiomatic expressions using that word. For example, study this partial entry for the noun ‘eye’ from the Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, 2005.
Eye

  • Noun
  • Part of Body 1 [C] either of the two organs on the face that you see with: The suspect has
    dark hair and green eyes.
  • Ability to See 3 [sing.] the ability to see: A surgeon needs a good eve anda steady hand.
  • Way of Seeing 4 [C] usually sing a particular way of seeing sth: He looked at the design
    with the eve of an engineer
  • Of Needle 5 [C] the hole in the end of a needle that you put the thread through.

IDM be all eyes to be watching sb/sth carefully and with a lot of interest before/in front of sb’s (veiy) eyes in sb’s presence; in front of sb: He had seen his life work destroyed before his very eyes. Be up to your eyes In sth to have a lot of sth to deal with: We ‘re up to our eyes in work.

You have read the expression ‘not to lose heart’ in this text. Now find out the meanings of the following expressions using the word ‘heart’. Use each of them in a sentence of your own.
1. break somebody’s heart
2. close/dear to heart
3. from the (bottom of your) heart
4. have a heart
5. have a heart of stone
6. your heart goes out to somebody
Answer:

  1. break somebody’s heart – to upset somebody deeply It has unfortunately become very easy these days to break somebody’s heart.
  2. close/dear to heart – something or someone who is near and close The drawing given to me by my little daughter is very close to my heart.
  3. from the (bottom of your) heart – sincere and deep feeling He loved his son from the bottom of his heart.
  4. have a heart – to show pity The poor beggar asked the rich man to have a heart and give him something to eat.
  5. have a heart of stone – cruel nature The landlady has a heart of stone as she beats up her children.
  6. your heart goes out to somebody – to sympathise with someone My heart goes out to the little girl who lost both her parents in a car accident.

V. Contracted Forms
When we speak, we use ‘contracted forms’ or short forms such as these: can’t (for can not or cannot) I’d (for I would or I had) she’s (for she is) Notice that contracted forms are also written with an apostrophe to show a shortening of the spelling of not, would, or is as in the above example. Writing a diary is like speaking to oneself. Plays (and often, novels) also have speech in written form. So we usually come across contracted forms in diaries, plays and novels.

Question 1.
Make a list of the contracted forms in the text. Rewrite them as full forms of two words.
For example:
I’ve = I have
(i) I’ve = I have
(ii) Doesn’t = does not
(iii) Won’t = would not
(iv) I’m =Iam
(v) Don’t =donot
(vi) Can’t = cannot
(vii) it’s = it is
(viii) That’s = that is
(ix) I’d = I would
(x) Didn’t = did not
(xi) Who’ll = who will
(xii)You’re = You are
(xiii) We’ll = We will
(xiv)There’s = there is
(xv) He’d = he had
(xvi) Who’s = who is
(xvii) Haven ‘t = have not

Question 2.
We have seen that some contracted forms can stand for two different full forms:
I’d = I had or I would
Find in the text the contracted forms that stand for two different full forms, and say what these are.
Answer:
(i) I’d = I had or I would
(ii) He’d = He had or he would

Speaking

Here is an extract adapted from a one-act play. In this extract, angry neighbours Who think Joe the Inventor’s new spinning machine will make them lose their jobs come Joe’s model of the machine. You’ve just seen how contracted forms can make a written text sound like actual speech. try to make this extract sound more like a real conversation by changing some of the verbs
into contracted forms. Then speak out the lines.
[The door is flung open, and several men tramp in. They carry sticks, and one of them, HOB, has a hammer]
HOB : Now where is your husband, mistress’?
MARY : In his bed. He is sick, and weary. You would not harm him!
HOB : We are going to smash his evil work to pieces. Where is the machine?
SECOND MAN : On the table yonder.
HOB : Then here is the end of it! [HOB smashes the model. MARY screams.]
HOB : And now for your husband!
MARY : Neighbours, he is a sick man and almost a cripple. You would not hur
HOB : He is planning to take away our daily bread… We will show him what of him and his ways!
Answer:
MARY : You have broken his machine… You have done enough
HOB : Now where’s your husband, mistress’?
MARY : In his bed. He’s sick, and weary. You won’t harm him!
HOB : We’re going to smash his evil work to pieces. Where’s the machine?
SECOND MAN : On the table yonder.
HOB : Then here’s the end of it; [HOB smashes the model. MARY screams.]
HOB : And now for your husband!
MARY : Neighbours, he’s a sick man and almost a cripple. You won’t hurt him!
HOB : He’s planning to take away our daily bread.., we’ll show him what we think of him and his ways!
MARY : You’ve broken his machine… You’ve done enough…

Writing

Now you know what a diary is and how to keep one. Can you keep a diary for a week recording the events that occur? You may share your diary with your class, if you wish to. Use the following hints to write your diary.

  • Though your diary is very private, write as if you are writing for someone else.
  • Present your thoughts in a convincing manner.
  • Use words that convey your feelings, and words that ‘paint pictures’ for the reader. Be brief.

‘Diary language’ has some typical features such as subjectless sentences (Got up late in the morning), sentence fragments without subjects or verbs (…too bad, boring, not good), contracted forms (they’re, I’ve, can’t, didn’t, etc.), and everyday expressions which people use in speech. Remember not to use such language in more formal kinds of writing.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Listening

Your teacher will read out an extract from The Diary of Samuel Pepys (given on the next page) about the great fire of London. As you listen complete this summary of the happenings.
Answer:
Summary
This entry in the diary has been made on 2nd September by Samuel Pepys. The person who told Pepys about the fire was called Jane. She called at three in the morning. Pepys went back to sleep because the fire was on the backside of the Marke – Lane. Pepys rose again at seven in the morning. By then about three hundred houses had been burned down. The fire had spread to Fish street by London Bridge. Pepys then walked to the Tower along with Sir J. Robinson’s little son.

JAC Class 10th English From the Diary of Anne Frank Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
How was Mr Keesing a kind but strict teacher?
Answer:
Mr Keesing was a kind but strict teacher. He was annoyed with Anne as she used to talk a lot. He had warned her many times but she refused to comply. Hence, he punished her by giving her an essay to write.

Question 2.
Where did Anne live after her parents had left for Holland?
Answer:
After Anne’s parents had migrated to Holland, she lived with her grandmother for some months.

Question 3.
Why was Anne in tears when she left the Montessori school?
Answer:
In her sixth form in Montessori school, Mrs Kiiperus was the headmistress. Anne loved her profoundly. Mrs Kuperus also showed great affection towards Anne. That’s why she was in tears while leaving the Montessori school.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 4.
‘Grandma had a significant place in Anne’s heart’. Explain.
Answer:
Anne loved her grandma very much. She died in January 1942. Her death was all the more troublesome to Anne. Grandma played a significant role in shaping the life of Anne Frank. At Anne’s birthday, a separate candle was lit for grandma.

Question 5.
Why were the classmates of Anne Frank shaking with fear and nervousness?
Answer:
The classmates of Anne Frank were shaking with fear and nervousness because it was time to move to the next class. The students were quite ignorant who would be kept back and who would be promoted.

Question 6.
What did Anne write in her first essay?
Answer:
Anne wrote that talking is a student’s trait. So, she would not stop talking because her mother talked a lot. She had inherited this trait from her mother.

Question 7.
How did Sanne help Anne Frank in writing the third essay?
Answer:
Sanne was one of Anne Frank’s friends. She suggested Anne to write the essay in verse form. She also advised her to put up the example of a duck and a swan and their ducklings in it.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
How did Anne feel about her father, grandmother, Mrs Kuperus and Mr Keesing?
Answer:
Anne loved her father very much. He was adorable to her. She also loved her grandmother
and often remembered her with reverence after her death. She was deeply attached to her teacher, Mrs Kuperus and was in tears when she left her. Anne did not have a good impression of Mr Keesing, her maths teacher and often called him ‘old fogey’.

Question 2.
In what manner did Anne want her diary to be different?
Answer:
Anne did not want to follow the conventional use of a diary like people jotting down the facts in their diaries. She wished the diary to be her friend. She called it a Kitty. She would write about her feelings and experiences in it. It was a mature piece of work, reflecting profound insight.

Question 3.
‘Teachers are the most unpredictable creature on the earth’. What does it mean?
Answer:
Anne and her classmates thought that teachers were the most unpredictable creature the on
earth as it was hard to know or even guess what was going in their minds and what kind of step they would take regarding something.

Question 4.
Why did Anne feel alone?
Answer:
Anne had loving parents, her sixteen-year-old sister and around thirty-people whom she could call her friends. She had a loving aunt, family and a good home. Notwithstanding, she felt kind of hollow deep inside as she did not have a friend to whom she could confide herself. And she found such friend in the form of a diary.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 5.
Why did Anne Frank feel suffocated?
Answer:
Anne Frank was a very sensitive girl. She was cut off from the mainstream of life, her friends and her people. She was living in a hiding to escape being arrested by the Nazis. Moreover, she could not share her intimate and personal feelings with so-called friends. In this way, she felt suffocated. And to cope up with this, she resolved to write in a diary. She had named her diary ‘Kitty’.

Question 6.
‘Paper has more patience than people’. Elucidate this on the basis of the lesson.
Answer:
People are not always interested in listening to what you tell them. They get bored, feel monotonous and lose patience. But this does not happen with paper. You can write whatever you like and how long as you like. Sometimes people do not want to share their personal feelings with anyone. They just jot down their feelings on paper. That is why Anne also kept her feelings on pages and told that paper has more patience than people.

Question 7.
Who taught Anne Frank maths? Why did the maths teacher always get annoyed with her?
Answer:
Mr Keesing taught her maths. He always got annoyed with her because she talked too much in the class. To stop this practice, he also gave her to write an essay on ‘An Incorrigible Chatterbox’ as punishment. Even then she did not stop talking. That is why Mr Keesing always got irritated.

Question 8.
Why was the whole class quacking in boots?
Answer:
There was much tension in the class. All the students were waiting for the examination results and the teachers were busy in preparing their results. Students were quite apprehensive about their result. That is why the whole class was quacking in boots.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
Give an account of Anne’s life.
Answer:
Anne Frank lived with her parents in Germany. She was a Jewish girl. Hitler’s Nazi party was against the Jews. The Nazis used to either kill them or force them to work in the concentration camps. The Frank family emigrated from Germany in 1933 and took shelter in the Netherlands. But, Germany attacked Netherlands and captured it in 1940. Then the Nazis started to arrest the Jews and send them to concentration camps.

To avoid the Nazis, Frank family went into a hiding secretly. They hid there for twenty – five months. Anne had started writing diary before going to hiding. Eater they were arrested and sent to the concentration camps. Soon, Anne, her sister Margot and her mother died there. Her father survived and published a part of Anne’s diary. In this diary, Anne had given a moving and tragic account of the difficulties faced by her family and the other Jews.

Question 2.
Was Anne Frank far more intelligent, mature and witty than her age? Explain.
Answer:
Anne Frank was far more intelligent, mature and witty than her age. She started writing diary when she was thirteen. She also knew that not many people would be interested in her musings. Being a sensitive girl, she knew the difference between a true friend and so – called crowd of friends. Her diary was not about facts and figures, instead she opened out her suppressed self. Being an intelligent girl, she knew that paper has more patience than people.

Being aware of the difference between true friend and crowd of friends, she confided herself in ‘Kitty’, her diary. She considered it her true friend. Anne knew how to defeat people in their own games. This is evident from the argument she gave in support of talking in her first essay. Mr Keesing’s prank on Anne to write an essay on a ridiculous subject was reciprocated well by her. He acknowledged the message of Anne in the right spirit and her writing changed him. Mr Keesing then allowed her to talk and didn’t give her extra work anymore.

Question 3.
Why did Anne Frank think that she could confide more in her diary than in the people?
Answer:
Anne felt alone, bored and depressed. Although she had loving parents, a sister and thirty ‘ other people with whom she could share her feelings. She was a shy, introvert type of girl. She did not have any friend. She had a happy family but somehow, she could not confide in them. She wanted someone with whom she could share her secrets. She found a real friend ‘ in her diary ‘Kitty’. Moreover, she realized the truth lying in the fact that paper had more patience than people. So, she could confide more ideas in her diary than in people because people were not always interested in listening to us.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 4.
How did Anne respond to the punishment by Mr Keesing? What light does it throw on her nature?
Answer:
Anne Frank was of talkative nature. When Mr Keesing punished Anne for her talkativeness again and again and asked her to write essay, one after the other, she composed a poem on ‘The Incorrigible Chatterbox’ and gave a message through it to the teacher. The teacher was so impressed by her little poem that he decided not to punish her again. It shows that she was capable of writing good essays and poems and to win the heart of Mr Keesing and make him realize his mistake. It also reflects her fearlessness, critical thinking, unbiased approach as well as her creativity and humorous approach to deal with her strict teacher.

Question 5.
“No one will take interest in the musings of a thirteen-year-old child”. Is it right? Elaborate this statement in the light of Anne’s Diary and also write the values related with it.
Answer:
According to Anne, it is the common perception of people that the elders do not take much interest in the thought or musings of youngsters. People think that the teenagers are hardly mature. They have little exposure to the practical aspects of the world. Teenagers are taken seriously because of their wisdom and practical knowledge or if they are prodigy. When we see it in the light of Anne’s opinion and her life we find that the perception and her statement do not hold true.

Though Anne had not been taken seriously by any grown ups including her parents during their stay in the Secret Annexe yet, we cannot doubt her maturity and intelligence when we read her diary. She kept on writing in her diary in the beginning. Later, with the passage of time, her views were accepted by elders, particularly by her father. Hence, we can say that Anne might have her own experience while saying about this but the whole world has appreciated the musings of the same girl, Anne Frank.

Question 6.
“Writing in a diary is a really strange experience for someone like me. Not only because I’ve never written anything before, but also because it seems to me that later on neither I nor anyone will be interested in the musings of a thirteen-year old school girl.”
On the basis of the passage given above write why the author gives so much importance to diary.
Answer:
In diary, one writes down one’s thoughts and feelings. He/She jots down his/her day – to – day activities in diary. It is really the remembrance of one’s life long journey. A person grows old with the passing of each year and when he takes a glance at his past journey, at that moment a diary plays an important role. It makes him aware about his past life. So far the importance of dairy in the case of Anne Frank is concerned, it really played a significant role in her life. Since her childhood, she developed the habit of diary writing. It was really a strange experience for her.

This thing was always prevalent in her mind that if she spoke to anybody about anything, nobody would take interest in it. Either people will not agree with his views or they will ignore it. She will have to convince all the people. Even if a thirteen – year old girl says something, no body will take interest in her musings. So, diary is the best way or medium to jot down one’s thoughts, memories, experiences, etc. It is such a thing through which everybody can be convinced. That is why the author gives so much importance to diary. It makes not only the narrator but also the reader convinced about one’s happenings in life.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 7.
Yes, paper does have more patience and since I’m not planning to let anyone else read this stiff – backed notebook grandly referred to as a ‘diary’, unless I should ever find a real friend, it probably won’t make a bit of difference. Why does the author give much importance to paper than a friend? Discuss.
Answer:
According to Anne Frank, paper has more patience than people. She was adamant on this view. She really found a real friend in the form of dairy whose name was ‘kitty’. She gave it more importance than to any of her friends. She considered it her real friend with whom she could talk to, share her feelings, happiness, misery, and all the day to day activities pertaining to her life. In it, she could jot down her feelings with pen and pencil. Anne also did not have a true friend. Although she had many friends, she only talked to them about day – to – day things, she was not closer to them.

It might be her fault that she could not confide in them. She knew that paper had more patience than people. So, she decided to write and confide in a diary. Because people are not always interested in listening to what you tell them. They get bored, feel monotonous and lose patience. But this does not happen with paper. Sometimes people do not want to share their personal feelings with anyone. They just jot down their feelings on paper. That is why Anne kept her feelings on paper as it has more patience than people.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
WRITING in a diary is a really strange experience for someone like me. Not only because I’ve never written anything before, but also because it seems to me that later on neither I nor anyone else will be interested in the musings of a thirteen – year – old schoolgirl. Oh well, it doesn’t matter. I feel like writing, and I have an even greater need to get all kinds of things off my chest.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What is really a strange experience for Anne?
(i) Reading a novel
(ii) Writing in a diary
(iii) Work on project
(iv) Gossipping with friends
Answer:
(ii) Writing in a diary

(b) What is the age of the girl?
(i) Twelve – year – old
(ii) Ten – year – old
(iii) Thirteen – year – old
(iv) Fourteen – year – old
Answer:
(iii) Thirteen – year – old

(c) Nobody will be interested in the girl.
(i) alertness
(ii) musings
(iii) naughtiness
(iv) both (i) and (ii)
Answer:
(ii) musings

(d) Did the narrator write anything before?
(i) No
(ii) Yes
(iii) Perhaps
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(i) No

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘thought.’
(i) fallacy
(ii) thoughtless
(iii) musings
(iv) attentive
Answer:
(iii) musings

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 2.
‘Paper has more patience than people.’ I thought of this saying on one of those days when I was feeling a little depressed and was sitting at home with my chin in my hands, bored and listless, wondering whether to stay in or go out. I finally stayed where 1 was, brooding Yes, paper does have more patience, and since I’m not planning to let anyone else read this stiff – backed notebook grandly referred to as a ‘diary’, unless I should ever find a real friend, it probably won’t make a bit of difference.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What has more patience than people?
(i) Writing
(ii) Reading
(iii) Paper
(iv) Pen
Answer:
(iii) Paper

(b) Who was feeling a little depressed?
(i) Anne
(ii) Margo
(iii) Anne’s father
(iv) Anne’s mother
Answer:
(i) Anne

(e) Anne finally stayed where she was .
(i) talking
(ii) brooding
(iii) writing
(iv) walking
Answer:
(ii) brooding

(d) The stiff – backed notebook has been referred to as a
(i) Log
(ii) Diary
(iii) Memoir
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Diary

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘unenthusiastic.’
(i) listless
(ii) enthusiastic
(iii) powerful
(iv) anxious
Answer:
(i) listless

Question 3.
I have loving parents and a sixteen-year-old sister, and there are about thirty people I can call friends. I have a family, loving aunts and a good home. No, on the surface I seem to have everything, except my one true friend. All I think about when I’m with friends is having a good time. I can’t bring myself to talk about anything but ordinary everyday things. We don’t seem to be able to get any closer, and that’s the problem. Maybe it’s my fault that we don’t confide in each other. In any case, that’s just how things are, and unfortunately they’re not liable to change. This is why I’ve started the diary.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Whom did Anne call her friends?
(i) Her parents
(ii) Sixteen – year old sister
(iii) About thirty people
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iv) All of these

(b) What did Anne find on the surface?
(i) Anne found everything on the surface.
(ii) Anne did not find anything on the surface.
(iii) Anne found everything on the surface except her true friend.
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iii) Anne found everything on the surface except her true friend.

(c) Anne can’t bring herself to talk about anything but ………… everyday things.
(i) extraordinary
(ii) unique
(iii) ordinary
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(iii) ordinary

(d) What was the good time for her?
(i) When she was busy in gossiping.
(ii) When she was busy in cooking.
(iii) When she was busy in painting.
(iv) When she was with her friends.
Answer:
(iv) When she was with her friends.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘reveal’.
(i) hide
(ii) confide
(iii) liable
(iv) change
Answer:
(ii) confide

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 4.
That evening, after I’d finished the rest of my homework, the note about the essay caught my eye. I began thinking about the subject while chewing the tip of my fountain pen. Anyone could ramble on and leave big spaces between the words, but the trick was to come up with convincing arguments to prove the necessity of talking. I thought and thought, and suddenly I had an idea. I wrote the three pages Mr Keesing had assigned me and was satisfied. I argued that talking is a student’s trait and that I would do my best to keep it under control, but that I would never be able to cure myself of the habit since my mother talked as much as I did if not more, and that there’s not much you can do about inherited traits.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What had Anne finished that evening?
(i) The rest of her homework
(ii) The rest of her household chores
(iii) The rest of her painting
(iv) She did not finish anything
Answer:
(i) The rest of her homework

(b) About whom did Anne think while chewing the tip of her fountain pen?
(i) About morning breakfast
(ii) About her friends
(iii) About the subject of the essay
(iv) About playing games
Answer:
(iii) About the subject of the essay

(c) Anne argued that …………… is a student’s trait.
(i) talking
(ii) walking
(iii) writing
(iv) running
Answer:
(i) talking

(d) What did Anne want to prove?
(i) Anne wanted to prove her talent.
(ii) Anne wanted to prove the necessity of talking.
(iii) Anne wanted to prove her credentials.
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) Anne wanted to prove the necessity of talking.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘logic’.
(i) argument
(ii) philosophy
(iii) ramble
(iv) wit
Answer:
(i) argument

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 4 From the Diary of Anne Frank

Question 5.
Mr Keesing had a good laugh at my arguments, but when I proceeded to talk my way through the next lesson, he assigned me a second essay. This time it was supposed to be on ‘An Incorrigible Chatterbox. ’ I handed it in, and Mr Keesing had nothing to complain about for two whole lessons. However, during the third lesson he’d finally had enough. “Anne Frank, as punishment for talking in class, write an essay entitled ‘Quack, Quack, Quack, Said Mistress Chatterbox’.”
Choose the correct option:
(a) Who made a good laugh at Anne’s arguments?
(i) Mr Keesing
(ii) Sanne
(iii) Margot
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Mr Keesing

(b) What did Mr Keesing assign to Anne?
(i) To write a poem
(ii) To write the second essay
(iii) To solve the maths problem
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) To write the second essay

(c) Anne was given to write an essay as punishment on the topic in the class.
(i) A Chatterbox
(ii) An Incorrigible Chatterbox
(iii) Quack, Quack, Quack, Said Mistress Chatterbox
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iii) Quack, Quack, Quack, Said Mistress Chatterbox

(d) For how many lessons did Keesing not complain?
(i) One lesson
(ii) Two lessons
(iii) Three lessons
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Two lessons

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘logic.’
(i) arguments
(ii) reason
(iii) admiration
(iv) pretension
Answer:
(i) arguments

From the Diary of Anne Frank Summary

From the Diary of Anne Frank About the Author

  • Anne Frank was bom on 12 June, 1929 in Frankfurt, Germany.
    She was a German bom diarist.
  • Otto Frank and Edith Frank were her father and mother respectively.
    Margot Frank was her sister.
  • She moved to Aachen with her elder sister at the age of four and half to stay with their grandmother when the Nazis gained control over Germany.
  • She lost her German citizenship in 1941 and became stateless.
  • She got acclaim and popularity with the publication of “The Diary of a Young Girl’’ in which she narrated about her life in hiding from 1942 to 1944.
  • She died in February 1945.

From the Diary of Anne Frank Gist of the Lesson

This is the story of a young girl, Anne Frank. Anne Frank wrote her diary in hiding with her family. The diary was written at the ime of World War II. It was really a unique experience for her while writing a diary. In the initial stage while she started writing diary, she was quite depressed and , dej ected. She was thinking about her family, parents and sister. In spite of all these, she wanted a true friend which she found in the form of a diary. There were thirty people around her whom she could consider as friends. In 1933, her parents went to Holland.

She only stayed with their grandmother at Aachen. Anne was sent to Montessori School where she studied till six years of her age. While she was in sixth standard, the examinations were held. On the day of declaration of result, the entire class was in tense mood and all students were nervous. Mr Keesing was her maths teacher. Anne was very talkative. As a punishment, the teacher gave her to write a topic on “A Chatterbox” which she could not write properly. She thought that talking was a student’s trait. Seeing this, Mr Keesing laughed loudly.

Now he gave another topic to her to write on, i.e., “An Incorrigible Chatterbox”. For the third time, she was given a topic “Question uack, Question uack, Question uack”, said Mistress Chatterbox. At this topic, not only Anne but also the entire class laughed loudly. Now with the help of her friend Sanne, she wrote in verse. The poem was about a mother duck, father swan along with three baby ducklings. The baby ducklings quacked too much so the father swan took them to death. It was a joke on Mr Keesing’s part. Thus, the story provides a vivid description of day – to – day life under Nazi occupation. Most importantly, it depicts the truth as described by Anne Frank – ‘Paper has more patience than people’.

From the Diary of Anne Frank Summary

1. Diary writing-a strange experience: Diary writing is really a strange experience for the author. It was her perception that nobody would take interest in the musings of a thirteen – year – old school girl. But it hardly matters. Apart from all these things, she jotted down all her personal experiences in a diary.

2. Family details of Anne: Anne had loving parents and a sixteen-year-old sister. She made diary her personal friend and named it ‘Kitty’. Her father was most adorable. Her sister, Margot was bom in Frankfurt (Germany) in 1926. Anne was bom on 12 June 1929. Her father emigrated to Holland in 1933 along with mother. Anne’s grandmother took her care at Aachen. Her grandmother died in January 1942.

3. Anne’s education: She was admitted to Montessori nursery school and stayed there until six. Mrs Kuperus was her headmistress at the school.

4. The atmosphere of class: There was the atmosphere of fear and nervousness in the class. All the students were in fear whether they would move to the next class or would remain in the same. Each one was guessing about each other. They were in the apprehension that about a quarter of the class should be kept back. But teachers are the most unpredictable creature on the earth.

5. Punished by the teacher: Mr Keesing, the maths teacher was annoyed with Anne because she talked too much in the class. Getting irritated from her, he assigned her extra work. And she was told to write an essay on the subject, ‘A Chatterbox’. After thinking a lot about the topic, convincing thoughts came into her mind. She argued that talking is a student’s trait and she would do her best to keep it under control.

6. Reaction of Mr Keesing: After going through the essay, Mr Keesing laughed a lot and assigned her the second topic, ‘An Incorrigible Chatterbox’ to write. Anne completed this essay also. She was given another essay entitled ‘Quack, Quack, Quack, said mistress chatterbox.

7. The class laughed loudly: The entire class roared loudly. Her friend, Sanne who was good at poetry helped her a lot in writing the essay in verse form. In was really a beautiful poem about a mother duck and a father swan with three ducklings who were bitten to death by the father because they quaked too much. It really made the class happy.

From the Diary of Anne Frank Lesson at a Glance

  1. Writing in a diary is a strange experience for Anne Frank.
  2. Anne, a young girl of thirteen wanted to have a very close friend. But she could not make one.
  3. ‘Kitty,’ the diary was her true friend.
  4. Paper has more patience than people.
  5. In diary, she writes about all her memories and happenings around her.
  6. Anne was bom on 12 June 1929 in Frankfurt.
  7. Anne’s father emigrated to Holland in 1933.
  8. She stayed at the Montessori nursery school till she was six.
  9. The entire class was quaking in its boot.
  10. Mr Keesing, the old fogey taught her maths.
  11. Anne talked too much. So, as a punishment, she was given to write an essay on ‘A Chatterbox’.
  12. According to her, talking is a student’s trait.
  13. Mr Keesing laughed at the arguments given in favour of talking.
  14. During the third lesson, she was given to write an essay entitled “Quack, Quack, Quack, said chatterbox.”
  15. Her friend, Sanne helped her to write the essay from beginning to end in verse form.
  16. The poem was about a mother duck, a father swan with three baby ducklings who were bitten to death by the father because they quacked too much.

From the Diary of Anne Frank Character Sketch

Anne Frank: Anne Frank was a very sensitive girl. She was bom on 12 June 1929. She belonged to Jew family. So her family was tortured by the Nazis. To escape persecution, she and her family migrated to Amsterdam. Anne wanted a true friend. So, she started writing in diary named ‘Kitty’ and made it her true friend. She was very talkative in nature. So her teacher Mr Keesing gave her one topic after another as a punishment. Her joke pleased Mr Keesing very much.

From the Diary of Anne Frank Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
hidingconcealinggainedgot
trappedconfinedextendedincreased, enlarged
persecutionsoppression, ill-treatmentbetrayedcheated
typhusa disease with red marks on the bodyeventuallyin the end
opera.dramatic performance with musicintimateclose
uniquespecialchronicleswritten account
proceededmoved onholocaustdestmction
strangepeculiarmusingsthinking
confidedisclose, entrustold fogeyan old fashioned man
emigratedwent and lived in another countrylistlesswithout energy
solemnseriousplunked downput down in a casual way
inheritedderived from one’s parentsdedicationdiligence
quacking in its bootshaking with fearexhaustedtired
ducklingsthe young ones of a duckassignedentrusted
incorrigiblethat can’t be correctedramble ontalk or write aimlessly for long
ridiculouscomical funnyingenuitycreativity, skill

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

JAC Class 10th English The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Textbook Questions and Answers

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 65)

Question 1.
Where in the classroom does Wanda sit and why?
Answer:
Wanda sits in the seat next to the last seat, in the last row, in Room Thirteen. She sits in the comer of the room where the rough boys who do not get good marks sit. She sits there quietly.

Question 2.
Where does Wanda live? What kind of a place do you think it is?
Answer:
Wanda lives at Boggins Heights. This place is far away from the school. There is also a lot of dirt and mud there.

Question 3.
When and why do Peggy and Maddie notice Wanda’s absence?
Answer:
Peggie and Maddie notice Wanda’s absence after three days, on Wednesday. They wait for her in order to have some fun, but she does not turn up.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 4.
What do you think “to have fun with her” means?
Answer:
It means that Peggy and Maddie would have made fun of Wanda and teased her for their own pleasure.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 67)

Question 1.
In what way was Wanda different from the other children?
Answer:
Wanda was different from the other children in many ways. She did not have any friend. She
came to school alone and went home alone. She always wore a faded blue dress that did not fit her properly. She did not talk to anybody.

Question 2.
Did Wanda have a hundred dresses? Why do you think she said she did?
Answer:
Wanda did not have a hundred dresses because she was poor. She only wore the same faded blue dress to school everyday. That’s why girls always made fun of her. The other children used to make fun of her poverty and laughed at her whatever she might have said.

Question 3.
Why is Maddie embarrassed by the questions Peggy asks Wanda? Is she also like Wanda, or she is different?
Answer:
Maddie is embarrassed by the questions Peggy asks Wanda because she is very poor. She usually wears old clothes, which were handed down by someone else. She does not feel sorry for Wanda. She is worried that perhaps later, everyone will start teasing her too. She is different from Wanda in the sense that she will never claim that she has a hundred dresses. She is not as poor as Wanda. Even then she does not mock at anybody.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 70)

Question 1.
Why didn’t Maddie ask Peggy to stop teasing Wanda? What was she afraid of?
Answer:
Maddie tried to tell Peggy to stop teasing Wanda by writing a note to her. Maddie herself was very poor. She did not have the courage to speak to Peggy about this matter. She thought Peggy might ask her where she got the dress she had and she would have to say that it was one of Peggy’s old ones. That is why she was afraid of.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 2.
Who did Maddie think Peggy would win the drawing contest? Why?
Answer:
Maddie thought that Peggy would win the drawing contest because Peggy drew better than anyone else. She could copy a picture in a magazine, or some film star’s face in a beautiful manner.

Question 3.
Who won the drawing contest? What had the winner drawn?
Answer:
Wanda won the drawing contest. She had drawn a hundred dresses, which were dazzling with colours. They had beautiful designs too. Drawings were drawn on sheets of wrapping paper. All the boys and girls of the class applauded her.

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
How is Wanda seen as different by the other girls? How do they treat her?
Answer:
Wanda is different from other girls. She does not have any friends. She comes to school alone and goes home alone. She always wears a faded blue dress that does not fit her properly. She does not talk to anybody. The other girls tease her and also make fun of her. They surround her. Peggy asks how many dresses she has. Wanda replies that she has a hundred dresses and they will continue teasing her. Before she could go very far, they would burst into laughter. All of them mock her and make fun of her.

Question 2.
How does Wanda feel about the dresses game? Why does she say that she has a hundred dresses?
Answer:
Wanda does not feel good about the dresses game. She gets hurt if somebody discusses regarding her dresses. The children of the class make fun about her dresses. To counter their remark, she says that she has a hundred dresses.

Question 3.
Why does Maddie stand by and not do anything? How is she different from Peggy? (Was Peggy’s friendship important to Maddie? Why? Which lines in the text tell you this?)
Answer:
Maddie always stands by but cannot muster up courage to say anything against Peggy. She is poor. She feels that if she speaks against the others, they will target her next. Unlike her, Peggy is a rich girl. This is why Maddie could think from Wanda’s point of view, but Peggy could not. Maddie was Peggy’s best friend. It seemed as if she were in awe of Peggy. She admired her quite a lot as she said that Peggy was the most liked girl in the room and that she drew better than anyone else. Following lines from the text show that Peggy’s friendship was important to Maddie:

  1. Peggy, who had thought up this game, and Maddie, her inseparable friend, were always the last to leave.
  2. She was Peggy’s best friend, and Peggy was the best-liked girl in the whole room.
  3. Peggy could not possibly do anything that was really wrong, she thought.
  4. Oh, Maddie was sure Peggy would win.

Question 4.
What does Miss Mason think of Wanda’s drawings? What do the children think of them? How do you know?
Answer:
Miss Mason said that Room Thirteen should be proud of Wanda’s drawings as she had drawn one hundred designs of dresses. They were too beautiful and different. In the opinion of the judges, any one of the drawings was worthy of winning the prize. She was very happy to announce Wanda as the winner. Wanda was absent that day.

Miss Mason hoped that she would be back the next day. She then asked the entire class to look at Wanda’s beautiful drawings. Boys and girls of the class appreciated the drawings. They whistled and clapped. Peggy and Maddie entered the room. They stopped there and gasped. Later they recognized the designs as those which Wanda had described to them.

Thinking about Language

I. Look at these sentences.
(a) She sat in the comer of the room where the rough boys who did not make good marks sat, the comer of the room where there was most scuffling of feet,…
(b) The time when they thought about Wanda was outside of school hours ……. These italicised clauses help us to identify a set of boys, a place, and a time. They are answers to the questions ‘What kind of rough boys?’ ‘Which comer did she sit in?’ and ‘What particular time outside of school hours?’ They are ‘defining’ or ‘restrictive’ relative clauses. (Compare them with the ‘non-defining’ relative clauses discussed in Unit 1.)

Combine the following to make sentences like those above.
1. This is the bus (what kind of bus?). It goes to Agra, (use which or that)
2. I would like to buy (a) shirt (which shirt?). (The) shirt is in the shop window, (use which or that)
3. You must break your fast at a particular time (when?). You see the moon in the sky. (usewhen).
4. Find a word (what kind of word?). It begins with the letter Z. (use which or that).
5. Now find a person (what kind of person?). His or her name begins with the letter Z. (use whose)
6. Then go to a place (what place?). There are no people whose name begins with Z in that place, (use where)
Answer:

  1. This is the bus which goes to Agra.
  2. I would like to buy the shirt that is in the shop window.
  3. You must break your fast when you see the moon in the sky.
  4. Find a word that begins with the letter Z.
  5. Now find a person whose name begins with the letter Z.
  6. Then go to a place where there are no people whose name begins with Z.

II. The Narrative Voice

This story is in the ‘third person’ that is, the narrator is not a participant in the story. But the narrator often seems to tell the story from the point of view of one of the characters in the story. For example, look at the italicised words in this sentence Thank goodness, she did not live up on Boggins Fleights or have a funny name.  Whose thoughts do the words ‘Thank goodness’ express? Maddie’s, who is grateful that although she is poor, she is yet not as poor as Wanda, or as ‘different’. (So she does not get teased; she is thankful about that.)

Question 1.
Here are two other sentences from the story. Can you say whose point of view the italicised words express?
1. But on Wednesday, Peggy and Maddie, who sat down front with other children who got good marks and who didn’t track in a whole lot of mud, did notice that Wanda wasn’t there.
2. Wanda Petronski. Most of the children in Room Thirteen didn’t have names like that. They had names easy to say, like Thomas, Smith or Allen.
Answer:

  • It expresses the point of view of Peggy and Maddie.
  • It expresses the point of view of the narrator.

Question 2.
Can you find other such sentences in the story? You can do this after you read the second part of the story as well.
Answer:
Goodness! Wasn’t there anything she could do? If only she could tell Wanda she hadn’t meant to hurt her feelings.

III. Look at this sentence.

The italicised adverb expresses an opinion or point of view. Obviously, the only dress Wanda had was the blue one she wore every day. (This was obvious to the speaker.) Other such adverbs are apparently, evidently, surprisingly,possibly, hopefully, incredibly, luckily. Use these words appropriately in the blanks in the sentences below. (You may use a word more than once, and more than one word may be appropriate for a given blank.)
1. ……………. , he finished his work on time.
2. ……………. , it will not rain on the day of the match.
3. ……………. , he had been stealing money from his employer.
4. Television is …………. to blame for the increase in violence in society.
5. The children will ………… learn from their mistakes.
6. I can’t ………….. lend you that much money.
7. The thief had ………… been watching the house for many days.
8. The thief …………. escaped by bribing the jailor.
9. ……………, no one had suggested this before.
10. The water was …………… hot.
Answer:

  1. Surprisingly, he finished his work on time.
  2. Hopefully, it will not rain on the day of the match.
  3. Evidently, he had been stealing money from his employer.
  4. Television is evidently to blame for the increase in violence in society.
  5. The children will hopefully learn from their mistakes.
  6. I can’t possibly lend you that much money.
  7. The thief had apparently been watching the house for many days.
  8. The thief possibly escaped by bribing the jailor.
  9. Surprisingly, no one had suggested this before.
  10. The water was incredibly hot.

JAC Class 10th English The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
Write in brief about the two dresses of Wanda Petronski.
Answer:
Each dress designed by Wanda was distinct. One of the hundred dresses was in a brilliant jungle green colour and the other one was red sash. Every dress was beautiful enough to win a prize separately.

Question 2.
Who were the winners in each category?
Answer:
In boys’ category, Jack Beggles who drew a motorboat won the prize. In girls’ category, Wanda Petronski who drew hundred dresses won the girls’ medal.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 3.
What was unusual about the dress of Wanda?
Answer:
Wanda always wore a faded blue dress that didn’t fit her well. It was neat but was wrinkled all over and required a good ironing. She always wore the same dress.

Question 4.
What shows that Peggy was not really cruel?
Answer:
Peggy was not really cruel. She protected small children from bullies. Not only this, she cried fof hours if she saw an animal being mistreated.

Question 5.
Why was Maddie sure Peggy would win the dress designing contest?
Answer:
Peggy drew very attractive designs. These designs were better than anyone else and could copy a picture of film star’s head with such precision that no one could recognize it.

Question 6.
How can you say that Maddie was different from Peggy?
Answer:
Maddie belonged to a poor family. She always wore old clothes. She also had sympathy with Wanda. Maddie did not like Peggy when she made fun of Wanda.

Question 7.
What moral lesson does the story convey to us?
Answer:
The story teaches that no one is recognised by his/her appearance or dress. But the quality of the person matters more.

II. Short Answer Type Questions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
In what way did Peggy and Maddie try to amend their behaviour towards Wanda?
Answer:
Both Peggy and Maddie felt guilty for their behaviour towards Wanda. Maddie was very
sad to know that Wanda and her family were leaving the town. They both wrote a letter to her conveying that she had won the contest. They asked her if she liked her new place and wanted to apologise for their past behaviour.

Question 2.
How did Peggy make fun of Wanda?
Answer:
Peggy used to wait for Wanda at school to ask her how many dresses she had in her closet. Then she would deliberately ask her of which material her dresses were made to make fun of her in a sarcastic way. Wanda would run away out of shame and Peggy used to laugh at her.

Question 3.
What opinion did the judges make about Wanda?
Answer:
Wanda had drawn one hundred dresses which had different designs and each of the dresses was beautiful. In judges’ opinion, every dress was worth winning a prize. Hence, she was declared the winner of the drawing competition.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 4.
In what way was Wanda different from other children?
Answer:
Wanda was an immigrant. She did not talk too much. She was quiet, calm and laughed rarely. She was a talented and skilled girl. She used to wear dull and faded dress. In this way, she was entirely different from other children.
Question 5.
Why did Wanda sit in the corner of the room?
Answer:
Wanda used to go to school with American children daily. She sat daily in the last row in Room Thirteen. She did not talk too much, so she sat in the seat next to the last seat. She always wore muddy shoes and faded blue dress because she belonged to the poor locality.

Question 6.
What kind of a girl was Peggy?
Answer:Peggy was the most popular and pretty looking girl. She always made fun of other girls. But she was kind also. She was a good artist. She protected other children from bullies, cried when animals were ill-treated, but made fun of Wanda.

Question 7.
How did Wanda win the drawing competition? Did anyone expect her victory?
Answer:
Wanda won the drawing competition as she had drawn hundred dresses. They were of different colours and quite exquisite. All of them deserved a prize though nobody expected her victory because in routine, she used to wear the same wrinkled dress.

Question 8.
Why did Maddie feel guilty of herself?
Answer:
Maddie felt guilty of herself because she always supported Peggy for fun. She never stopped Peggy for making fun of Wanda. Later, she was quite ashamed to see the beautiful dresses gifted by Wanda.

Question 9.
Why did Wanda’s house remind Maddie of Wanda’s blue dress?
Answer:
Maddie was reminded of Wanda’s blue dress after looking at her house. Her house and the sparse little yard looked shabby but it was clean like Wanda’s blue dress. The dress Wanda wore was always clean but not ironed, simple and humble.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
Describe the character of Wanda Petronski.
Answer:
Wanda Petronski was a Polish girl who had shifted to America from Poland with her parents. She was a poor girl who lived at Boggins Heights. She was very shy and quiet. She did not like to talk to anyone. She used to sit in the last row of the class so that nobody would notice her. She wore the same faded blue dress which was not ironed but clean everyday.

All other students teased her in the class making fun of her. in anger, she would also say that she had one hundred dresses and sixty pair of shoes at home. She was very determined and showed her determination in the drawing competition by showcasing her hundred designs of dresses that she claimed to own. Each one of them was so beautiful that she won the girls’ medal in the drawing competition. Even the judges opined that each design was worth winning a prize separately.

Question 2.
It disturbs you that Peggy and Maddie make fun of Wanda. You don’t like it. You decide to speak about this as weak, ugly or poor. Write a speech to express your thoughts.
Answer:
My dear friends, I would like to opine my notions about the issue of making fun of the students who are weak, ugly or poor by those who are rich and dominating. I want to assert that being poor or ugly is not a personal choice. God has created all of us with different qualities and special purposes. We must see these qualities in everyone. One may be poor or physically less attractive but he/she may have better qualities and skills than others, like Wanda Petronski in the story. I believe everyone should be treated with love and respect without considering their caste, monetary and social status. Let each one of us strive towards the upliftment of humanity and make this world a lovely place to be at.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 3.
Describe the scene in which Peggy made fun of Wanda.
Answer:
Peggy often mocked at Wanda due to her only one dress that she always wore. It was never ironed properly. It was a faded blue dress. She often made fun of her by asking her questions about the number of dresses Wanda had. Wanda, though a quiet girl, spoke a lot about her 100 dresses. She told the girls that her dresses were made of velvet or silk. At this remark all the girls burst into laughter.

Question 4.
Wanda had no friends. Children did not like her. Nobody liked to talk to her. Do you think that such attitude of children is justified?
Answer:
Wanda belonged to poor background. She was quite, calm and serene. She did not have any friend. She always came and went school alone. She had a funny name. That is why all the children made fun of her. She always wore faded blue dress. She did not have the actual dresses. She had the drawings of the dresses on papers. All were of different colours and designs. She submitted a hundred drawings of dresses in the drawing and painting competition of her school. As far as school is concerned, nobody should be judged on social or economic background but by his/her inner quality. Children should not have such sort of feeling. This type of feeling is quite unjustified.

Question 5.
‘Appearance could be misleading’. Support this statement with reference to the story ‘The Hundred Dresses-I’.
Answer:
Wanda was a poor Polish girl. She used to sit in a lonely comer of the Room No. Thirteen where the noisy rough boys sat. She always wore pale blue dress that was never ironed properly. She did not take cognizance of anybody’s remark. Despite all that, she was too intelligent and dignified. She was a talented artist and had drawn a hundred dresses for the drawing competition which she ultimately won. She won the heart of her classmates, when she gave those drawing pieces to them.

Question 6.
“Wanda did not have any friends. She came to school alone and went home alone. She always wore a faded blue dress that didn’t hang right. It was clean, but it looked as thought it had never been ironed properly. She didn’t have any friends, but a lot of girls talked to her.” What type of character traits of Wanda have been reflected here?
Answer:
Wanda was entirely different from the other children in many ways. She did not have any tme friend. She came to school alone and went home alone. Because the locality of Boggins Heights in which she lived was a muddy place. She had no neighbourhood friends with whom she could talk or express her feelings. She always remained mum. She only spoke whenever the need arose. Her economic condition was very poor. She did not have much dresses.

That is why she always wore a faded blue dress. Although it was clean but it had never been ironed properly. That is why girls always made fun of her. All these things show that Wanda was a shy girl. She was well-behaved girl and never let her poverty come in her way. She was friendly, hardworking and honest girl. She did like to talk to anyone. She was also a determined girl. Through this, we come to the conclusion that Wanda was a gentle girl and she did not care much for the criticism of other. All the traits of a good natured girl were prevalent in her.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 7.
“The children burst into applause, and even the boys were glad to have a chance to stamp on the floor, put their fingers in their mouths and whistle, though they were not interested in dresses.” On the basis of the passage, discuss why did the children burst into applause?
Answer:
Wanda belonged to a very poor family. She did not talk too much. She was quiet, calm and laughed rarely. But she was a talented girl. She used to wear dull and faded blue dress. It did not fit her well. It was never ironed properly. She always wore the same dress. But whenever anybody asked how many dresses she had, she replied that she had hundred dresses. A competition was organised in the school for girls and boys separately. Girls participated in the drawing competition and boys participated in motorboats competition. Wanda was a hardworking and determined girl.

She participated in the competition by showcasing her hundred designs of dresses that she claimed her own. Each one of them was beautifully prepared. That is why she won the girls medal in the drawing competition. Her drawing was appreciated even by the judges. The day when the result was declared wanda was not present in the school. When the judges declared her winner, all the children burst into applause, put their fingers in their mouths and whistled. It was done by them to show their respect to Wanda. From this sort of admiration it seems that she was quite popular even among girls.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
TODAY, Monday, Wanda Petronski was not in her seat. But nobody, not even Peggy and Madeline, the girls who started all the fun, noticed her absence. Usually Wanda sat in the seat next to the last seat in the last row in Room Thirteen. She sat in the comer of the room where the rough boys who did not make good marks sat, the comer of the room where there was most scuffling of feet, most roars of laughter when anything funny was said, and most mud and dirt on the floor.

Choose the correct option:
(a) On which day, was Wanda not in her seat?
(i) Tuesday
(ii) Sunday
(iii) Monday
(iv) Saturday
Answer:
(iii) Monday

(b) In which room did Wanda use to sit?
(i) Room Thirty
(ii) Room Forty
(iii) Room Ten
(iv) Room Thirteen
Answer:
(iv) Room Thirteen

(c) She sat in the corner of the room where the ……….. boys sat.
(i) rough
(ii) studious
(iii) naughty
(iv) peace – loving
Answer:
(i) rough

(d) What was audible in the corner of the room?
(i) The roaring of boys
(ii) The sound of loud speaker
(iii) The scuffling of feet
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iii) The scuffling of feet

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘loud noise.’
(i) roar
(ii) silence
(iii) peace
(iv) pain
Answer:
(i) roar

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 2.
Wanda did not sit there because she was rough and noisy. On the contrary, she was very quiet and rarely said anything at all. And nobody had ever heard her laugh out loud. Sometimes she twisted her mouth into a crooked sort of smile, but that was all.
Nobody knew exactly why Wanda sat in that seat, unless it was because she came all the way from Boggins Heights and her feet were usually caked with dry mud. But no one really thought much about Wanda Petronski, once she sat in the comer of the room.

Choose the correct option:
(a) How was the nature of Wanda?
(i) Irritating
(ii) Cruel
(iii) Question uiet and calm
(iv) Aggressive

(b) What had nobody ever heard about Wanda?
(i) Wanda never laughed out loudly.
(ii) Wanda never talked to anybody.
(iii) Wanda never played with anybody.
(iv) All of these

(c) Wanda’s feet were usually caked with …………..
(i) Cow dung
(ii) wet mud
(iii) dry mud
(iv) rotten clothes

(d) Where did Wanda come from?
(i) Paris
(ii) Boggins Heights
(iii) Sweden
(iv) China

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘generally’.
(i) rarely
(ii) seldom
(iii) usually
(iv) unusually

Question 3.
Wanda didn’t have any friends. She came to school alone and went home alone. She always wore a faded blue dress that didn’t hang right. It was clean, but it looked as though it had never been ironed properly. She didn’t have any friends, but a lot of girls talked to her. Sometimes, they surrounded her in the school yard as she stood watching the little girls play hopscotch on the worn hard ground.

Choose the correct option:
(a) With whom did Wanda go to school?
(i) With friends
(ii) With brother
(iii) With parents
(iv) Alone
Answer:
(iv) Alone

(b) What kind of dress did Wanda wear?
(i) Yellow dress
(ii) Black dress
(iii) Red dress
(iv) Faded blue dress
Answer:
(iv) Faded blue dress

(c) Wanda did not have any …………
(i) brothers
(ii) sisters
(iii) friends
(iv) relatives
Answer:
(iii) friends

(d) Which game did the little girls play?
(i) Football
(ii) Kabaddi
(iii) Snake & ladder
(iv) Hopscotch
Answer:
(iv) Hopscotch

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘bright’
(i) shiny
(ii) faded
(iii) glowing
(iv) attractive
Answer:
(ii) faded

Question 4.
Sometimes, when Peggy was asking Wanda those questions in that mocking polite voice, Maddie felt embarrassed and studied the marbles in the palm of her hand, rolling them around and saying nothing herself. Not that she felt sorry for Wanda, exactly. She would never have paid any attention to Wanda if Peggy hadn’t invented the dresses game. But suppose Peggy and all the others started in on her next? She wasn’t as poor as Wanda, perhaps, but she was poor. Of course, she would have more sense than to say she had a hundred dresses. Still she would not like for them to begin on her. She wished Peggy would stop teasing Wanda Petronski.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Who was not as poor as Wanda?
(i) Maddie
(ii) James
(iii) Peggy
(iv) Thomas
Answer:
(i) Maddie

(b) How did Peggy use to ask questions from Wanda?
(i) In a polite manner
(ii) In a harsh manner
(iii) In a commanding voice
(iv) In a mocking polite voice
Answer:
(iv) In a mocking polite voice

(c) Maddie wished Peggy should stop ………… Wanda.
(i) harassing
(ii) teasing
(iii) taunting
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(ii) teasing

(d) How many dresses did Wanda have?
(i) Ten dresses
(ii) Fifty dresses
(iii) Sixty dresses
(iv) Hundred dresses
Answer:
(iv) Hundred dresses

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘harassed.’
(i) irritated
(ii) embarrassed
(iii) annoyed
(iv) rough
Answer:
(ii) embarrassed

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 5 The Hundred Dresses Part 1

Question 5.
As for Wanda, she was just some girl who lived up on Boggins Heights and stood alone in the school yard. She scarcely ever said anything to anybody. The only time she talked was in the school yard about her hundred dresses. Maddie remembered her telling about one of her dresses, pale blue with coloured trimmings. And she remembered another that was brilliant jungle green with a red sash. “You’d look like a Christmas tree in that,” the girls had said in pretended admiration.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Where did Wanda stand alone?
(i) In the courtyard
(ii) At the bus stand
(iii) In the school yard
(iv) In the playground
Answer:
(iii) In the school yard

(b) What did she talk about in the school yard?
(i) About her hundred dresses
(ii) About her lessons
(iii) About her attitudes
(iv) About her style
Answer:
(i) About her hundred dresses

(c) Wanda scarcely said anything to………….
(i) Maddie
(ii) her father
(iii) her sister
(iv) anybody
Answer:
(iv) anybody

(d) What had the girls said wanda in pretended admiration?
(i) You’d look like a Christmas tree.
(ii) You’d look like a fairy.
(iii) You’d look like a doll.
(iv) You’d look like a teacher.
Answer:
(i) You’d look like a Christmas tree.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘praise’.
(i) contempt
(ii) unreal
(iii) ugly
(iv) admiration
Answer:
(iv) admiration

Question 6.
Thinking about Wanda and her hundred dresses all lined up in the closet, Maddie began to wonder who was going to win the drawing and colouring contest. For girls, this contest consisted of designing dresses and for boys, of designing motorboats. Probably Peggy would win the girls’ medal. Peggy drew better than anyone else in the room. At least, that’s what everybody thought. She could copy a picture in a magazine or some film star’s head so that you could almost tell who it was. Oh, Maddie was sure Peggy would win. Well, tomorrow the teacher was going to announce the winners. Then they’d know.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Where were Wanda’s hundred dresses lined up?
(i) In a room
(ii) In a box
(iii) In a closet
(iv) In a trunk
Answer:
(iii) In a closet

(b) What did the contest consist of for girls and boys?
(i) Designing dresses and motorboats respectively
(ii) Designing motorboats and curtain respectively
(iii) Designing embroidery and making chairs respectively
(iv) Designing curtains and drawing maps respectively
Answer:
(i) Designing dresses and motorboats respectively

(c) Maddie was sure that Peggy would ……………
(i) lose
(ii) win
(iii) do nothing
(iv) do everything
Answer:
(ii) win

(d) Who announced the name of the winner?
(i) Teacher
(ii) Principal
(iii) Director
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Teacher

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘proclaim.’
(i) deny
(ii) announce
(iii) debar
(iv) decline
Answer:
(ii) announce

Question 7.
“As for the girls,” she said, “although just one or two sketches were submitted by most, one girl and Room Thirteen should be proud of her this one girl actually drew one hundred designs all different and all beautiful. In the opinion of the judges, any one of the drawings is worthy of winning the prize. I am very happy to say that Wanda Petronski is the winner of the girls’ medal.

Choose the correct option:
(a) How many sketches were submitted by most of the girls?
(i) Only one
(ii) Just one or two
(iii) Only three
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) Just one or two

(b) Who drew one hundred designs of the dresses?
(i) Miss Mason
(ii) Jack Beggles
(iii) Wanda Petronski
(iv) Peggy
Answer:
(iii) Wanda Petronski

(c) Ail dresses were different and………..
(i) shabby
(ii) beautiful
(iii) tom
(iv) unique
Answer:
(ii) beautiful

(d) Whom did the judges declare the winner of the girls’ medal?
(i) Wanda Petronski
(ii) Miss Mason
(iii) Maddie
(iv) Peggy
Answer:
(i) Wanda Petronski

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘unreliable’.
(i) beautiful
(ii) cruel
(iii) destmctive
(iv) worthy
Answer:
(iv) worthy

The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Summary

The Hundred Dresses Part 1 About the Author

  • She was bom on May 9, 1906 in West Haven, Connecticut, America. She was an American children’s author.
  • She did her graduation from the Pratt Institute Library School.
  • Her first book, ‘The Middle Moffat’ published in 1941 gave her much acclaim and honour. ‘The Hundred Dresses’ is also one of her important works.
  • She was awarded many times, but the most prestigious award was John Newbery Medal for ‘Ginger Pyre’
  • She died when she was 82 years old.

The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Gist of the Lesson

The story ‘The Hundred Dresses-V is based on the experiences of the author about a girl. Wanda Petronski, a girl comes from the poor social background. She comes from the remote area of the town. She is the only student in her class with a ‘funny’ Polish name. She is very quiet. She always wears the faded blue dress and goes to school everyday. Maddie, who is the best friend of the main character, i.e., Wanda also taunts and teases her. Wanda is absent for a few days.

Her classmates leam that her family has moved away to the big city where nobody will mistreat her. Maddie begins to wonder about the girl she and her friends used to constantly tease, and realizes that she knows very little about her. She wonders why they started teasing her in the first place and is overcome with guilt for making fun of her simply because she is poor. She has a funny name and is different from them. Maddie knows that she should have stood up to her friends and defended Wanda.

She feels guilty for not speaking up, for standing by and allowing her friends to tease Wanda. Wanda proves her talent by designing one hundred dresses. Maddie and her friends later know that Wanda is a very talented artist. Her drawing of one hundred beautiful dresses has won the school’s art contest. The girls realize that they misjudged Wanda. They feel guilty for this act.

The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Summary

1. Introduction to Wanda: Wanda Petronski was a Polish girl whose family had immigrated to America. She was very poor. She wore the same blue faded dress to school daily.

2. Wanda and her classroom: Wanda used to sit in the comer of Room Thirteen in the last row, where notorious students sat. She was very quiet and introvert. No one had ever heard her laugh.

3. Students made fun of Wanda: Nobody thought of Wanda inside the classroom. After the class, the students used to wait for Wanda to make fun of her.

4. Peggy and Maddie: Peggy and Maddie used to sit in front where children who scored good marks would sit. Peggy was the most popular girl in the school. Maddie was Wanda’s closest friend. They also made fun of Wanda but were not as bad as other children.

5. Wanda’s hundred dresses: In the schoolyard, children would surround Wanda and ask her how many dresses she had in her closet. Wanda replied that she had hundred dresses of different colours and designs.

6. Peggy mocking Wanda: Peggy would deliberately ask Wanda if her dresses were of velvet or silk. Wanda said that she had both velvet and silk dresses and also had sixty pairs of shoes. Then everyone would laugh behind her back.

7. Maddie sympathetic towards Wanda: Maddie herself was a poor girl but not as poor as Wanda. She was always sympathetic to Wanda and never liked Peggy and other students making fun of Wanda.

8. Wanda absent in school: Wanda did not come to school on Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday. Nobody noticed her absence but Peggy and Maddie noticed it on Wednesday.

9. Drawing contest: A drawing contest was going on in the school. The categories for girls and boys were designing dresses and designing motorboats, respectively.

10. Result of the contest: Next day, the results of the drawing contest were announced. To everybody’s surprise, Wanda won the girls’ medal for designing dresses. She was absent on that day also. Jack Beggles won in the boys’ category.

The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Lesson at a Glance

  1. In ‘ The Hundred Dresses’, the main character Wanda Petronski usually sat in the seat next to the last seat in the last row in Room Thirteen.
  2. Wanda usually sat in the comer of the room where only the rough boys sat.
  3. At that space, there was scuffling of feet.
  4. Wanda was quiet and peaceful. She rarely said anything at all.
  5. She lived in Bogging Heights where her feet were usually smeared with dry mud.
  6. On Monday, Wanda did not come in school. But nobody noticed her absence.
  7. Peggy was the most popular girl in school. She was attractive in look and she had several pretty dresses.
  8. Wanda Petronski’s name was very peculiar.
  9. Wanda did not have any friends. She always wore a faded blue dress.
  10. One day Peggy asked Wanda how many dresses did she have hanging in her closet.
  11. When Wanda told that she had hundred dresses all the girls exclaimed, “A hundred!”.
  12. She also told that she had sixty pairs of shoes,
  13. Peggy always protected small children from bullies.
  14. One day, Miss Mason announced about the annual drawing contest in which the girls would draw dresses and the boys will draw, motor boats.
  15. A boy and a girl will be chosen as winners of the contest.
  16. When it was time to turn in the drawings, the children were amazed to find that Wanda had turned in 100 drawings.
  17. All the dresses were beautiful. That is why she claimed that hundred dresses were lined up in her closet at home.
  18. When the result was announced, Jack Beggles had won for the boys and Wanda had won for the girls.

The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Character Sketch

Maddie: Maddie was a poor girl. She usually wore somebody’s hand-me-down clothes. Although she did not like Peggy making fun of Wanda, she did not say anything because she was afraid that Peggy would start making fun of her. Peggy’s friendship was important to her as Peggy was the most liked girl in the room. Maddie was not really a cruel girl, she only lacked courage.

Wanda: Wanda Petronski was a Polish girl. She was a poor girl who lived at Boggins Height. She did not like to talk to anyone. She was very shy and quiet. She wore the same faded blue dress which was not ironed properly. All other students teased her in the classroom. She showed her determination in the drawing competition by showcasing her hundred designs of dresses. She also won the girls medal in the drawing competition.

The Hundred Dresses Part 1 Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
scuffling of feetdragging movements of the feet on the groundimmigrationto settle in other country
migratedwent to other countryoccurredhappened
suburbsoutskirts of a citybotheringtroubling
hitchingpulling, jerkingcrookeddishonest person
discriminateddifferentiatedcakedcovered with
bursting into shriekscrying at high pitchnudgea gentle push
incredulouslydisbeliefinseparablethat cannot be separated
ledgemantelpiecemurmuredspoke silently
mockingmaking fun ofwindowsilllower portion of a window
wrappingcovering somethingexquisitedecent, elegant
whisperedspoke silently without clear soundlavishgrand, opulent
stolidlyimpassive, unemotional, calmscarcelyhardly
blonde hairlight pale coloured hairgaspedheaved heavily
exaggeratedexcessivepretendedunreal
embarrassedawkwardmockingmake fun of
shudderedtrembledadmiringlypraised
trimmingcuttingexquisiteextremely beautiful

JAC Class 10 English Solutions

JAC Class 10 English Solutions First Flight Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

JAC Board Class 10th English Solutions First Flight Chapter  6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

JAC Class 10th English The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Textbook Questions and Answers

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 74)

Question 1.
What did Mr Petronski’s letter say?
Answer:
Mr Petronski’s letter said that Wanda would not come to school anymore. They would now shift to a big city. Now, nobody would ask them why they had funny names. There are a number of funny names in the big city.

Question 2.
Is Miss Mason angry with the class, or is she unhappy and upset?
Answer:
Miss Mason is quite unhappy and upset with the class. She preferred to think what was said was said in thoughtlessness. What happened was really unfortunate and it should not be repeated again.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 3.
How does Maddie feel after listening to the note from Wanda’s father?
Answer:
After listening to the note from Wanda’s father, Maddie feels sorry for Wanda. She could not concentrate on her lessons. She had not enjoyed listening to Peggy ask Wanda how many dresses she had in her closet. However, she had always stood by silently and that was as bad as what Peggy had done.

Question 4.
What does Maddie want to do?
Answer:
Maddie wants to tell Wanda that she does not want to hurt her feelings. She wants to inform her about winning the contest. She also praises her beautiful and attractive hundred dresses.

Oral Comprehension Check (Pages 76 – 77)

Question 1.
What excuses does Peggy think up for her behaviour? Why?
Answer:
The excuse that Peggy thinks up for her behaviour is that she never called Wanda a foreigner or made fun of her name. She never thought Wanda had even the sense to know that they were making fun of her. She appreciated the fact that Wanda could draw so well. She was making such excuses because she was feeling bad about what had happened.

Question 2.
What are Maddie’s thoughts as they go to Boggins Heights?
Answer:
Maddie thought that they would find Wanda at the Boggins Heights. She wanted to say sorry to her and beg apology for her remark. She also thought of requesting her not to leave the school.

Question 3.
Why does Wanda’s house remind Maddie of Wanda’s blue dress?
Answer:
Wanda’s house reminds Maddie of Wanda’s blue dress because it was also very shabby and faded, but clean.

Question 4.
What does Maddie think hard about? What important decision does she come to?
Answer:
Maddie did not find Wanda at her home. She gets deeply hurt. She thought about Wanda, her
faded blue dress, and the little house she lived in. After thinking for a long time, she reached at an important decision that she would never make fiin of anybody only because of having his/her funny or strange names.

Oral Comprehension Check (Page – 79)

Question 1.
What did the girls write to Wanda?
Answer:
The girls wrote a friendly letter to Wanda and told her that she had won the drawing competition. They also wrote about her beautiful drawings. They also asked her if she liked the place where she was living and if she liked her new teacher.

Question 2.
Did they get a reply? Who was more anxious for a reply, Peggy or Maddie? How do you know?
Answer:
No, they did not get a reply. Maddie was more anxious for a reply as she thought a lot about it. Before Wanda could press her lips together in a tight line, which she did before answering, Maddie would cry out and ask everybody to stop and then, everybody would feel ashamed the way she felt. Peggy, on the other hand, had begun to forget about the whole affair. It shows that Maddie was more anxious for a reply than Peggy.

Question 3.
How did the girls know that Wanda liked them even though they had teased her?
Answer:
After getting letter from Wanda, the girls came to know that Wanda liked them even though they had teased her. She had asked Miss Mason to give the green dress to Peggy and the blue one to Maddie. When Maddie looked at the drawing very minutely, she realized that the dress had a face and a head, which looked like her own self. That is why the girls knew that Wanda liked them even though they had teased her.

Thinking about the Text

Question 1.
Why do you think Wanda’s family moved to a different city? Do you think life there was going to be different for their family?
Answer:
Children teased Wanda due to her funny name, that is why Wanda’s family moved to a big city. In the big city everybody had funny names, so they would not face as much trouble in this regard. Yes, their life could still be different for them as they could be teased about various other things.

Question 2.
Maddie thought her silence was as bad as Peggy’s teasing. Was she right?
Answer:
Yes, Maddie was right when she thought that her silence was as bad as Peggy’s teasing. She did not have courage. She was right because even though she felt bad about it and never teased Wanda herself, she did not say anything to stop it. Maddie was too afraid to say anything because she did not want to lose Peggy’s friendship. Also, she was poor herself, so she feared that everybody would make fun of her too.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 3.
Peggy says, “I never thought she had the sense to know we were making fun of her anyway. I thought she was too dumb. And gee, look how she can draw!” What led Peggy to believe that Wanda was dumb? Did she change her opinion later?
Answer:
Peggy believed that Wanda was dumb. But that was not true. She could not understand why Wanda said she had a hundred dresses, even when everybody knew that she was poor. She knew everybody was laughing at her. Even then, she kept giving the same answer. She even described the dresses she said she had. That is why Peggy thought Wanda was dumb. She changed her opinion later when she saw the hundred dresses Wanda had talked about. She saw the drawings and was highly impressed by seeing their fanciful dresses. She realized that Wanda was a very good artist.

Question 4.
What important decision did Maddie make? Why did she have to think hard to do so?
Answer:
Maddie said that she would never make fun of anybody’s name or dress. She would not make
anybody unhappy again in the future. After returning from Wanda’s house, Maddie was very unhappy. She thought about Wanda’s house, her faded blue dress, etc. She also thought about the hundred attractive pictures all lined up in a queue in the classroom. Lastly, she reached at the conclusion that she would not co-operate with those who do wrong. It is quite unethical.

Question 5.
Why do you think Wanda gave Maddie and Peggy the drawings of the dresses? Why are they surprised?
Answer:
Maddie and Peggy always made fun of Wanda’s dresses. That is why she gave Maddie
and Peggy the drawings of dresses. They were surprised because she had gifted her those beautiful designs.

Question 6.
Do you think Wanda really thought the girls were teasing her? Why or Why not?
Answer:
Wanda definitely knew that girls were teasing her. It might be due to her poverty or poor economic condition for which her mockery had been made by the girls.

Thinking about Language

I. Here are thirty adjectives describing human qualities. Discuss them with your partner and put them in the two word webs (given below) according to whether you think they show positive or negative qualities. You can consult a dictionary if you are not sure of the meanings of some of the words. You may also add to the list the positive or negative ‘pair’ of a given word.
kind, sarcastic, courteous, arrogant, insipid, timid, placid, cruel, haughty, proud, jealous, intrepid, sensitive, compassionate, introverted, stolid, cheerful, contented, thoughtless, vain, friendly, unforgiving, fashionable, generous, talented, lonely, determined, creative, miserable, complacent
Answer:
JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2 1
What adjectives can we use to describe Peggy, Wanda and Maddie? You can choose adjectives from the list above. You can also add some of your own.
1. Peggy …………………..
2. Wanda ………………..
3. Maddie ……………….
Answer:

  1. Peggy: arrogant, thoughtless, haughty, sarcastic
  2. Wanda: sensitive, compassionate, talented, courteous, forgiving
  3. Maddie: generous, kind, sensitive, determined, friendly

III. Find the sentences in the story with the following phrasal verbs.

lined upthought uptook offstood by

Answer:
(i) lined up
(ii) thought up
(iii) took off
(iv) stood by
And she thought of the glowing picture of those hundred dresses made – all lined up in the classroom. Peggy who had thought up this game. Miss Mason took off her glasses. She stood by silently.

Question 2.
Look up these phrasal verbs in a dictionary to find out if they can be used in some other way. (Look at the entries for line, think, take and stand in the dictionary.) Find out what other prepositions can go with these verbs. What does each of these phrasal verbs mean?
Answer:

  1. lined up : Passengers were lined up to buy tickets at railway station.
  2. thought up : We must thought up a good plan.
  3. took off : The aircraft took off into the clear horizon.
  4. stood by : He stood by me when I was in trouble.

Verbs with Other Prepositions

  1. Line (Line up) : He has lined up a number of projects for him.
  2. Think (Think about) : Also think about other people.
  3. Take (Take up) : We will take up new project from tomorrow,
  4. Stand (Stand up) : Stand up on the bench.

Question 3.
Use at least five such phrasal verbs in sentences of your own.
Answer:
Five Phrasal Verbs

  1. Abide by : Always abide by the rules and regulations.
  2. Bring in : It is a golden opportunity to bring in new talent.
  3. Call off : The director called off the meeting.
  4. Get in : He got in very late last night.
  5. Follow up : The police followed np my complaint promptly.

IV. Colours are used to describe feelings, moods and emotions. Match the following ‘colour expressions’ with a suggested paraphrase.
1. the Monday morning blues – feel embarrassed/angry/ashamed
2. go red in the face – feel very sick, as if about to vomit
3. look green – sadness or depression after a weekend of fun
4. the red carpet – the sign or permission to begin an action
5. blue – blooded – a sign of surrender or acceptance of defeat; a wish to stop fighting
6. a green belt – in an unlawful act; while doing something wrong
7. a blackguard – a photographic print of building plans; a detailed plan or scheme
8. a grey area – land around a town or city where construction is prohibited by law
9. a white flag – an area of a subject or a situation where matters are not very clear
10. a blue print – a dishonest person with no sense of right or wrong
11. red – handed – a special welcome
12. the green light – of noble birth or from a royal family
Answer:

  1. the Monday morning blues – sadness or depression after a weekend of fun
  2. go red in the face – feel embarrassed/angry/ashamed
  3. look green – feel very sick, as if about to vomit
  4. the red carpet – a special welcome
  5. blue – blooded – of noble birth or from a royal family
  6. a green belt – land around a town or city where construction is prohibited by law
  7. a blackguard – a dishonest person with no sense of right or wrong
  8. a grey area – an area of a subject or a situation where matters are not very clear
  9. a white flag – a sign of surrender or acceptance of defeat; a wish to stop fighting
  10. a blueprint – a photographic print of building plans; a detailed plan or scheme
  11. red – handed – in an unlawful act while doing something wrong
  12. the green light – the sign or permission to begin an action

Speaking
Role Play The story of Wanda Petronski presents many characters engaged in many kinds of behaviour (teasing, playing, sitting in class…)* Form groups. Choose an episode or episodes from the story. Assign roles to each member of the group from that episode, and try to act it out like a play, using the words in the story.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

Writing

Question 1.
Look again at the letter which Wanda’s father writes to Miss Mason, Wanda’s teacher. Mr Petronski is not quite aware how to write a formal letter in English. Can you rewrite it more appropriately? Discuss the following with your partner before you do so.
The format of a formal letter: How to begin the letter and how to end it; the language of the letter needs to be formal. (Avoid informal words like “holler” and fragments like “No more ask why funny name.”) Write complete sentences.
Answer:
Boggins Heights
America 2nd Jan, 20xx
Rev. Madam
This is to inform you that Wanda, my daughter, has made a complaint about some students of her class. They tease her and make fun of her taking her name. They also remark about her dress. It is really harassing for a child of her age. In school, such type of things should not happen. It distracts her from her study and she is mentally tortured. It should be stopped at any cost. Now I have taken a decision to shift her to another school if this problem is not solved. This is for your kind information and necessary action.
Thanking you
Yours sincerely
Jan Petronski

Question 2.
Are you interested in drawing and painting? Ritu Kumar, one of India’s best known dress designers, has no formal training in designing. She started by sketching ideas for her own dresses, and getting them stitched by a tailor. Ritu’s friends liked her dresses so much that they asked her to design clothes for them, and even paid her for it! Imagine you are going to make a career out of your hobby. What sort of things will you need to learn? Write a paragraph or two on this topic after consulting an expert or doing reference work on your chosen area.
Answer:
Each individual has a hobby. First, he adopts it in his life and later converts it into his profession. I have hobby for painting. Since my childhood, I have made so many paintings. Later on, I adopted it into my life and made it a profession. A number of paintings are kept in my drawing room. I have got many awards from state to national level. I have also taken some training from the painting school and later on did a lot of hard work. Now, I am an acclaimed painter.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 3.
Rewrite a part of the story as if Wanda is telling us her own story.
Answer:
Do it yourself.

JAC Class 10th English The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Important Questions and Answers

I. Short Answer Type Questions (20 – 30 words & 2 marks each)

Question 1.
Why did Peggy and Maddie go to Boggins Heights?
Answer:
Peggy and Maddie went to Boggins Heights to meet Wanda as they wanted to apologise to her for teasing her. They also wanted to tell her that she had won the girls’ medal for her hundred dresses in the drawing competition.

Question 2.
Why did Wanda not come to school?
Answer:
Wanda never complained to anyone against the misbehaviour of her friends. But due to insult she faced, she decided not to come to school anymore. It was very mature of her age to teach them lesson without any argument.

Question 3.
Why did Maddie rush to Peggy’s house while gazing at the drawing?
Answer:
Maddie rushed to Peggy’s house while gazing at the drawing because she had seen her face in the drawing and wanted to confirm the same to Peggy.

Question 4.
Why did Peggy and Maddie assume that Wanda had received their letter?
Answer:
Peggy and Maddie assumed that Wanda had received their letter because in her letter to Miss Mason, Wanda requested her to gift her drawings to both Maddie and Peggy.

Question 5.
Why did Maddie spend sleepless nights?
Answer:
Maddie spent sleepless nights because she was very upset about what all had happened. She couldn’t amend her behaviour towards Wanda because the latter had shifted to some other city along with her family.

Question 6.
What did the children of Room Thirteen do on the Christmas eve?
Answer:
The children of Room Thirteen decorated their room with great love and affection. They decorated it with Christmas bells and a Chirstmas tree.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 7.
Why was there no reply of the letter written to Wanda by the girls?
Answer:
Maddie and Peggy didn’t get any reply from Wanda. It may be due to two reasons (i) her anger towards them or (ii) because they wrote the address of her old house in Boggins Heights and not of her new house.

Question 8.
What did Peggy say to Maddie when they did not find Wanda at Boggins Heights?
Answer:
Peggy told Maddie that Wanda had won because of her teasing that inspired her to draw such beautiful dresses, otherwise she would not have been able to win the contest.

II. Short Answer Type Question uestions (40 – 50 words & 3 marks each)

Question 1.
At what conclusion did Maddie reach?
Answer:
While feeling guilty and deeply troubled for teasing Wanda, Maddie reached at a conclusion that if she ever heard anyone picking on somebody because they were funny looking or because they had strange names, she would speak up. She decided that from then on she would never make anybody else unhappy again.

Question 2.
What did Miss Mason get from the Principal’s office? Why did she read it many times thoughtfully?
Answer:
Miss Mason got a letter from the Principal’s office, which was sent by Wanda’s father. The content of the letter deeply affected Miss Mason. She read it several times to understand the concern which was related with Wanda when she was there. Somewhere, she might have felt that being a teacher she could not do anything to prevent the treatment meted out to Wanda by her classmates.

Question 3.
What did Miss Mason call unfortunate and sad? Why?
Answer:
Miss Mason called the moving of Wanda Petronski to big city; an unfortunate and sad incident. She called that so because the reason of Wanda’s leaving the school and moving to big city was the teasing and making fun of her by fellow students.

Question 4.
How did Wanda’s house look and what did it remind Maddie of?
Answer:
Wanda lived in a little white house. The pathway leading to her house was stuck up with the wisps of old grass like thin kittens. The house and its sparse little yard looked shabby but clean. It reminded Maddie of Wanda’s faded blue dress shabby but clean, that she used to wear everyday.

Question 5.
What did Wanda write in the letter to Miss Mason?
Answer:
Wanda Petronski wrote a letter to Miss Mason telling her that in her new house, she had hundred new dresses in the closet. She further wrote that she would like to give away her one drawing of the green dress with the red trimming to Peggy and another blue drawing to her friend Maddie.

Question 6.
What did Maddie and Peggy notice about the designs given by Wanda to them?
Answer:
After hanging the design drawn by Wanda in the bedroom, Maddie became very surprised to see the resemblance of the face in the drawing to her face. She looked at it carefully and found that it was her face in that dress. Maddie went to Peggy to tell about this and got to know that she had also found the same thing in her drawing.

Question 7.
How did Miss Mason react after reading the letter of Jan Petronski?
Answer:
After reading the letter of Jan Petronski, Miss Mason became very sad and got upset. She ‘ looked at the class and spoke in a low voice. She said that none of the students in that class would hurt anyone knowingly just because someone’s name sounded funny. She called the incident of Wanda leaving the school unfortunate and sad.

Question 8.
How did Peggy and Maddie try to amend for their behaviour towards Wanda?
Answer:
Both Peggy and Maddie decided to change their behaviour as Peggy had tried to justify that it was not her dress for which she teased her. Maddie decided not to be a mute spectator and promised herself that she would try to protect if anyone would be mocked down.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 9.
What kind of a girl was Wanda Petronski?
Answer:
Wanda Petronski was a Polish girl. She was very simple. She used to keep herself calm and quiet in every condition. She never reacted when Peggy teased her and took it lightly. She always replied everyone with a smile. She even gifted her drawings to Peggy and Maddie which showed her innocence, nobility and love to her friends.

III. Long Answer Type Questions (100 – 120 words & 5 marks each)

Question 1.
How did Maddie and Peggy react when they received the drawings made by Wanda?
Answer:
Wanda Petronski had offered her designs of one hundred dresses to the girls of Room Thirteen. She wrote that the green dress with red trimming be given to Peggy and the blue one to her friend Maddie. On the way, both Maddie and Peggy held their drawings carefully. Peggy told Maddie that Wanda really liked them. She thought that everything was all right now. However, Maddie felt very sad that she would never see Wanda again. She became very emotional while looking at the drawing. She was in tears. She further got to know that the face in Wanda’s drawing was that of hers. Peggy too had the resembling face in her red dress drawing. Peggy again affirmed that Wanda Petronski did like the girl Peggy who would always pester her with embarrassing questions. Maddie was truly and deeply moved by this gesture of Wanda whereas such was not the case with Peggy.

Question 2.
What can you say about the character of Miss Mason on the basis of your story reading?
Answer:
Miss Mason appears to be a caring lady. She is sensitive towards human issues. She under¬stands the gist of her students’ sayings. Her students too love and respect her. In fact Wanda takes it to the extent that even her new teacher in big city can not equalise Miss Mason. Miss Mason is a benevolent person who feels sad when Wanda, the winner of the drawing competition, is not present to receive the girls’ medal. When Jan Petronski, father of Wanda, sends her letter, she gets upset regarding the reason of Wanda leaving the school and moving to big city, after reading it. She finds herself not able to believe that any boy or girl can hurt someone’s feelings purposely or knowingly. After reading the letter to the students, she leaves an indelible effect on them without using any warning or punishment. Miss Mason becomes very happy when she reads the letter sent by Wanda to the students.

Question 3.
Suppose you are Wanda. You get deeply hurt by the behaviour of your classmates. Express your feelings in the form of a diary entry.
Answer:
30th March 20XX
10 : 00 AM
Dear Diary
I am totally disturbed by the derogatory words of Peggy and Maddie. Both of them have left no stone unturned to look me down. Being a Polish girl, I feel helpless to pay them back in the same coin. Peggy is incorrigible. She teases me by asking about my dress and funny name. She asks me how many dresses, shoes, hats, etc. I have. When I reply that I have a 100 dresses and sixty pairs of shoes they ask whether all of them are of different colours and designs. Maddie always remains calm.

It supports Peggy in doing so. She lacks courage to state what is right and what is wrong. I never react and try to smile at their irritating questions. know, there will be no difference, between me and them if I too turn the table to their side in the same way. My father has now come to know what I am going through, he has decided to shift to another city in order to avoid confrontation. But such type of thing should be avoided.

Question 4.
Write the character sketch of Wanda Petronski,
Answer:
Wanda Petronski is a Polish girl. She is very kind and simple-hearted. She never behaves badly with anyone. She only feels disturbed when Peggy teases her. But she replies confidently and courageously to what Peggy says to her. She wears the same blue faded dress everyday but she never complains about anything. She is very talented. She is an expert in drawing. She also wins the drawing contest and thus shows her creative side. She is forgiving and generous. So, it can be said that she is a mature, sensible and loving girl who cares about everyone.

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 5.
How can you say that Maddie is an emotional girl? Compare and contrast Maddie and Peggy.
Answer:
Maddie is an emotional girl. She was a close friend of Peggy. She remains by her side when Peggy teases Wanda but she feels bad for her. She decides to write a note to Peggy to stop teasing Wanda. She doesn’t want to be the next target of fun. Lastly, she decides to stand against anyone who teases others even if she has to lose her friend, which shows her emotional attribute.
In comparison to Maddie, Peggy is an arrogant girl. She teases Wanda by asking her about dresses, but she is not cruel as she helps children from bullies and cries when she sees an animal being hurt. But she tries to make fun of Wanda everytime and defends herself. Both the girls have different personalities and attributes which can be directed by their actions.

Question 6.
What moral lesson does “The Hundred Dresses – II” convey to us? Write the values related with it.
Answer:
Wanda Petronski’s letter highlights her greatness. It gives us a glimpse of her nature as a simple, loving, caring, and friendly human being. She gifts her drawings to Peggy and Maddie though they tease her a lot. It shows how great she is. It requires a lot of courage and patience to do so. An ordinary person cannot do that and would definitely hate them but Wanda shows polite and peaceful traits of her character. In our society, it is very difficult to find such a character. Such traits are a must to be a good human being. In our society, people tease others with such remarks. It is not a sign of good culture. Wanda displays to be a humble person. These traits should be inherent in our character.

Question 7.
“I am sure that none of the boys and girls in Room Thirteen would purposely and deliberately hurt anyone’s feelings because his or her name happened to be a long, unfamiliar one. I prefer to think that what was said in thoughtlessness.” Why did the teacher say what was said in thoughtlessness? Explain this on the basis of the passage.
Answer:
After leaving Boggins Heights, Wanda shifted to another town along with her family. They were quite ignorant of that place. Everybody teased Wanda. After shifting to that place, her father wrote a letter to the class teacher in which he mentioned that now Wanda would never attend the school. Nobody would tease or scorn Wanda about her funny name and appearance. After knowing the content of the letter, the entire class got awestruck and strained. The class teacher told that none of the boys and girl in Room Thirteen would have deliberately or purposely hurt Wanda’s feelings because of her long and unfamiliar name. Even if some – one had done or said so then that must have been in thoughtlessness. The teacher thought that such thing would not have happened to Wanda intentionally. It was really a sad state of affair. Nobody should make anybody’s mockery either due to his /her name or economic condition. Wanda’s friends should not have made such remarks.

Question 8.
Tears blurred her eyes and she gazed for a long time at the picture. Then hastily she rubbed her eyes and studied it intently. The colours in the dress were so vivid that she had scarcely noticed the face and head of the drawing. But it looked like her, Maddie!
On the basis of above passage what does the author want to say?
Answer:
After the school was over, both Maddie and Peggy went to the residence of Wanda at Boggins Heights to meet her. But their visit was worthless. They wrote a friendly letter to Wanda regarding winning the contest. But Wanda did not respond to the letter. On the Christmas eve, Wanda wrote a letter to Miss Mason and stated that these hundred dresses should be gifted to the girls especially blue one to Maddie and green one to Peggy.

Tears blurred Maddie’s eyes and for the long time she gazed at the picture. She found that the face in the drawing was resembling to her own. Then she ran to Peggy’s house to see her drawing also. Peggy was also happy to find the same in the drawing. Through this, the author wants to say that nobody should be condemned for their name or appearance. Wanda liked Maddie and Peggy from the core of her heart. She did not care about the comments that were made at her. She liked her friends very much. Although she belonged to a poor family, even then she was superb in all the spheres of life in comparison to her friends.

Reference To Context

Read the extracts given below and answer the questions that follow:

Question 1.
WHILE the class was circling the room, the monitor from the principal’s office brought Miss Mason a note. Miss Mason read it several times and studied it thoughtfully for a while. Then she clapped her hands. “Attention, class. Everyone back to their seat.”
When the shuffling of feet had stopped and the room was still and quiet, Miss Mason said, “I have a letter from Wanda’s father that I want to read to you.”
(a) Who brought a note to Miss Mason from the principal’s office?
(i) The peon
(ii) The head clerk
(iii) The monitor
(iv) Maths teacher
Answer:
(iii) The monitor

(b) Who wrote a note to Miss Mason?
(i) Wanda’s mother
(ii) Wanda’s friend
(iii) Wanda’s father
(iv) Wanda’s brother
Answer:
(iii) Wanda’s father

(c) Miss Mason read the note …………. times.
(i) two
(ii) three
(iii) four
(iv) several
Answer:
(iv) several

(d) What happened after the stopping of the shuffling of feet?
(i) The room was a little bit noisy
(ii) The room was still and quiet.
(iii) Nothing happened
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) The room was still and quiet.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘calm.’
(i) quiet
(ii) noisy
(iii) rigorous
(iv) unknown
Answer:
(i) quiet

Question 2.
Miss Mason stood there a moment and the silence in the room grew tense and expectant. The teacher adjusted her glasses slowly and deliberately. Her manner indicated that what was coming this letter from Wanda’s father was a matter of great importance. Everybody listened closely as Miss Mason read the brief note.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Who stood there for a moment?
(i) Miss Mason
(ii) Wanda Petronski
(iii) Peggy
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Miss Mason

(b) How was the atmosphere of the room?
(i) Calm and quiet
(ii) Tense and expectant
(iii) Glorious
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) Tense and expectant

(c) Miss Mason …………….. the brief note.
(i) wrote
(ii) read
(iii) deleted
(iv) tore
Answer:
(ii) read

(d) What did the teacher do?
(i) The teacher chided all the students.
(ii) The teacher told them to be silent.
(iii) The teacher adjusted her glasses slowly and deliberately.
(iv) The teacher did nothing.
Answer:
(iii) The teacher adjusted her glasses slowly and deliberately.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘knowingly’.
(i) deliberately
(ii) heedlessly
(iii) thoughtlessly
(iv) systematically
Answer:
(i) deliberately

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 3.
A deep silence met the reading of this letter. Miss Mason took off her glasses, blew on them and wiped them on her soft white handkerchief. Then she put them on again and looked at the class. When she spoke her voice was very low. “I am sure that none of the boys and girls in Room Thirteen would purposely and deliberately hurt anyone’s feelings because his or her name happened to be a long, unfamiliar one. I prefer to think that what was said was said in thoughtlessness. I know that all of you feel the way I do, that this is a very unfortunate thing to have happened – unfortunate and sad, both. And I want you all to think about it.”
Choose the correct option:
(a) How were the students?
(i) Happy
(ii) Sad
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Sad

(b) Who spoke with low voice?
(i) Miss Mason
(ii) Wanda
(iii) Peggy
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Miss Mason

(c) Miss Mason put off her glasses, blew on them and wiped them on her white……………..
(i) slippers
(ii) dress
(iii) handkerchief
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(iii) handkerchief

(d) What happened when Miss Mason was reading the letter before the class?
(i) Students started making a noise.
(ii) There was deep silence in the classroom.
(iii) Students were talking among themselves.
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(ii) There was deep silence in the classroom.

(e) Find out a word from the passage opposite in meaning to ‘known.’
(i) familiar
(ii) introduce
(iii) unfamiliar
(iv) aware
Answer:
(iii) unfamiliar

Question 4.
Maddie turned this idea carefully over in her head, for if there were anything in it she would not have to feel so badly. But that night she could not get to sleep. She thought about Wanda and her faded blue dress and the little house she had lived in. And she thought of the glowing picture those hundred dresses made — all lined up in the classroom. At last Maddie sat up in bed and pressed her forehead tight in her hands and really thought. This was the hardest thinking she had ever done. After a long, long time, she reached an important conclusion.

Choose the correct option:
(a) What did Maddie think about?
(i) Maddie thought about her studies.
(ii) Maddie thought about the economic condition of Wanda.
(iii) Maddie thought about Wanda, her faded blue dress and the little house in which she lived.
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(iii) Maddie thought about Wanda, her faded blue dress and the little house in which she lived.

(b) What happened with Maddie that night?
(i) She could not sleep properly.
(ii) She could not read properly.
(iii) She was afraid of the ghost.
(iv) Her mother chided her bitterly.
Answer:
(i) She could not sleep properly.

(c) Those – hundred ………………. were lined up in the classroom.
(i) cushions
(ii) glasses
(iii) slippers
(iv) dresses
Answer:
(iv) dresses

(d) Who reached at an important conclusion after a long time?
(i) Wanda
(ii) Peggy
(iii) Maddie
(iv) Both (i) and (ii)
Answer:
(iii) Maddie

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘conclusion’.
(i) outcome
(ii) preface
(iii) prelude
(iv) introduction
Answer:
(i) outcome

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 5.
When school was dismissed in the afternoon, Peggy said, with pretended casualness, “Hey, let’s go and see if that kid has left town or not.” So Peggy had had the same idea! Maddie glowed. Peg was really all right. The two girls hurried out of the building, up the street toward Boggins Heights, the part of town that wore such a forbidding air on this kind of a November afternoon, drizzly, damp and dismal.

Choose the correct option:
(a) When was the school dismissed?
(i) Morning
(ii) Afternoon
(iii) Night
(iv) Evening
Answer:
(ii) Afternoon

(b) Where did the two girls hurry towards?
(i) School
(ii) Playground
(iii) Boggins Heights
(iv) Classroom
Answer:
(iii) Boggins

(c) Peggy also had the same …………. as that of Maddie.
(i) idea
(ii) certainty
(iii) Fact
(iv) thing
Answer:
(i) idea

(d) What did Peggy say with pretended casualness?
(i) If that kid has eaten or not.
(ii) If that kid has left town or not.
(iii) It that kid has read or not
(iv) If that kid has completed his homework or not
Answer:
(ii) If that kid has left town or not.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘gloomy.’
(i) bright
(ii) happy
(iii) cheerful
(iv) dismal
Answer:
(iv) dismal

Question 6.
At last Maddie sat up in bed and pressed her forehead tight in her hands and really thought. This was the hardest thinking she had ever done. After a long, long time, she reached an important conclusion. She was never going to stand by and say nothing again. If she ever heard anybody picking on someone because they were funny looking or because they had strange names, she’d speak up. Even if it meant losing Peggy’s friendship. She had no way of making things right with Wanda, but from now on she would never make anybody else that unhappy again.

Choose the correct option:
(a) Where did Maddie sit?
(i) Kitchen
(ii) Drawing room
(iii) Bed
(iv) Bathroom
Answer:
(iii) Bed

(b) Who decided that she would not make anybody unhappy again?
(i) Wanda
(ii) Peggy
(iii) Teacher
(iv) Maddie
Answer:
(ii) Peggy

(c) This was the hardest ……………. she had ever done.
(i) feeling
(ii) thing
(iii) approach
(iv) thinking
Answer:
(iv) thinking

(d) At what did Maddie reach after a long time?
(i) Logic
(ii) An important conclusion
(iii) An idea
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(iv) None of these

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘unique.’
(i) casual
(ii) routine
(iii) strange
(iv) popular
Answer:
(i) casual

Question 7.
Weeks went by and still Wanda did not answer. Peggy had begun to forget the whole business, and Maddie put herself to sleep at night making speeches about Wanda, defending her from great crowds of girls who were trying to tease her with, “How many dresses have you got?” And before Wanda could press her lips together in a tight line, the way she did before answering, Maddie would cry out, “Stop!” Then everybody would feel ashamed the way she used to feel. Now it was Christmas time and there was snow on the ground. Christmas bells and a small tree decorated the classroom. On the last day of school before the holidays, the teacher showed the class a letter she had received that morning.
(a) On which day did the teacher show a letter to the class?
(i) Last day of school before the holidays
(ii) First day of school before the holidays
(iii) Not shown
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) Last day of school before the holidays

(b) Which occasion has been discussed in the extract?
(i) Easter
(ii) Christmas
(iii) Both (i) and (ii)
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(ii) Christmas

(c) It was Christmas time and there was …………. on the ground.
(i) water
(ii) filth
(iii) snow
(iv) none of these
Answer:
(iii) snow

(d) What did the teacher show the class?
(i) A letter
(ii) A dress
(iii) A pen
(iv) A map
Answer:
(i) A letter

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘embellished.’
(i) scattered
(ii) decorated
(iii) tidy
(iv) degraded
Answer:
(ii) decorated

JAC Class 10 English Solutions Chapter 6 The Hundred Dresses Part 2

Question 8.
Tears blurred her eyes and she gazed for a long time at the picture. Then hastily she rubbed her eyes and studied it intently. The colours in the dress were so vivid that she had scarcely noticed the face and head of the drawing. But it looked like her, Maddie! It really looked like her own mouth. Why it really looked like her own self! Wanda had really drawn this for her. Excitedly, she ran over to Peggy’s.
Choose the correct option:
(a) Who gazed for a long time at the picture?
(i) Wanda
(ii) Maddie
(iii) Peggy
(iv) No body
Answer:
(ii) Maddie

(b) What had Maddie scarcely noticed?
(i) The colours in dress were vivid.
(ii) The colours in the dress were only pink and blue.
(iii) The colours in the dress were only red.
(iv) None of these
Answer:
(i) The colours in dress were vivid.

(c) …………… had really drawn this drawing.
(i) Peggy
(ii) Maddie
(iii) Wanda’s teacher
(iv) Wanda
Answer:
(iv) Wanda

(d) How did the drawing look like?
(i) It looked like the mouth of Maddie.
(ii) It looked like the head of Wanda.
(iii) It looked like the hair of Peggy.
(iv) All of these
Answer:
(i) It looked like the mouth of Maddie.

(e) Find out a word from the passage similar in meaning to ‘stared’.
(i) scorned
(ii) disliked
(iii) gazed
(iv) abhorred
Answer:
(iii) gazed

The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Summary

The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Gist of the Lesso

‘The Hundred Dresses – IF begins with a letter received by the principal from Wanda’s father. In this letter, he informed the teacher that they were moving to a big city where nobody would tease or scorn Wanda about her funny name and appearance. After knowing about the content of the letter, the entire class got awestruck and stunned. They realized their remarks. Maddie was disappointed. She couldn’t concentrate on her studies after knowing the facts. She just wanted to meet Wanda personally to clarify her stand that she never meant to hurt her feelings. When the school was over Maddie and Peggy both went to the residence of Wanda at Boggins Heights to meet her. But their visit was fruitless.

They wrote a friendly letter to Wanda telling her about winning the contest. But Wanda did not respond to the letter. On Christmas, Miss Mason, their teacher, received a letter from Wanda. She informed that she was now not in need of those hundred dresses as she had new hundred dresses in her new house. Therefore, those dresses should be gifted to the girls especially blue one to Maddie and green one to Peggy.Tears blurred her eyes and Maddie gazed for a long time at the picture and found that the face in the drawing was resembling to her own. Then she ran to Peggy’s house to see her drawing also. Peggy was also happy to find the same in the drawing. Peggy consoled herself saying that Wanda really liked them very much. Maddie agreed and blinked away the tears which came every time she thought of Wanda Petronski.

The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Summary

1. Wanda’s father sent a letter: Miss Mason got a note from the principal’s office. It was a letter written by Wanda’s father. She read the letter before the entire class that Wanda and her brother would never come to school and nobody would be able to call them with funny names and insult them, as they had moved to the big city and new school.

2. Miss Mason’s lecture: Miss Mason told the students in Room Thirteen that they might have behaved indecent out of thoughtlessness and they never meant to hurt anyone. She declared this incident to be unfortunate and sad. Maddie got

3. disturbed: Maddie got deeply disturbed after knowing the content of the letter. She could not put her mind to work. She was repenting that she did not take a stand for Wanda even after having a feeling of sympathy for her.

4. Journey to Boggins Heights: Both Maddie and Peggy decided to go to Boggins Heights, where Wanda lived. While on the way, Peggy told Maddie that she never called Wanda a foreigner and nor did she make fun of her name. After reaching Wanda’s house, they found out that there was nobody.

5. Maddie made a resolution: After thinking deeply, Maddie decided that she would never forgive anyone making fun of someone. She would take a stand and speak up.

6. Letter to Wanda from Maddie and Peggy: Maddie and Peggy wanted to tell Wanda how beautiful her drawings were. So, they wrote her a letter and also asked about the new place and her new teacher. They wanted to apologise to Wanda but wrote a friendly letter instead.

7. Wanda’s letter to Miss Mason: On the last day of the school before the holiday, Miss Mason received a letter from Wanda. She had written that her drawings of hundred dresses could be given to the students in Room Thirteen. She mentioned Maddie to have the drawing of blue dress and Peggy the drawing of green dress.

8. Maddie and Peggy saw themselves: After reaching home, Maddie and Peggy noticed that it was their faces in their respective drawings which were made by Wanda.

The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Lesson at a Glance

  1. Miss Mason received a letter from Wanda’s father.
  2. She informed the class in a sad voice that Wanda and Jake would not come to the school anymore.
  3. When Wanda was in the school, Maddie did not like the manner in which Peggy talked to her.
  4. Maddie was repenting on the fact that she never took a stand for Wanda when she was picked on by others.
  5. She wanted to convey Wanda the message that her hundred dresses were beautiful.
  6. Both Maddie and Peggy hurried towards Boggins Heights, where Wanda lived.
  7. Nobody answered when they knocked at Wanda’s door as she and her family had already left.
  8. They decided to write a letter to Wanda informing her that her drawings were magnificent. They further asked about her new place and school.
  9. They also mentioned that she won the girls’ medal.
  10. The day before the holidays, Miss Mason announced that she had received a letter from Wanda.
  11. Wanda conveyed the message that her drawings be distributed to the girls of Room Thirteen, with green dress given to Peggy and the blue one to Maddie.
  12. Both Maddie and Peggy noticed themselves in Wanda’s drawing, upon which Peggy asserted that Wanda must have liked them.

The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Character Sketch

Miss Mason: Miss Mason is not only a good teacher but also a sensitive human being. She is also admired and respected by her teachers. She gets upset when Wanda, the winner of the drawing competition is not present to receive the girls’ medal. Even Wanda Petronski admits in her letter that her new teacher in the city can not equalise Miss Mason. She is really a good teacher. new teacher in the city can not equalise Miss Mason. She is really a good teacher.

The Hundred Dresses Part 2 Word – Meanings

WordMeaningWordMeaning
circlingmoving, revolvingdecoratedmade attractive
thoughtfullyagreeablyintentlykeenly, attentively
clappedapplauded, by hitting palms together several timestrimmingadornment
deliberatelyintentionally, knowinglywreathsarrangements of flowers
holler pollackto make fun and teasecornucopiasan ornamental container like a goat’s horn
unfamiliarunknown, strangetransparentclear, apparent
thoughtlessnessuncaring, inconsideratetight-lippedsilent
closetaim i rahbrilliancybrightness
pretendedenacted as true, but it is not trueblurrednot cleared
casualnesshappening by chancegazedlooked intently
drizzlyin a dull, misty wayhastilyin a hasty manner
damp and dismalwet and sadscarcelyhardly, barely
grufflyroughlyexcitedlyeagerly
wispssmall bundlesclatteredrattle, clank
sparsescanty, thinly dispersedstolidlycalm, impassive

JAC Class 10 English Solutions